Zoning Districts
(Repealed by Ord. 2763)
(Repealed by Ord. 2763)
(Repealed by Ord. 2763)
(Repealed by Ord. 2763)
(Repealed by Ord. 2763)
In order to classify, regulate, restrict and segregate the uses of lands and buildings, to regulate and restrict the height and size of buildings, to regulate the area of yards and other open spaces about buildings, and to regulate the density of population, the following classes of use districts and subdistricts are established:
A. Use Districts.
1. R-1 low density residential district.
2. R-2 medium density residential district.
3. R-3 high density residential district.
4. R-4 manufactured dwelling district.
5. RP residential professional district.
6. C-1 neighborhood commercial district.
7. C-2 community commercial district.
8. C-3 central business district.
9. C-4 riverfront commercial district.
10. CF community facilities district.
11. I institutional district.
12. M-1 limited industrial district.
13. M-2 light industrial district.
14. M-3 heavy industrial district.
15. M-4 large lot industrial district.
16. M-5 craft industrial district.
17. AI airport industrial district.
18. Airport residential (AR) district.
19. SD Springbrook district.
20. M-E mixed employment district.
B. Subdistricts of Use Districts.
1. AO airport overlay subdistrict.
2. CC civic corridor overlay subdistrict.
3. H historic landmarks subdistrict.
4. IO institutional overlay subdistrict.
5. LU limited use overlay subdistrict.
6. RD riverfront subdistrict.
7. SC stream corridor overlay subdistrict.
8. SP specific plan subdistrict.
9. AIO airport industrial overlay subdistrict.
10. Airport residential overlay subdistrict.
11. Bypass interchange overlay subdistrict.
12. Interim industrial overlay subdistrict. [Ord. 2930 § 4 (Exh. A-3), 1-6-25; Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2720 § 1(8), 11-2-09; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02; Ord. 2561, 4-1-02; Ord. 2550, 5-21-01; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.120.]
On the effective date of the ordinance codified in this code, the provisions of this code shall apply to and govern the use or maintenance of any land or other property in the city, exclusive of streets, alleys, and public lands used or reserved for governmental purposes as provided by law. The city shall be divided by the city council into parts and each such part may be subdivided into units, for the purposes of imposing or establishing districts and subdistricts on land and property. Such parts of units may be zoned and rezoned whenever the city council, after investigation and report by the commission, finds that criteria in NMC 15.302.030 are satisfied. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.121.]
Cross-reference: For lands used or reserved for governmental purposes as provided by law, see Section 5 of Article VIII of the Oregon Constitution and Chapter 271 of Title 25 ORS, generally. See also Chapter 271 of Title 25 ORS pertaining to public lands.
This section describes the procedures and criteria that apply to any application to amend the land use designations identified on the comprehensive plan map, zoning map and land use regulations.
A. Type III Plan and Zoning Map Amendments – One Parcel or Small Group of Parcels.
1. Property owners or the city may initiate a map amendment for one parcel or a small group of parcels under the Type III procedure. May be initiated by a resolution of the planning commission or city council. Unlike other Type III procedures, the decision of the planning commission on a Type III plan map amendment shall be in the form of a recommendation to the city council. The city council shall hold another new hearing and make a final decision.
2. Where an application has been denied, no new application for the same purpose shall be filed within one year of the date of the previous denial unless the city council for good cause shall grant permission to do so.
3. Amendment Criteria. The owner must demonstrate compliance with the following criteria:
a. The proposed change is consistent with and promotes the goals and policies of the Newberg comprehensive plan and this code;
b. Public facilities and services are or can be reasonably made available to support the uses allowed by the proposed change;
c. Compliance with the State Transportation Planning Rule (OAR 660-012-0060) for proposals that significantly affect transportation facilities.
4. The property owner who desired to have their property reclassified has the burden of establishing that the requested classification meets the requirements of this section. As part of the application, the property owner requesting a change shall file a waiver stating that the owner will not file any demand against the city under Ballot Measure 49, approved November 6, 2007, that amended ORS Chapters 195 and 197.
5. A traffic study shall be submitted for any proposed change that would significantly affect a transportation facility, or that would allow uses that would increase trip generation in excess of 40 trips per p.m. peak hour. This requirement may be waived by the director when a determination is made that a previous traffic study adequately addresses the proposal and/or when off-site and frontage improvements have already been completed, which adequately mitigate any traffic impacts and/or the proposed use is not in a location, which is adjacent to an intersection, which is functioning at a poor level of service. A traffic study may be required by the director for changes in areas below 40 trips per p.m. peak hour where the use is located immediately adjacent to an intersection functioning at a poor level of service. The traffic study shall be conducted according to the City of Newberg design standards.
B. Type IV Plan and Zoning Map Amendments – Large Area of the City and Multiple Ownerships.
1. The city may initiate plan map amendments affecting large areas and multiple ownerships under the Type IV procedure. No public notice is required to initiate the amendment. Initiation must be done by resolution of the planning commission or city council. These map changes include those that have widespread and significant impact beyond the immediate area of change.
2. Amendment Criteria. The city must demonstrate:
a. The proposed change is consistent with and promotes the objectives of the Newberg comprehensive plan and this code;
b. There is a public need for a change of the kind in question;
c. The need will be best served by changing the classification of the particular piece of property in question as compared with other available property;
d. Compliance with the State Transportation Planning Rule (OAR 660-012-0060) for proposals that significantly affect transportation facilities.
C. Amendment of Land Use Regulation. A change in requirements, general provisions, exceptions or other provisions of a land use regulation may be initiated by a resolution of the planning commission or the city council. No notice is required to initiate the amendment. Amendments to land use regulation shall be reviewed under the Type IV procedure. [Ord. 2733 Att. A, 2-7-11; Ord. 2693 § 1 (Exh. A(5)), 3-3-08; Ord. 2619, 5-16-05; Ord. 2612, 12-6-04; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.122.]
A. R-1 Low Density Residential District.
1. The purpose of this land use designation is to provide a stable and healthful residential environment together with the full range of urban services. The R-1 zone is intended for low density urban residential uses at an average overall density of 4.4 units per gross buildable acre, and/or middle housing densities consistent with applicable minimum lot sizes, in the district.
2. Typical housing types will include single-family dwellings, duplex dwellings, triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings, cottage cluster projects, limited multifamily dwellings and planned unit developments. The district also is intended to allow low intensity institutional uses that operate consistent with peaceful enjoyment of residential neighborhoods. The R-1 district is intended to be consistent with the low density residential (LDR) designation of the comprehensive plan.
B. R-2 Medium Density Residential District.
1. The purpose of this land use designation is to provide a wide range of dwelling types and styles at an average overall density of nine units per gross buildable acre, and/or middle housing densities consistent with applicable minimum lot sizes, in the district.
2. Typical housing types will include single-family dwellings on small lots, duplex dwellings, triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings, cottage cluster projects, multifamily dwellings, and manufactured dwelling parks. The district also is intended to allow low intensity institutional uses that operate consistent with peaceful enjoyment of residential neighborhoods. The R-2 district is intended to be consistent with the medium density residential (MDR) designation of the comprehensive plan.
C. R-3 High Density Residential District.
1. The purpose of this land use designation is to provide dwellings of different types and styles at an average overall density of 16.5 units per gross buildable acre, and/or middle housing densities consistent with applicable minimum lot sizes, in the district.
2. Typical housing types will include duplex dwellings, triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings, cottage cluster projects, multifamily dwellings, and manufactured dwelling and mobile home parks. The district also is intended to allow low intensity institutional uses that operate consistent with peaceful enjoyment of residential neighborhoods. Density may vary depending on lot size, off-street parking area, transportation, landscaping and other site considerations. The R-3 district is intended to be consistent with the high density residential (HDR) designation of the comprehensive plan.
D. R-4 Manufactured Dwelling District.
1. The purpose of this land use designation is to provide locations reserved for manufactured homes, manufactured dwelling parks, mobile home parks, manufactured home subdivisions, and related uses.
2. This district allows manufactured homes, mobile home parks, or manufactured home subdivisions at a density of up to 12 units per gross buildable acre. The R-4 district is intended to be consistent with the medium density residential (MDR) or high density residential (HDR) designation of the comprehensive plan.
E. RP Residential-Professional District. The RP residential-professional district provides for a desirable mixing of residential land uses with medical and local business office uses in possible close proximity to adjacent residential areas. The office building and parking coverage, traffic generation, open space and other external factors are intended to be compatible with the residential uses permitted. This district may be appropriate in transition areas between major land uses as indicated in the adopted plan. The RP district is intended to be consistent with commercial or residential designations on the Newberg comprehensive plan. RP districts shall be located as to conform to goals and policies identified within the Newberg comprehensive plan and in areas which have a minimal impact on the livability or appropriate development of abutting property.
F. C-1 Neighborhood Commercial District. The C-1 neighborhood commercial district is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas of retail establishments serving frequently recurring needs in convenient locations. It is typically appropriate for small convenience stores or neighborhood shopping centers located within residential neighborhoods. The C-1 district is intended to be consistent with the commercial (COM) designation of the comprehensive plan.
G. C-2 Community Commercial District. The C-2 community commercial district is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas with a wide range of retail sales, commercial services, and office establishments. Typical development types include individual commercial buildings on small and large sites, community shopping centers, and some outdoor retail uses. This district is typically located along highways and arterials. This district also includes some development which does not strictly fit the description of “commercial” but also does not merit a separate zoning district. The C-2 district is intended to be consistent with the commercial (COM) and mixed use (MIX) designations of the comprehensive plan.
H. C-3 Central Business District. The C-3 central business district is intended to preserve and enhance areas within which the greatest possible concentration of retail sales and business will occur. The district will be applied to the “core” area based upon the guidelines established in the comprehensive plan. The buildings and uses permitted reflect the desire to have parking provided on a district-wide basis rather than having each individual building or use provide parking. The C-3 district is intended to be consistent with the commercial (COM) designation of the comprehensive plan.
I. C-4 Riverfront Commercial District.
1. The purpose of the C-4 riverfront commercial district is to allow a mix of uses that:
a. Provides a variety of retail, commercial, and residential uses that benefit from proximity to the river.
b. Encourages access to and enjoyment of the Willamette River.
c. Ensures compatibility of development with the surrounding area and minimizes impacts on the environment.
2. Properties zoned in this district must comply with the development standards of the riverfront overlay subdistrict, as described in NMC 15.352.010 through 15.352.060.
3. The C-4 district is intended to be consistent with the commercial/riverfront district (COM/RD) designation of the comprehensive plan.
J. M-1 Limited Industrial District. The M-1 limited industrial district is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas containing manufacturing and related establishments with limited external impact, and with an open and attractive setting. The M-1 limited industrial district is typically appropriate to locations near highways and arterials and nonmanufacturing areas. The M-1 district is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) and mixed use (MIX) designations of the comprehensive plan.
K. M-2 Light Industrial District. The M-2 light industrial district is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas containing a wide range of manufacturing and related establishments and is typically appropriate to areas providing a wide variety of sites with good rail or highway access. The M-2 district is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) designation of the comprehensive plan.
L. M-3 Heavy Industrial District. The M-3 heavy industrial district is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas containing manufacturing or related establishments which are potentially incompatible with most other establishments and are typically appropriate to areas which are most distant from residential areas, and which have extensive rail or shipping facilities. The M-3 district is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) designation of the comprehensive plan.
M. M-4 Large Lot Industrial District. The M-4 industrial employment district is divided into two subdistricts: the industrial employment subdistrict and the industrial commercial subdistrict. One of the main intents of these districts is to provide a variety of employment opportunities for the citizens of Newberg. Providing adequate jobs for our citizens leads to other related benefits, including a diversified and stable local economy, a stronger tax base, and environmental benefits from less out-commuting to jobs. In addition, providing adequate local jobs helps fulfill the stated desire of many citizens to “live here, work here, shop here.” The M-4 district has two subdistricts:
1. Employment Subdistrict. Through a comprehensive planning process, the city identified a need for large lot industrial sites of at least 20 acres in size. Further analysis of potential areas identified the area south of Newberg, on either side of Highway 219, as the area best suited to meet the city’s needs for large site industrial development. As part of the city’s strategy for preserving large size industrial sites within industrial districts, the M-4 industrial employment subdistrict is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas containing large parcels (20+ acres) suitable for large industrial users and industrial planned unit developments. An approved plan for an industrial planned unit development is required prior to dividing a large parcel into lots or parcels that are less than 20 acres. The purpose of the planned unit development is to bring related industries and services that complement each other close together, resulting in synergistic effects arising from regular face-to-face communications, economies of scale, and reduced transportation time and cost.
2. Commercial Subdistrict. The industrial commercial subdistrict is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas for retail establishments serving the specific needs of the M-4 industrial employment area. The subdistrict is similar to the C-1 neighborhood commercial district, although the type and scale of uses permitted are limited to those that will directly support allowed uses within the M-4 industrial employment area. The area is not intended to serve pass-by traffic or provide for the general commercial needs of the community. The intent is to allow uses that complement the area while limiting or eliminating those uses that would have detrimental impact on the overall district.
Potential adverse impacts of industrial activity on adjacent uses are minimized by design and development standards as required by NMC 15.220.090. Large industrial sites and planned unit developments are configured and designed to minimize use-to-use conflicts within the industrial districts, as well as conflicts between industrial uses and those allowed in other districts. The M-4 district is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) and commercial (COM) designations of the comprehensive plan.
N. M-5 Craft Industrial District. The purpose of the M-5 craft industrial district is to create, preserve and enhance areas that provide a mix of commercial and light industrial uses, particularly small-scale craft industrial uses with an integrated commercial component. The district is intended to complement nearby commercial areas by providing opportunities for production spaces while minimizing off-site impacts. The M-5 district is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) and mixed use (MIX) designations of the comprehensive plan.
O. CF Community Facilities District. The purpose of the CF community facilities district is to provide for appropriate development of community facilities, primarily by public agencies or nonprofit organizations. It encourages the preservation of natural resources and open space resources inventoried in the comprehensive plan. The CF district is intended to be consistent with the parks (P) and public/quasi-public (PQ) designations in the comprehensive plan. It may also be consistent with any other designation of the comprehensive plan as determined by the city council.
P. I Institutional District. The I institutional district is intended to support and promote institutional uses. The district provides for the establishment and growth of large institutional campuses as well as accessory and compatible uses. The institutional district is intended to be consistent with the public/quasi-public (PQ) designation of the comprehensive plan.
Q. AR Airport Residential District. The purpose of the AR airport residential district is to encourage and support the continued operation and vitality of Sportsman Airpark and to take advantage of the transportation options it provides by allowing airport-related residential uses. The AR district is intended to be consistent with the airport residential (AR) designation in the comprehensive plan. Maximum overall density shall be 8.8 units per gross buildable acre in the district, calculated as follows:
1. Single-family detached dwellings and duplex dwellings shall count as a single dwelling unit for density calculation.
2. Triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings and cottage cluster projects shall be exempt from density calculation and shall be subject only to the minimum lot sizes in NMC 15.405.010.
R. AI Airport Industrial District. The purpose of the AI airport industrial district is to encourage and support the continued operation and vitality of Sportsman Airpark by allowing airport-related industrial uses, and as such to promote economic development for the City of Newberg and Yamhill County. The AI airport industrial district is intended to recognize those areas devoted to or most suitable for the immediate operational facilities necessary for commercial and noncommercial aviation. It is also intended to provide areas for those activities directly supporting or dependent upon aircraft or air transportation when such activities, in order to function, require or benefit from a location within or immediately adjacent to primary flight operations and passengers or cargo service facilities. It is further intended to provide appropriate locations for airport-related light industrial uses that are compatible with and benefit from air transportation. The AI district is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) and public/quasi-public (PQ) designations in the comprehensive plan.
S. M-E Mixed Employment District. The M-E mixed employment district is intended to create a mix of light industrial and limited commercial uses that provide employment opportunities for the City of Newberg while also creating a high-quality urban environment. This designation can provide a buffer between industrial uses with a high degree of external impact and other uses such as residential and recreational areas. The M-E designation is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) and mixed use (MIX) designations of the comprehensive plan. [Ord. 2930 § 4 (Exh. A-3), 1-6-25; Ord. 2913 § 2 (Exh. B § 8), 4-17-23; Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 9 – 12), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 11 – 13), 6-7-21; Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 9-16-13.]
Subdistricts of each of the use districts may be established. The parent residential district requirements shall apply to those respective subdistricts except those regulations pertaining to lot area per dwelling unit or density.
A. Suffix Numbers Noting Density. Suffix numbers, including but not limited to the following examples, shall be noted on the zoning map indicating the maximum number of dwelling units permitted per gross acre. The following are examples of suffixes for subdistricts and their density equivalents:
Suffix | Density Maximum |
|---|---|
5/A | 5 dwelling units per gross acre |
6/A | 6 dwelling units per gross acre |
7.5/A | 7-1/2 dwelling units per gross acre |
.33/A | 1 dwelling unit per three gross acres |
Note: Duplex dwellings count as a single dwelling per lot for the purpose of calculating compliance with the maximum density standards. Triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings and cottage cluster projects shall be exempt from density calculation and shall be subject only to the minimum lot sizes in NMC 15.405.010.
As further examples of subdistricts:
1. The subdistrict of an R-1 district which permits five dwelling units per gross acre is R‑1‑5/A.
2. The subdistrict of an R-1 district which permits one dwelling unit per five gross acres is R‑1-.2/A.
B. AO Airport Overlay Subdistrict. An airport overlay subdistrict may be applied within any zoning district. The subdistrict shall be designated by the suffix AO added to the symbol of the parent district. The AO symbol shall be added to the zoning map for properties affected by the airport imaginary surfaces. Except as may otherwise be limited by this code, all uses permitted in the parent zone shall be allowable in the AO subdistrict.
C. CC Civic Corridor Overlay Subdistrict. The CC subdistrict is intended to emphasize the civic and historic character of that portion of downtown Newberg generally bounded by Sherman Street on the north, Blaine Street on the west, 5th Street on the south and Howard and School Streets on the east and as depicted on the zoning map. The subdistrict overlay may be applied within any zoning district. The subdistrict shall be designated by the suffix CC added to the symbol of the parent district.
D. H Historic Landmarks Overlay Subdistrict. The historic landmarks overlay subdistrict may be created within any zoning district. The overlay shall be designated by the suffix H added to the symbol of the parent district. All uses permitted in the parent zone shall be allowable in the H overlay zone except as otherwise may be limited by this code.
E. IO Institutional Overlay Subdistrict. The institutional overlay subdistrict may be created within any zoning district. The overlay shall be designated by the suffix IO added to the symbol of the parent district. All uses permitted in the parent zone shall be allowable in the IO overlay zone except as otherwise may be limited by this code.
F. RD Riverfront Overlay Subdistrict. The riverfront overlay subdistrict may be applied to R-1, R-2, R-3, M-1, M-2, M-3, M-E, C-1, C-4, and CF zoning districts. This subdistrict may be applied to lands south of Ninth Street to the Willamette River. The overlay shall be designated by the suffix RD added to the symbol of the parent district. All uses permitted in the parent zone shall be allowable in the RD overlay zone except as otherwise may be limited in this code. Where provisions of the subdistrict are inconsistent with the parent district, the provisions of the subdistrict shall govern.
G. SC Stream Corridor Overlay Subdistrict. The stream corridor overlay subdistrict may be created within any zoning district. The stream corridor subdistrict is applied to areas which are classified as Statewide Goal 5 resources. The overlay shall be designated by the suffix SC added to the symbol of the parent district. The SC subdistrict provides additional land use regulations which govern properties located within the subdistrict. Where the provisions of the subdistrict are inconsistent with the parent district, the provisions of the subdistrict shall govern.
H. SP Specific Plan Subdistrict. The SP subdistrict identifies the area in which a specific plan has been approved. The subdistrict overlay may be applied within any zoning district. The subdistrict shall be designated by the suffix SP added to the symbol of the parent district. Uses allowed in the parent district may be limited or expanded under the approved specific plan.
I. LU Limited Use Overlay Subdistrict. The limited use overlay subdistrict identifies an area where special use restrictions or standards apply. These restrictions or standards are defined in the ordinance creating the LU subdistrict and may include prohibiting uses otherwise allowed in the underlying zone, requiring conditional use permits for certain uses that are otherwise permitted outright, or creating special standards, such as special setbacks or height restrictions. The limited use overlay subdistrict may be applied within any zoning district.
J. Bypass Interchange (BI) Overlay. The bypass interchange overlay shall apply to lands within the city limits and within approximately one-quarter mile of the end of ramps of the East Newberg and Oregon 219 interchanges to the bypass. The bypass interchange overlay may be applied in combination with any zoning district. The overlay shall be designated by the suffix BI added to the symbol of the parent district. All uses permitted in the parent zone shall be allowed within the bypass interchange overlay except as specifically limited by this code. [Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 12), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B § 14), 6-7-21; Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2602, 9-20-04; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02; Ord. 2561, 4-1-02; Ord. 2537, 11-6-00; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.123.]
Any variance or permit of any kind and any nonconforming use existing pursuant to any repealed district classification may continue under the applicable new district classification but shall not in any manner be extended or enlarged in time or rights, except as provided in NMC 15.205.010 et seq. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.124.]
The location and geographical boundaries of various districts and subdistricts shall be shown on a map or maps setting forth the district and subdistrict classifications applicable to the land and property contained in the zoning map. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.125.]
The zoning map may, for convenience of use and for purposes of more readily identifying locations within such zoning map, be subdivided into units; and such parts and units may be separately employed for identification purposes when amending the zoning map or for any official reference to the zoning map. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.126.]
Where uncertainty exists as to the boundaries of any district as shown on any zoning map or part of a zoning map, the following rules shall apply:
A. Where such boundaries are indicated as approximately following street lines, alley lines or lot lines, such lines shall be construed to be such boundaries.
B. In the case of unsubdivided property and where a zone boundary divides a lot, the locations of such boundaries, unless the same are indicated by dimensions, shall be determined by the use of the scale appearing on such zoning map.
C. Where a public street or alley is officially vacated, the zoning regulations applicable to abutting property on each side of the centerlines shall apply up to the centerline of such vacated street or alley on each respective side.
D. Areas of dedicated streets or alleys and railroad rights-of-way, other than those designated on the zoning map as being classified in one of the districts provided in this code, shall be deemed to be unclassified and, in the case of railroad rights-of-way, permitted to be used solely for the purpose of accommodating tracks, signals, and other operative devices and the movement of rolling stock. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.127.]
A. Defined and Categorized Uses. Chapter 15.305 NMC lists the allowable uses in each zoning district. The uses listed are of two types:
1. Defined Uses. Defined uses are those uses that fit a specific definition contained in the definition section under NMC 15.05.030. For example, a “family child care home” is a specific defined use that is different than other day care type uses.
2. Use Categories. Use categories are used to describe land uses and activities that may be known by several common names, but are organized on the basis of common functional, product, or physical characteristics. For example, beauty salons, tanning salons, and body art studios are classified into a general category, “personal services.” Uses are assigned to the category whose description most closely describes the nature of the primary use. The “characteristics” subsection of each use category describes the characteristics of each use category. Developments may have more than one primary use. Developments may also have one or more accessory uses.
B. Interpretation. When a use’s category is not clearly identifiable, the director, through a Type I procedure, determines the applicable use category or similar use. The following is considered to determine what use category the use is in, and whether the activities constitute primary uses or accessory uses:
1. The description of the activity(ies) in relationship to the characteristics of each use category;
2. The relative amount of site or floor space and equipment devoted to the activity;
3. Relative amounts of sales from each activity;
4. The customer type for each activity;
5. The relative number of employees in each activity;
6. Hours of operation;
7. Building and site arrangement;
8. Vehicles used with the activity;
9. The relative number of vehicle trips generated by the activity;
10. How the use advertises itself; and
11. Whether the activity would function independently of the other activities on the site.
C. Developments with Multiple Primary Uses. When all the primary uses of a development fall within one use category, then the development is assigned to that use category. For example, a development that contains a grocery store, a gift shop, and a pharmacy would be classified in the general retail sales category because all the primary uses are in that category. When the primary uses of a development fall within different use categories, each primary use is classified in the applicable category and is subject to the regulations for that category.
D. Accessory Uses. The “accessory uses” subsection lists common accessory uses that are allowed by right in conjunction with the use unless stated otherwise in the regulations. Also, unless otherwise stated, they are subject to the same regulations as the primary use. Typical accessory uses are listed as examples with the categories.
E. Use of Examples. The “examples” subsection of each use category provides a list of examples of uses that are included in the use category. The names of uses on the lists are generic. They are based on the common meaning of the terms and not on what a specific use may call itself. For example, a use whose business name is “wholesale liquidation,” but that sells mostly to consumers, would be included in the general retail sales category rather than the wholesale and industry sales category. This is because the actual activity on the site matches the description of the general retail sales category.
F. Exclusions. The “exclusions” subsection of each use category indicates uses that are classified not included in that particular use category. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following agricultural uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Horticulture.
B. Livestock and poultry farming.
C. Home gardening.
D. Home livestock and poultry raising. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following residential uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Dwelling, single-family detached.
B. Dwelling, single-family attached.
D. Manufactured dwelling park.
E. Mobile home park.
F. Manufactured home subdivision.
G. Dwelling, duplex.
H. Dwelling, triplex.
I. Dwelling, quadplex.
J. Dwelling, townhouse.
K. Dwelling, cottage.
L. Cottage cluster project.
Q. Dormitory.
R. Home occupation.
S. Live/work unit. [Ord. 2930 § 4 (Exh. A-3), 1-6-25; Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 13), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B § 15), 6-7-21; Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. This category includes the care, supervision and guidance on a regular basis of a child, unaccompanied by a parent, guardian or custodian, during a part of the 24 hours of the day, with or without compensation. It also may include care or supervision of an adult during part of the 24 hours of the day where lodging is not provided.
B. Accessory Uses. Play areas.
C. Examples. Preschools, adult day care centers.
D. Exclusions.
2. Child care which does not require state registration or certification, such as babysitting.
3. Accessory day care that is provided primarily for the children of workers at the site is considered an accessory use.
4. Schools, primary or secondary.
5. Residential care homes and residential care facilities. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. The group care facility category includes licensed facilities that provide residential care alone or in conjunction with treatment or training or a combination thereof for 16 or more individuals who need not be related. Staff persons required to meet licensing requirements shall not be counted in the number of facility residents, and need not be related to each other or to any resident of the residential facility.
B. Accessory Uses. Personal service uses, recreational facilities, dining facilities, or retail sales for use of tenants, employees, or tenant visitors.
C. Examples. Nursing homes, continuing care retirement facilities, addiction treatment centers, sanitariums.
D. Exclusions. Residential care homes, residential care facilities, and prisons are separate use categories. Assisted living facilities are classified as multiple-family dwellings. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. A medical institution that provides medical and surgical care to patients on an inpatient or emergency basis, which may be in addition to outpatient care.
B. Accessory Uses. Personal service uses, dining facilities, or retail sales for use of patients, employees, or patient visitors.
C. Examples. Urgent care centers, medical practitioners who schedule office hours regularly to provide emergency care during nighttime hours.
D. Exclusions. Medical offices are a separate use category. Animal care. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Religious institutions and places of worship primarily provide meeting areas for religious activities.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses include Sunday school facilities, parking, caretaker’s housing, one transitional housing unit, and group living facilities such as convents. A transitional housing unit is a housing unit for one household where the average length of stay is less than 60 days. Religious schools, when accessory to a religious institution.
C. Examples. Examples include churches, temples, synagogues, and mosques.
D. Exclusions. Religious schools are included in schools. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Private clubs, lodges, and meeting halls provide meeting areas that are restricted to those with membership in the host organization, or to individuals or organizations renting the space for special events. The activities may either be religious or nonreligious. The activities may be nonprofit or for profit, though for-profit activities are limited to those with membership or prospective membership in the organization renting the space.
B. Accessory Uses. Kitchens and dining areas for the use of the host organization or the individuals or organizations renting the facility.
C. Examples. Fraternal lodges, grange halls, wedding halls.
D. Exclusions. Religious institutions and places of worship are a separate category; however, a private club, lodge, or meeting hall may be used for religious activities. Community services and commercial educational services are separate categories, though meeting halls may be rented for these types of uses. Meeting halls that are accessory to another use, such as a meeting room for tenants of an apartment complex, are accessory to that primary use. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. This category includes public and private schools, secular or parochial, at the primary, elementary, middle, junior high, or high school level that provide state mandated basic education primarily to minors.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses include play areas, cafeterias, recreational and sport facilities, auditoriums, and before- or after-school day care, and administrative offices.
C. Examples. Examples include public and private daytime schools, boarding schools and military academies.
D. Exclusions.
1. Preschools are classified as day care uses.
2. Commercial music, dancing, tutoring, art or similar schools are classified as commercial educational services. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. This category includes public and private schools that provide postsecondary education primarily for adults, usually working toward a degree or certificate.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses include cafeterias, student dormitories, recreational and sport facilities, auditoriums, student book stores, and administrative offices.
C. Examples. Examples include public and private universities and community colleges.
D. Exclusions. Commercial music, dancing, tutoring, art or similar schools are classified as commercial educational services. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Commercial educational services uses are conducted in an office or studio setting and generally focusing on serving students with supplemental education, enrichment, and/or tutoring, where a fee is usually charged for services.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include incidental retail (e.g., sale of instructional materials) or other amenities primarily for the use of employees and customers.
C. Examples. Examples include tutoring centers, computer classes, after-school math and reading centers, arts and crafts classes, music and dancing school.
D. Exclusions. Schools, primary and secondary, and colleges are separate use categories. Preschools are classified as day care uses. Uses conducting lessons in the home of the provider are classified as home occupations. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following parks and open space use is defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Golf course. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Open spaces provide outdoor space for natural feature preservation, or for walking, sitting, watching, or observing. Most of the area is left in native vegetation. Open spaces may be publicly or privately owned, and public access may be restricted or prohibited.
B. Accessory Uses. Trails, viewing platforms, interpretive displays, benches, a single picnic table, including those with covers, not in close proximity to other such tables.
C. Examples. Nature preserves, stream corridors.
D. Exclusions. Parks are a separate use category. Active recreational facilities such as playgrounds or ballfields, pavilions or picnic areas including multiple tables or facilities in close proximity are classified as parks. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Park uses provide areas for outdoor recreation, whether passive or active. Parks may be privately or publicly operated, but no admission fee is charged.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include pavilions, club houses, maintenance facilities, concessions, caretaker’s quarters, and parking.
C. Examples. Playgrounds, community sports fields, public squares, picnic pavilions.
D. Exclusions. Commercial recreational uses are a separate category. Open spaces without access or with only trails or observation areas are classified as open space. Recreational facilities accessory to a school, church, or public community center use, regardless of whether admission is charged, are part of the primary use. Golf courses are a separate use. [Ord. 2780 § 1 (Exh. A § 1), 4-6-15; Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Community services are uses of a public, nonprofit, or charitable nature generally providing a local service to people of the community. Generally, they provide the service on the site or have employees at the site on a regular basis. The service is ongoing, not just for special events. Community centers or facilities that have membership provisions are open to the general public to join at any time (for instance, any senior citizen could join a senior center). The use may also provide special counseling, education, or training of a public, nonprofit or charitable nature.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include offices, meeting areas, food preparation areas, parking, health and therapy areas, day care uses, and athletic facilities.
C. Examples. Examples include libraries, museums, senior centers, community centers, publicly owned swimming pools, youth club facilities, social service facilities, vocational training for the physically or mentally disabled, soup kitchens, and surplus food distribution centers.
D. Exclusions.
1. Private lodges, clubs, and meeting rooms are a separate use category. Private or commercial athletic, health clubs, or museums are classified as commercial recreation.
2. Parks are a separate category.
3. Uses that provide lodging to individuals. These may be classified as dormitories, residential care homes, residential care facilities, or other uses depending on the nature of the lodging provided.
4. Public safety facilities are classified as emergency services. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Emergency services uses are facilities with personnel or equipment staged for quick response in case of emergency. The facility is operated by a public agency or private franchise agency.
B. Accessory Uses. Jails for short-term detention associated with a police station. Emergency vehicle and equipment storage or repair.
C. Examples. Police stations, fire stations, ambulance stations, and emergency highway safety equipment storage yards.
D. Exclusions. Emergency shelters are classified under community services. Utility maintenance yards are classified under utility distribution plant or yard. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following transportation uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Transportation facilities and improvements.
B. Transit center.
C. Parking facility.
D. Airport.
E. Landing field.
F. Heliport.
G. Helipad.
The following utility uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Basic utilities.
B. Utility distribution plant or yard.
C. Wastewater treatment plant.
D. Telecommunication facility. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Medical offices provide medical or surgical care to patients within the office. Care is provided by or under the direction of a government licensed medical practitioner. Services are provided on an outpatient basis only. Regular office hours are during the day with only occasional nighttime emergency care.
B. Accessory Uses. Sale or rental of goods associated with the medical care.
C. Examples. Offices for licensed doctors, dentists, osteopaths, massage therapists, naturopathic physicians, outpatient laboratories where the patient testing is largely conducted on site.
D. Exclusions.
1. Hospitals and urgent care centers are classified under hospitals.
2. Uses that provide exclusive care and planned treatment or training for psychiatric, alcohol, or drug problems, where patients are residents of the program, are classified as residential care homes, residential care facilities, or group care facilities, depending on the nature of the facility.
3. Medical laboratories other than outpatient laboratories are classified as commercial service or industrial service uses depending on the nature of the laboratory.
4. Personal care by someone other than a licensed medical practitioner is included in personal services.
5. Veterinary, animal, and pet care is included either as commercial service or industrial service depending on the nature of the use. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Local business offices are office uses that serve the local area. General public visits to the office may be frequent. There is little or no outdoor storage of equipment and materials. Vehicles regularly on site are limited to passenger and light duty vehicles. No manufacturing occurs on site. Materials on site are mostly hand carried.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory retail sales of items associated with the business are allowed.
C. Examples. Offices for attorneys, real estate agents, accountants, insurance agents, travel agents. Government offices.
D. Exclusions. Medical offices, personal services, and traded sector industrial offices are separate uses. Banks are commercial service uses. Office uses may be accessory to other uses, such as manufacturing, school, or church uses. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following commercial sales and rental uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Temporary merchant. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. General retail sales uses sell or rent goods to the general public. Items are sold indoors, or, if outdoors, are limited to small items that do not require machinery to load to customers. Most items for sale are stored on or picked up from the site. Operators may be commercial or nonprofit entities.
B. Accessory Uses. Indoor manufacturing of small items primarily to be sold on site, such as retail bakeries or art studios, provided the floor area devoted to such production is less than the floor area devoted to retail sales. Repair of items sold, such as bicycles or vacuums. Wholesale sales of items that are primarily sold retail. Outdoor display for sale of two or fewer vehicles, or of bulky items requiring machinery to load occupying less than 1,000 square feet display area.
C. Examples. Pharmacies, department stores, secondhand stores, pawn shops, art sales.
D. Exclusions. Bulk outdoor retail, wholesale and industry sales, and retail convenience sales. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Bulk outdoor sales uses sell or rent large items to the general public from stock displayed or stored in whole or in part outdoors. Large items include vehicles and materials that require forklifts, tow trucks, or other loading equipment to load to customers. Sales may include sale of other items indoors or outdoors.
B. Accessory Uses. Indoor manufacturing of small items primarily to be sold on site. Repair of items sold, such as automobile repair. Wholesale sales of items that are primarily sold retail.
C. Examples. Automobile sales, RV sales, boat sales, bark chip sales, automobile rental, self-moving truck rental, retail lumber yard.
D. Exclusions. Retail indoor sales, wholesale and industry sales. Outdoor vehicle sales with two or fewer vehicles displayed is general retail sales. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Convenience retail sales uses sell items to the general public that mostly are used or consumed the same day. Store size is limited to a specific floor area established by the zoning district. Items are sold predominantly indoors.
B. Accessory Uses. Eating and drinking (non-alcohol-related).
C. Examples. Mini-marts.
D. Exclusions. Retail sales – general. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Uses in this category prepare and package food and beverages for retail sale or consumption on site, and for shipment for sales at other locations.
B. Accessory Uses. Drive-up service windows. Note that drive-up service windows require a conditional use permit in some zones. Entertainment.
C. Examples. Processing of food and related products, catering establishments. Small-scale wineries, breweries, and distilleries with tasting rooms on site. Retail bakeries. Chocolate shops. Coffee roaster or tea manufacturers with tasting rooms and/or retail area on site.
D. Exclusions. Wholesale bakeries, wineries, breweries, and distilleries with no or smaller retail or dining components are classified as light manufacturing uses. Restaurants or retail shops that also produce food or beverages, where dining or customer areas comprise the majority of the floor area, or all food is sold “take-out,” such as some brew pubs and bakeries, are classified as eating and drinking establishment or general retail sales. Manufacturing uses with no retail sales component are classified as light manufacturing uses. [Ord. 2930 § 4 (Exh. A-3), 1-6-25; Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Eating and drinking establishments provide customers ready to consume food or drink for purchase. These establishments often provide tables and seating for the customers, and may provide take-out or delivery service. Eating and drinking establishments are of two types:
1. Alcohol-related are those establishments that serve alcohol and where minors are prohibited by law in any portion of the customer area.
2. Non-alcohol-related are those establishments that do not serve alcohol, or that do serve alcohol but minors are not prohibited by law in any portion of the customer area.
B. Accessory Uses. Drive-up service windows. Note that drive-up service windows require a conditional use permit in some zones. Entertainment. Bakeries, wineries, breweries, distilleries and similar food production areas provided the area devoted to production and storage is less than the floor area devoted to dining and retail sales, and the food is offered for sale on site.
C. Examples. Alcohol-related uses include bars, night clubs, taverns, and tasting rooms. Non-alcohol-related uses include restaurants, take-out food service, and soda fountains.
D. Exclusions. Nonprofit membership-only clubs are classified in private clubs, lodges, and meeting halls. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following commercial services uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Temporary merchant. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Personal service uses are engaged primarily in physical aesthetic services or nonmedical treatment to individuals at the site.
B. Accessory Uses. Retail sale of products associated with the service is permitted, such as sale of hair care products at a beauty salon.
C. Examples. Beauty salons, barber shops, tanning salons, body art salons.
D. Exclusions. Personal services exclude medical offices. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Commercial service establishments provide services to the general public for compensation. Customers typically come to the site to receive the service. Items that are brought in and serviced are predominantly small, hand carried items. Outdoor storage of materials on site is limited to small (under 400 square feet), fenced and screened areas. The establishments use passenger or light duty vehicles at the site; larger vehicles rarely visit the site. Operators may include government or nonprofit organizations.
B. Accessory Uses. Retail sale of items related to the service.
C. Examples. Banks, post offices, photocopy stores, dry cleaning and laundry services, mortuaries, small animal clinics and hospitals, sewing machine, vacuum, small appliance or jewelry repair shops, tailor shops, photography studios.
D. Exclusions. Outpatient medical laboratories are classified as medical office uses. Commercial kennels. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Commercial vehicle service uses repair and service passenger vehicles, light duty vehicles and recreational vehicles for the general public. This includes fueling and washing services.
B. Accessory Uses. Convenience retail uses.
C. Examples. Automobile service stations, auto repair, auto transmission, radiator, or electrical repair, car washes, towing businesses.
D. Exclusions. Servicing primarily to medium and heavy duty vehicles, farm equipment, and industrial vehicles is classified as industrial vehicle service. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Indoor commercial recreation uses provide entertainment, recreation, and fitness activities for spectator or participants, within buildings. Fees usually are charged for admission or participation.
B. Accessory Uses. Eating and drinking establishments and retail sales for spectators or participants. Outdoor commercial recreation uses occupying less than 10 percent of the site.
C. Examples. Theaters, skating rinks, billiard halls, bowling alleys, dance halls, indoor miniature golf courses, arcades, athletic clubs, gyms.
D. Exclusions. Recreational facilities accessory to a school or church use, regardless of whether admission is charged. Motor-vehicle-related commercial recreation uses are a separate category. Temporary events of less than two weeks’ duration are regulated as exhibitors under Chapter 5.10 NMC. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Outdoor commercial recreation uses provide entertainment, recreation, and fitness activities for spectators or participants outdoors. Fees usually are charged for admission or participation.
B. Accessory Uses. Eating and drinking establishments and retail sales for spectators or participants.
C. Examples. Drive-in theaters, sports stadiums, race tracks, outdoor driving ranges, amusement parks, outdoor miniature golf courses.
D. Exclusions. Recreational facilities accessory to a school or church use, regardless of whether admission is charged. Golf courses are a separate use. Vehicle-related commercial recreation use is a separate category. Temporary events of less than two weeks’ duration are regulated as exhibitors under Chapter 5.10 NMC. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Motor-vehicle-related commercial recreation uses provide entertainment or recreation with motorized vehicles for spectators and/or participants.
B. Accessory Uses. Eating and drinking establishments and retail sales for spectators or participants.
C. Examples. Car or motorcycle racing tracks, drag strips, go cart tracks, remote control vehicles.
D. Exclusions. Noncommercial remote control vehicle tracks open for public use or accessory to park use. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following commercial lodging uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
B. Bed and breakfast establishment.
D. Recreational vehicle park. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Traded sector industry offices are corporate offices for traded sector industries that design, research, or create a product where the manufacturing is done at a different facility, or the product is intangible or intellectual. It may include offices for management of corporations or sales of products where the primary market is beyond the local region. General public visits to the office are very infrequent.
B. Accessory Uses. On-site testing or modeling, where such manufacturing comprises less than 20 percent of the floor area.
C. Examples. Offices for architects, surveyors, engineers, financial institutions, insurance companies, manufacturing designers, software companies and Internet based businesses where the clientele served by the office are largely beyond the local region, call centers, technical support centers, movie studios, television or radio station studios.
D. Exclusions.
1. Local business offices, medical offices, personal services, commercial services are separate uses.
2. Office uses accessory to on-site manufacturing are classified under the primary use. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Industrial service uses provide services to other businesses or industries. Services often are provided off site at the customer location. Services to the general public are allowed, but general public visits to the site are infrequent. Items to be serviced may be brought in and out by truck, trailer or forklift. Materials may be stored in warehouses, or outside in enclosed areas. Trailers and medium or heavy duty vehicles may be used and stored on site.
B. Accessory Uses. Sale of items related to the service is permitted.
C. Examples. Plumbing, heating and cooling services, construction contractors, building or landscape maintenance services, large animal veterinary clinics/hospitals, laboratories, farm implement repair, medium and heavy duty vehicle repair.
D. Exclusions. Commercial vehicle service and commercial service are separate uses. Truck stops. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Wholesale sales uses sell goods or merchandise to retailers, to industrial, commercial, institutional, or other professional business users, or to other wholesalers and related subordinated services. Items are only occasionally sold directly to the general public.
B. Accessory Uses. Retail sales of items to business people visiting the site.
C. Examples. Wholesale lumber yards, construction materials stores primarily serving contractors, construction equipment rental yards, wholesale nursery sales, agricultural machinery sales, agricultural supply stores.
D. Exclusions. Livestock sales. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Warehouse, storage and distribution uses involve the storage, or movement of goods for themselves or other firms. Goods are generally delivered to other firms or the final consumer, except for some will-call pickups. It includes data centers that store and distribute electronic data. There is little on-site sales activity with the customer present.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include offices, truck fleet parking and maintenance areas, rail spur or lead lines, docks, and repackaging of goods.
C. Examples. Examples include separate warehouses used by retail stores such as furniture and appliance stores; household moving and general freight storage; cold storage plants, including frozen food lockers; storage of weapons and ammunition; major wholesale distribution centers; truck, marine, or air freight terminals; bus barns; parcel services; major post offices; grain terminals; the stockpiling of sand, gravel, or other aggregate materials; contractors equipment storage; and data centers.
D. Exclusions.
1. Uses that involve the transfer or storage of solid or liquid wastes are classified as waste-related uses.
2. Self-service storage is a separate use category. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Self-service storage uses provide separate storage areas for individual or business uses. The storage areas are designed to allow private access by the tenant for storing personal property.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include security and leasing offices. Living quarters for one resident manager per site are allowed. Other living quarters are subject to the regulations for residential uses. Use of the storage areas for sales, service and repair operations, or manufacturing is not considered accessory to the self-service storage use. The rental of trucks or equipment is also not considered accessory to a self-service storage use.
C. Examples. Examples include single-story and multistory facilities that provide individual storage areas for rent. These uses are also called mini-warehouses. RV storage.
D. Exclusions. A transfer and storage business where there are no individual storage areas or where employees are the primary movers of the goods to be stored or transferred is in the warehouse, storage and distribution category. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Light manufacturing uses involve manufacturing, processing, fabrication, packaging, or assembly of goods. These types of firms are involved in the secondary processing and assembly of materials and components into finished products, generally for the wholesale market, for transfer to other plants, or to order for firms or consumers. The external impact from these uses is generally less than heavy manufacturing. Outdoor storage and processing of goods and materials is less than 10 percent of the site. Transportation needs are often met by truck. Goods are generally not displayed or sold on site, but if so, they are a subordinate part of sales. Relatively few customers come to the manufacturing site (typically fewer than five per day per 1,000 square feet of floor area).
B. Accessory Uses. Retail sales of goods produced on site, provided the floor area devoted to retail sales is small (less than 10 percent of the floor area, up to 2,000 square feet).
C. Examples. Instrument and machinery manufacturers, food processors, furniture manufacturers, wineries, wholesale bakeries.
D. Exclusions. Heavy manufacturing is a separate category. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Heavy manufacturing is a use that involves manufacturing, processing, fabrication, packaging, or assembly of large volumes of raw materials into refined products. These types of firms have significant external impacts. Outdoor storage and processing of goods and materials may exceed 10 percent of the site. Transportation needs are often met by both truck and rail. Goods are generally not displayed or sold on site, but if so, they are a subordinate part of sales. Relatively few customers come to the manufacturing site (typically fewer than five per day per 1,000 square feet of floor area).
B. Accessory Uses. Retail sales of goods produced on site, provided the floor area devoted to retail sales is small (less than 10 percent of the floor area, up to 2,000 square feet), and on-site sales represent less than 10 percent of total product sales.
C. Examples. Asphalt and concrete plants, paper mills, steel mills, abattoirs.
D. Exclusions. Uses that involve storage of materials without any processing. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Waste-related uses receive solid or liquid wastes from others for disposal on the site or for transfer to another location, collect sanitary wastes, or manufacture or produce goods or energy from the biological decomposition of organic material. Waste-related uses also include uses that receive hazardous wastes from others and are subject to the regulations of OAR 340-100-110, Hazardous Waste Management.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include recycling of materials, offices, and repackaging and transshipment of byproducts.
C. Examples. Examples include sanitary landfills, limited use landfills, waste composting, energy recovery plants, portable sanitary collection equipment storage and pumping, and hazardous waste collection sites, automobile wrecking yards.
D. Exclusions.
1. Disposal of clean fill, as defined in OAR 340-093-0030, is considered a fill, not a waste-related use.
2. Sewer pipes that serve a development are considered a basic utility.
3. Wastewater treatment plants are a separate use. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Uses in this category are involved in the manufacturing, processing, fabrication, packaging or assembly of goods, with an associated public commercial component on site. Uses in this category can also include involvement of manufacturing and selling of artisan goods such as leather, glass cutlery, paper, ceramic, textile, yard, or similar products on site.
B. Accessory uses. Retail sales, display and consumption of goods produced on site.
C. Examples. Weaving or production of textiles or apparel. Woodworking, including furniture and cabinet makers. Manufacture or assembly of machinery, equipment, instruments, including musical instruments, vehicles, appliances, precision items, and other electrical items. Production of artwork and toys. Art studios, furniture makers and metalwork manufacturers with retail areas on site.
D. Exclusions. Uses are distinct from light manufacturing because of the larger commercial component. Uses are also distinct from retail, food, and beverage uses as they do not include food or beverage uses. Manufacturing uses with no retail sales component are classified as light manufacturing uses. [Ord. 2930 § 4 (Exh. A-3), 1-6-25.]
The following residential uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
B. Accessory use. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The zoning use table under NMC 15.305.020 identifies the land uses that are allowed in the various zoning districts. The specific land use categories are described in Chapter 15.303 NMC.
The table identifies each use as one of the following:
P | Permitted Use. The use is a permitted use within the zone. Note that the use still may require design review, building permits, or other approval in order to operate. |
C | Conditional Use. A conditional use permit is required for the use. See Chapter 15.225 NMC. |
S | Special Use. The use is subject to specific standards as identified within this code. The applicable section is included in the last column of the table. |
(#) | A note indicates specific limits on the use. These notes are listed at the bottom of the table. |
X |
If none of the codes above are indicated, then the use is not permitted within the zone. [Ord. 2935 § 1 (Exh. A-1), 2025; Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 6), 9-16-13.]
# | R-1 | R-2 | R-3 | R-4 | RP | C-1 | C-2 | C-3 | C-4 | M-E | M-1 | M-2 | M-3 | M-4-I | M-4-C | M-5 | CF | I | AR | AI | Notes and Special Use Standards | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
100 | AGRICULTURAL USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Def. | P | P | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) |
| |
Def. | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X |
| |
Def. | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
| |
Def. | S | S |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| S |
| NMC Title 6 | |
200 | RESIDENTIAL USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Def. | P(2) | P | P(3) |
| P |
| C(4) | C(5) |
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(6) |
| Subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 | |
Def. | Dwelling, townhouse | P | P | P(3) |
| P |
| C(4) | C(5) |
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(6) |
| NMC 15.415.050(B); subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 |
Def. | Manufactured home on individual lot | S(2) | S | S(3) | P(7) | S |
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P(6) |
| NMC 15.445.050 – 15.445.070; subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 |
Def. |
| S | S | S |
|
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 15.445.075 – 15.445.160 | |
Def. |
| S | S | S |
|
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 15.445.075 – 15.445.160 | |
Def. | Manufactured home subdivision |
| S |
| S |
|
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 15.445.075 – 15.445.160 |
Def. | P(2) | P | P | C | P |
| C(4) | P(8)/C(5) |
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(6) |
| Subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 | |
Def. | Dwelling, triplex | P | P | P |
| P |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(6) |
| NMC 15.415.050(A); subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 |
Def. | Dwelling, quadplex | P | P | P |
| P |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(6) |
| NMC 15.415.050(A); subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 | |
Def. | Cottage cluster project | P | P | P |
| P |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(6) |
| NMC 15.415.050(C); subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 |
Def. | C | P | P | C | P |
| C(4) | P(8)/C(5) |
| X |
|
|
|
|
| P(8) |
| P |
|
| Subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 | |
Def. | S | S | S |
| S |
| C | C |
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| S | S |
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article V | |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
| P(9) | P(10) | P(8)/C(5) | P(11) | X | C | C |
|
|
| P(10) |
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X | P | P | P | C |
| P |
|
|
| P(12) | Limited to one per lot, and allowed whenever the use requires the on-site residence of such person. | |
Def. |
| C | P |
| P |
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
|
| |
Def. | Home occupation (no more than one outside paid employee) | S | S | S(13) | S | S | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) | X | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) |
| S(13) | S | S | S(13) | NMC 15.445.500 |
Def. | Home occupation (more than one outside paid employee) | C | C | C(13) | C | C | C(13) | C(13) | C(13) | C(13) | X | C(13) | C(13) | C(13) | C(13) | C(13) |
| C(13) | C | C | C(13) | NMC 15.445.500 |
Def |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| S |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| S |
|
|
|
| NMC 15.415.080 | |
300 | INSTITUTIONAL AND PUBLIC USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
310 | INSTITUTIONAL CARE AND HOUSING |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Def. | P | P | P(13) | P(13) | P | P(13) | P(13) | P(13) | P(13) | X |
|
|
|
|
| P(13) |
| P | P(13) |
| ORS Chapter 657A | |
312 | P | P | P | C | P | P | P | P |
| P | P | P | C | C | P | P |
| P |
| P(14) | ORS Chapter 657A | |
Def. | Residential care home (5 or fewer people) | P | P | P(13) | P(13) | P | P(13) | P(13) | P(13) | P(13) | X |
|
|
|
|
| P(13) |
| P | P(13) |
| ORS 197.665 |
Def. | Residential care facility (6 – 15 people) | C | P | P | C | P |
| C | C |
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
| ORS 197.665 |
315 | Group care facility (16+ people) | C | C | C |
| C |
| C |
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
|
|
316 | C | C | C |
| C |
| P | P |
| C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X | C | C | C | C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
320 | ASSEMBLY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
321 | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | X |
| P(29) |
|
|
| P | C | P |
|
|
| |
322 |
|
| C | C |
|
| P | P | C | X |
|
|
|
|
| P |
| P |
|
|
| |
330 | SCHOOLS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
330 | School, primary or secondary | P | P | P |
| P |
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
| C |
|
|
|
|
331 | P | P | P |
| P | P | P | P(15) |
| P(15) |
|
|
|
|
| P(15) | C | P |
|
|
| |
332 | C | C | C |
| C | P | P | P |
| P |
|
|
|
|
| P |
| C |
|
|
| |
340 | PARKS AND OPEN SPACES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
341 | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
| |
342 | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | X |
|
|
| P(16) |
| P | P(17) | P |
|
|
| |
Def. | P | P | P |
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
| P(17) |
|
|
|
| |
350 | PUBLIC SERVICES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
351 | C | C | C | C | P |
| P | P | P | P |
|
|
|
|
| P | C | P |
|
|
| |
352 | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | X | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
| C | C |
| C | C | P | P | C | C | C |
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | X | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | ORS Chapter 97.46 | |
360 | TRANSPORTATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Def. | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P | P | X | P | P | P |
|
| P |
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
| P |
| C | C | P | P(18) | C | P | P | P | P |
| P | P(18) |
| P |
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
| C | C |
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
| |
Def. | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | P |
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| C | X |
|
|
|
|
|
| C |
|
|
|
| |
| Pilings, piers, docks, and similar in-water structures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| C | X |
|
|
|
|
|
| C |
|
|
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
| P | P | P |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
| C | P | C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. | Telecommunication facility incorporated into existing structure/utility pole and no taller than 18 feet above existing structure/utility pole | C | C | C | C | C | S | S | S | S | S | S | S | S | S | S | S |
| S |
|
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article IV |
Def. | Telecommunication facility, including radio towers and transmitters, which are 100 feet or less in height, except those incorporated into an existing structure no taller than 18 feet above that structure |
|
|
|
|
| C | C | C |
| C | C | S(19) | S(19) | P | C | C |
| C |
|
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article IV |
Def. | Telecommunication facility, including radio towers and transmitters, which are over 100 feet |
|
|
|
|
| C | C | C |
| C | C | C | C | C | C | C |
| C |
|
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article IV |
400 | COMMERCIAL USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
410 | COMMERCIAL OFFICES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
411 |
|
| C |
| P | P(20) | P | P(21) |
| P |
|
|
|
|
| P(21) |
| P |
|
|
| |
412 |
|
|
|
| P(22) | P(20) | P | P(21) |
| P |
|
|
|
|
| P(21) |
|
|
|
|
| |
420 | COMMERCIAL SALES AND RENTALS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
421 |
|
|
|
|
| P(20) | P | P(15)/(21) | P | P |
| P(23) |
|
|
| P(15)/(21) |
|
|
|
|
| |
422 |
|
|
|
|
|
| P | C |
| P |
| P |
|
|
| P |
|
|
|
|
| |
423 |
|
|
|
|
| P(20) | P | P(21) | P | X |
| P(24) |
|
| P(25) | P(21) |
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
| S | S(21) |
| S |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 5.15.050 et seq. | |
425 |
|
|
|
|
| S | S |
| P |
|
|
|
|
| S/C |
|
|
|
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article VIII | ||
430 | EATING AND DRINKING ESTABLISHMENTS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
430 | Eating and drinking – Alcohol-related |
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(21) | P | P |
|
|
|
|
| P(21) |
|
|
|
| Requires liquor license |
430 | Eating and drinking – Non-alcohol-related |
|
|
|
|
| P(20) | P | P(21) | P | P | P | P |
|
|
| P(21) |
|
|
| C(26) |
|
440 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
441 |
|
|
|
| P | P(20) | P | P(21) | P | P |
|
|
|
|
| P(21) |
|
|
|
|
| |
442 |
|
|
|
|
| P(20) | P | P(21) |
| P |
|
|
|
|
| P(21) |
|
|
|
|
| |
443 |
|
|
|
|
|
| P | C |
| X | P(27) | P |
|
| P(28) | P |
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
| C | C |
| X | C | P | P | C | C | C |
|
|
|
|
| |
450 | COMMERCIAL RECREATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
451 |
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(15) |
| P | P(29) | P(29) |
|
|
| P(15)/(29) |
|
|
|
|
| |
452 |
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
| X |
| C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
453 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
| C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| C(33) |
| ||
460 | COMMERCIAL LODGING |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Def. | S | S | S | S | S | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) | X |
|
|
|
|
| S(13) |
|
|
|
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article VII | |
Def. | Bed and breakfast (2 or fewer rooms) | C | S | S |
| S | S | S | S | S | X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 15.445.010 |
Def. | Bed and breakfast (3 or more rooms) | C | C | C |
| C | C | S | S | S | X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 15.445.010 |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(15) | P | P |
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
|
| C(26) |
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
| C |
| C | X | C | C | C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 15.445.170 | |
500 | INDUSTRIAL USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
501 |
|
|
|
| P(30) | P(30) | P | P |
| P | P | P |
| P |
| P |
|
|
| P(33) |
| |
502 |
|
|
|
|
|
| C |
|
| P |
| P | P | P |
| C |
|
|
| P(33) |
| |
503 |
|
|
|
|
|
| C(31) |
|
| P | P(31) | P | P | P |
| C(31) |
|
|
| P(33) |
| |
504 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(32) | P | P | P |
| P(41) |
|
|
| P(33) |
| ||
505 |
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
| X | P | P | P | P |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
506 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P | P | P | P |
| P |
|
|
| P(33) |
| |
507 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
| P(34) | P | C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
|
| C | C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| S/C |
|
|
|
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article IX | |
600 | MISCELLANEOUS USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Def. | Accessory building and use incidental to other permitted uses in the zone | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
|
| Uses similar to permitted uses in the zone and not defined or categorized | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
|
| Uses similar to conditional uses in the zone and not defined or categorized | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C |
|
| X | X | X | X | X | P(35) | P(35) | P(35) | P(35) | X | X | X | X | X | X | P(35) | X | X | X | X |
| |
| X | X | X | X | X | X | P(38) | X | X | P(37) | P(37) | P(37) | P(37) | P(37) | X | P(37) | X | X | X | X |
| |
| P(36) | P(36) | P(36) | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | X |
| |
| Medical marijuana wholesaler | X | X | X | X | X | X | C(31)/(38) | X | X | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | X | P(38) | X | X | P(38) | X |
|
| Recreational marijuana processor | X | X | X | X | X | X | C(38) | X | X | P(37) | P(37) | P(37) | P(37) | P(37) | X | P(38) | X | X | X | X |
|
| Recreational marijuana producer (indoor) | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | P | P | P | P | P | X | C | X | X | X | X |
|
| Recreational marijuana producer (outdoor) | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | C | C | C | C | C | X | X | X | X | X | X |
|
| Recreational marijuana retailer | X | X | X | X | X | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | X | X | X | X | X | X | P(38) | X | X | X | X |
|
| Recreational marijuana wholesaler | X | X | X | X | X | X | C(31)/(38) | X | X | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | X | X | X | X | P(38) | X |
|
| X | X | X | X | X | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | X | P | X | X |
| |
| Marijuana research certificate | X | X | X | X | X | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | X | P | X | X |
|
Key: |
|
|
P: Permitted use |
| |
C: Conditional use – Requires a conditional use permit | X: Prohibited use | (#): See notes for limitations |
Notes.
(1) Limited to sites with preexisting agricultural uses, including at time of annexation.
(2) Limited to one per lot as a permitted use. More than one per lot allowed only through a conditional use permit or planned unit development, subject to density limits of NMC 15.405.010(B).
(3) Permitted on individual lots created prior to November 17, 1992. Homes on individual lots created on or after November 17, 1992, will only be permitted through the planned unit development process.
(4) The permitted density shall be stated on the conditional use permit.
(5) The dwelling units must front onto Hancock Street. No more than 30 percent of a single street frontage of a block may be occupied by residential uses. Contiguous residential street frontage must be less than 60 lineal feet. Density and parking standards for allowable dwelling units must be met.
(6) One single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling, or up to four townhouses or cottage dwellings per lot with the addition of a tie-down or hangar for an airplane. At a minimum, a paved tie-down or hangar shall be provided on the property, or the property shall include permanent rights to a private hangar within the subdivision. See Chapter 15.336 NMC.
(7) The homes are not subject to the development standards set forth in NMC 15.445.050 through 15.445.070.
(8) The units must be located on the same lots as another use permitted or conditionally permitted in the C-3 or M-5 zone and may not occupy the first floor storefront area (the portion of the building closest to the primary street), except on E/W Second Street where dwelling units are permitted to occupy the first floor of a building. There shall be no density limitation. Private parking areas or garages are not required for dwelling units located within buildings in existence prior to and including June 30, 1999. Parking shall be provided for all new dwelling units within any building constructed after June 30, 1999, in private parking areas or garages on the basis of one parking space for each dwelling unit.
(9) Permitted on the ground floor, one per lot in conjunction with any other use permitted or conditional use in the C-1 zone. On upper floors, dwelling units are unlimited and one parking space per dwelling unit is required.
(10) Permitted above any permitted use in the C-2 or M-5 zone. There shall be no density limitation. Parking shall be provided in private parking areas or garages on the basis of one parking space for each dwelling unit.
(11) The units must be located on the same lot as another use permitted or conditionally permitted in the C-4 district and may not occupy the first-floor storefront area (the portion of the building closest to the primary street). There shall be no density limitation. Parking shall be provided for all new dwelling units in private parking areas or garages on the basis of a maximum of one parking space for each dwelling unit.
(12) One residence of area not more than 40 percent of the area of the hangar floor, up to a maximum of 1,500 square feet, for an airport caretaker or security officer on each separate parcel.
(13) Permitted in existing dwelling units only. New dwelling units may not be created for this use unless the dwelling unit would otherwise be allowed.
(14) Allowed exclusively for employers or employees of businesses located within this district.
(15) Facility over 40,000 square feet gross floor area requires a conditional use permit.
(16) Allowed in areas designated in industrial area plans.
(17) Limited to facilities owned or operated by a public agency.
(18) Parking garages are a conditional use, and must have first floor street frontage of 40 feet or less for ingress or egress. First floor development must be commercial.
(19) A conditional use permit is required if the facility is less than 2,000 feet from the nearest telecommunication facility.
(20) Businesses in the C-1 zone that have hours of operation between 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. require a conditional use permit.
(21) Drive-up service windows accessory to an existing business on the site with walk-in customer service, such as a drive-up bank window, are allowed only with a conditional use permit. Otherwise, drive-up service windows, except those in service on April 1, 2002, are prohibited. Changes in use will not be allowed.
(22) Retail sales of goods on site not allowed.
(23) Limited to secondhand stores.
(24) Store size is limited to 2,000 square feet gross floor area.
(25) Store size is limited to 5,000 square feet gross floor area.
(26) Use must demonstrate that it is compatible with airport operations.
(27) Limited to service stations.
(28) Limited to card lock fueling only. Retail services are limited to self-vending services.
(29) Permitted provided the structure is designed for easy conversion to industrial use, including not having fixed seating.
(30) Limited to 10,000 square feet maximum floor area.
(31) Allowed indoors only.
(32) Allowed indoors only. Outdoor use requires a conditional use permit.
(33) Must be aviation-related. See Chapter 15.332 NMC.
(34) Limited to expansion or change of existing heavy manufacturing uses.
(35) Shall not be located at the same address as a state-registered marijuana grow site, or within 1,000 feet of the real property comprising a public park, a public elementary or secondary school for which attendance is compulsory under ORS 339.020 or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school, teaching children as described in ORS 339.030(1)(a). Distance is measured in a straight line in a radius extending for 1,000 feet or less in any direction from the closest point anywhere on the boundary line of the real property comprising an existing public park, public elementary or secondary school or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school to the closest point of the premises of a dispensary. The premises consist of the dispensary building, or the portion of the building used for a dispensary. Shall not be located within 1,000 feet of another medical marijuana dispensary. Operating hours are limited to the hours between 9:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.
(36) Allows up to 12 mature plants; indoor operations only.
(37) Indoor use only.
(38) The use is not allowed within 1,000 feet of the real property comprising a public park, a public elementary or secondary school for which attendance is compulsory under ORS 339.020 or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school, teaching children as described in ORS 339.030(1)(a). Distance is measured in a straight line in a radius extending for 1,000 feet or less in any direction from the closest point anywhere on the boundary line of the real property comprising an existing public park, public elementary or secondary school or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school to the closest point of the premises of a recreational processor, wholesaler or retailer, or medical marijuana processor and wholesaler.
(39) One-thousand-foot separation between retailer to retailer premises and 1,000-foot separation between retailer to dispensary premises.
(40) Operating hours limited to the hours between 9:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.
(41) Must be a rail-oriented use and/or property. [Ord. 2935 § 1 (Exh. A-1), 2025; Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25; Ord. 2930 § 4 (Exh. A-3), 1-6-25; Ord. 2928 § 1 (Exh. A-1 § 2), 9-3-24; Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 14), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B § 16), 6-7-21; Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2857 § 1 (Exh. A §§ 1, 2), 3-16-20; Ord. 2851 § 1 (Exh. A § 1), 1-21-20; Ord. 2840 § 1 (Exh. A § 1, Att. 1), 10-15-18; Ord. 2832 § 1 (Exh. A, Att. 1), 7-2-18; Ord. 2820 § 1 (Exh. A § 1, Att. 1), 9-18-17; Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 1), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 2), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 2), 4-4-16; Ord. 2793 § 2 (Exh. A § 1), 2-1-16; Ord. 2780 § 1 (Exh. A § 2), 4-6-15; Ord. 27631 § 1 (Exh. A § 6), 9-16-13.]
# | R-1/ | R-1/ | R-1/ | R-1/ | R-1/ | R-2/ | R-2/ | R-2/ | R-3/ | SD/ | SD/ | R-3/ | RP/ | RP/ | AO | ARO | C-1/ | C-2/ | C-2/ | C-2/ | C-3/ | C-4/ | SD/ | SD/ | SD/ | CC | CF/ | IO | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
600 | MISCELLANEOUS USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | (5) | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | X | P(4) | P(4) | P(4) | P(4) | P(4) | (5) | P(4) | P(4) | P(4) | X | (5) | X | |
| X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | (5) | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | X | X | X | X | (5) | X | |
| C | C | C | C | C | C | C | (5) | (5) | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | (5) | C | C | C | C | (5) | C | |
| Medical marijuana wholesaler | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | (5) | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | X | X | X | X | (5) | X |
| Recreational marijuana processor | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | (6) | X |
| Recreational marijuana producer (indoor) | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | (6) | X |
| Recreational marijuana producer (outdoor) | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | (6) | X |
| Recreational marijuana retailer | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | (6) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | X | (6) | X |
| Recreational marijuana wholesaler | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | (6) | X |
| X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | P | P | P | P | P | (6) | P | P | P | P | (6) | X | |
| Marijuana research certificate | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | P | P | P | P | P | (6) | P | P | P | P | (6) | P |
# | M-1/ | M-E/ | M-1/ | M-2/ | SD/ | FHO | II | AIO | H | SC | BI | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
600 | MISCELLANEOUS USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X | (5) | (5) | (5) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | |
| P | (5) | (5) | (5) | P | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | |
| C | (5) | (5) | (5) | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | |
| Medical marijuana wholesaler | P(1) | (5) | (5) | (5) | P(1) | X | P(1) | X | X | X | (5) |
| Recreational marijuana processor | P | (6) | (6) | (6) | P | X | X | X | X | X | (6) |
| Recreational marijuana producer (indoor) | P | (6) | (6) | (6) | P | X | P | X | X | X | (6) |
| Recreational marijuana producer (outdoor) | C | (6) | (6) | (6) | C | X | C | X | X | X | (6) |
| Recreational marijuana retailer | X | (6) | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) |
| Recreational marijuana wholesaler | P(1) | (6) | (6) | (6) | P(1) | X | P(1) | X | X | X | (6) |
| P | (6) | (6) | (6) | P | X | P | P | X | X | (6) | |
| Marijuana research certificate | P | (6) | (6) | (6) | P | X | P | P | X | X | (6) |
Key: |
|
|
P: Permitted use |
| |
C: Conditional use – Requires a conditional use permit | X: Prohibited use | (#): See notes for limitations |
Notes.
(1) The use is not allowed within 1,000 feet of the real property comprising a public park, a public elementary or secondary school for which attendance is compulsory under ORS 339.020 or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school, teaching children as described in ORS 339.030(1)(a). Distance is measured in a straight line in a radius extending for 1,000 feet or less in any direction from the closest point anywhere on the boundary line of the real property comprising an existing public park, public elementary or secondary school or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school to the closest point of the premises of a recreational retailer or wholesaler, or medical marijuana wholesaler.
(2) One-thousand-foot separation between retailer to retailer premises and 1,000-foot separation between retailer to dispensary premises.
(3) Operating hours limited to the hours between 9:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.
(4) Shall not be located at the same address as a state-registered marijuana grow site, or within 1,000 feet of the real property comprising a public park, a public elementary or secondary school for which attendance is compulsory under ORS 339.020 or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school, teaching children as described in ORS 339.030(1)(a). Distance is measured in a straight line in a radius extending for 1,000 feet or less in any direction from the closest point anywhere on the boundary line of the real property comprising an existing public park, public elementary or secondary school or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school to the closest point of the premises of a dispensary. The premises consist of the dispensary building, or the portion of the building used for a dispensary. Shall not be located within 1,000 feet of another medical marijuana dispensary. Operating hours are limited to the hours between 9:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.
(5) See NMC 15.305.020, Zoning use table – Use districts, for districts where medical marijuana dispensaries, processors, grow sites, and wholesalers are allowed or prohibited.
(6) See NMC 15.305.020, Zoning use table – Use districts, for districts where recreational marijuana processors, producers (indoor and outdoor), retailers, wholesalers, and marijuana laboratories and research certificates are allowed or prohibited.
[Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2840 § 1 (Exh. A § 2, Att. 2), 10-15-18; Ord. 2820 § 1 (Exh. A § 2, Att. 2), 9-18-17; Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 2), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 3), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 3), 4-4-16; Ord. 2793 § 3 (Exh. A § 2), 2-1-16.]
Code reviser’s note: Section 25 of Ordinance 2763 provides:
SECTION 25: Grace period for previously permitted or conditional uses. Where an applicant demonstrates that a particular use was a permitted or conditional use on a specific property immediately prior to adoption of this ordinance, but that the use is no longer either a permitted or conditional use on that property due to this ordinance, the applicant may establish the use as either a permitted or conditional use, as provided in the prior code, provided the use is legally commenced prior to January 1, 2018.
A. The Springbrook district is intended to provide for a mixture of residential uses, commercial uses, hospitality/public uses, and light industrial uses. This mixture will provide for flexibility and innovation in design.
B. This chapter serves as a roadmap for development applications within the Springbrook district. This chapter explains the relationship between the Springbrook master plan document and the Newberg development code. Applicants should use this chapter to determine the applicable procedures and standards for development within the Springbrook district. [Ord. 2678 § 4 (Exh. 6(1)), 9-4-07; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.425.]
Development within this zone shall be governed by a master plan approved and accepted by the city council, which ensures internal compatibility of use activities as well as compatibility with adjacent uses. Development within the Springbrook district shall follow the applicable standards set forth in this chapter, and those standards set forth in the “Development Standards Matrix” in the Springbrook master plan, codified in NMC 15.326.025. [Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25; Ord. 2678 § 4 (Exh. 6(1)), 9-4-07; Ord. 2619, 5-16-05; Ord. 2499, 11-2-98; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.426.]
DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS | LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL | MID-RISE RESIDENTIAL | NEIGHBORHOOD COMMERCIAL | EMPLOYMENT | VILLAGE | HOSPITALITY | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ALLOWED USE* |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
| |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||||
|
|
Post Office Museum Library |
| |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
Post Office Museum Library School |
Post Office Museum Library |
|
|
Train Depot Post Office Museum Library |
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||
PROHIBITED USE | Home Occupation Signs | Home Occupation Signs | Drive-throughs, outside storage; temporary storage allowed | Outside storage or processing of materials | Drive-throughs, outside storage; temporary storage allowed | – | ||||||||||||
NEWBERG ZONE DISTRICT MODELED AFTER ** | R-1 | R-2 and R-3 | C-1 | M-1, but office is not allowed | C-3 | No comparison | ||||||||||||
BUILDING AND SITE STANDARDS | ||||||||||||||||||
R-1 | 45 feet, limited to three stories | C-1 | M-1 | C-3 | Five stories or 75 feet | |||||||||||||
LOT REQUIREMENTS | ||||||||||||||||||
FRONT YARD SETBACK | Minimum 15 feet, except minimum 10 feet for porches and similar entry features Minimum 20 feet for garage | R-3 | C-1 | No minimum | No minimum setback. No maximum setback, if area between building and property line contains public space or landscaping | Minimum 20 feet or equal to height of building, if adjacent to residential uses | ||||||||||||
INTERIOR YARD SETBACKS | R-1 | R-3 | 10 feet if abutting residential zones | M-1 | C-3 | Minimum 20 feet | ||||||||||||
SETBACKS AND YARD RESTRICTIONS AS TO SCHOOLS, CHURCHES, PUBLIC BUILDINGS | – | – | – | – | Does not apply | – | ||||||||||||
MINIMUM LOT AREA | Minimum 2,900 square feet, except: Minimum 1,500 square feet for attached dwelling units Minimum 4,500 square feet for triplex dwellings Minimum 7,000 square feet for quadplex dwellings and cottage clusters | Minimum 1,800 square feet, except: Minimum 1,500 square feet for attached dwelling units Minimum 4,500 square feet for triplex dwellings Minimum 6,000 square feet for quadplex dwellings and cottage clusters | C-1 | M-1 | C-3 (Minimum 1,800 square feet) | Minimum 5,000 square feet | ||||||||||||
MINIMUM LOT DIMENSIONS | The standard city lot frontage requirement applies Minimum lot width shall be 32 feet, except minimum 20 feet for middle housing dwelling units | The standard city lot frontage requirement applies | The standard city lot frontage requirement applies | The standard city lot frontage requirement applies | The standard city lot frontage requirement applies | The standard city lot frontage requirement applies | ||||||||||||
LOT COVERAGE AND PARKING COVERAGE REQUIREMENTS | (1) Maximum lot coverage: 55%, except 60% for attached dwelling units (2) Maximum parking lot coverage: 30% (3) Maximum combined lot parking lot coverage: 65%, except 70% for attached dwelling units | (1) Maximum lot coverage: 80% if parking is located in an underground structure; otherwise 60% (2) Maximum parking lot coverage: 35%, unless parking is located in an underground structure (3) Maximum combined lot coverage: 80% | Does not apply | Does not apply | Does not apply | Does not apply | ||||||||||||
ADDITIONAL DESIGN STANDARDS | ***Additional standards apply for middle housing developments | – | Development shall meet the design standards of the C-2 zone, or alternate standards developed in a design standard accepted by the city specific for this area A minimum of 20,000 square feet of retail space shall be developed in this area | – | – | – | ||||||||||||
LANDSCAPE AND OUTDOOR AREAS | ||||||||||||||||||
REQUIRED MINIMUM STANDARDS | Private area requirements based upon use will apply Area requirements: Min. 15% | Private area requirements based upon use will apply Area requirements: Min. 15% | Area requirements: Min. 15% | Area requirements: Min. 15% | C-3 | Private area requirement based upon use will apply Area requirements: Min. 15% | ||||||||||||
EXEMPTIONS | Landscape monument signs, as indicated on the gateway features plan and gateway features concepts are exempt from this standard | Landscape monument signs, as indicated on the gateway features plan and gateway features concepts are exempt from this standard | Landscape monument signs, as indicated on the gateway features plan and gateway features concepts are exempt from this standard | Landscape monument signs, as indicated on the gateway features plan and gateway features concepts are exempt from this standard | Landscape monument signs, as indicated on the gateway features plan and gateway features concepts are exempt from this standard | Landscape monument signs, as indicated on the gateway features plan and gateway features concepts are exempt from this standard | ||||||||||||
SIGN REQUIREMENTS | Assume R-1 zone for applying standards in these sections | Assume R-3 zone for applying standards in these sections | Assume C-1 zone for applying standards in these sections | Assume “Other Zone” or “All Zone” for applying standards in these sections | Assume C-3 zone for applying standards in these sections | Assume “Other Zone” or “All Zone” for applying standards in these sections | ||||||||||||
OFF-STREET PARKING REQUIREMENTS | ||||||||||||||||||
REQUIRED OFF-STREET PARKING | R-1 | “Other Zones” | C-1 | “Other Zones” | Parking studies will be required to be submitted with each phase of development in the village district in order to ensure the parking provided is sufficient for the proposed use or uses | “Other Zones” | ||||||||||||
PARKING SPACES REQUIRED | Requirements based on use apply | Requirements based on use apply | Requirements based on use apply | Requirements based on use apply | Requirements based on use apply | Requirements based on use apply | ||||||||||||
PARKING REQUIREMENTS FOR USES NOT SPECIFIED | Uses not listed in table determined through Type I procedure | Uses not listed in table determined through Type I procedure | Uses not listed in table determined through Type I procedure | Uses not listed in table determined through Type I procedure | Uses not listed in table determined through Type I procedure | Uses not listed in table determined through Type I procedure | ||||||||||||
* Uses not identified herein shall be reviewed and if found to be similar to the allowed uses shall be approved through a Type I process.
** When the model zone requirement applies, the zone is listed in the table, otherwise an alternative standard is stated.
*** Middle housing development standards within the Springbrook District west of Hess Creek:
1. Quadplex dwellings may be constructed as attached or detached dwellings.
2. Entry Orientation. At least one main entrance for each duplex, triplex, or quadplex structure must meet the standards. Any detached structure with more than 50 percent of its street-facing facade separated from the street property line by a dwelling is exempt from meeting these standards.
a. The entrance must be within eight feet of the longest street-facing wall of the dwelling unit; and minimum of 50 percent of units must be oriented to the common courtyard.
b. The entrance must either:
i. Face the street;
ii. Be at an angle of up to 45 degrees from the street; or
iii. Face a common open space that is adjacent to the street and is abutted by dwellings on at least two sides; or
iv. Open onto a porch. The porch must:
(A) Be at least 25 square feet in area; and
(B) Have at least one entrance facing the street or have a roof.
3. Windows. A minimum of 15 percent of the area of all street-facing facades must include windows or entrance doors. Facades separated from the street property line by a dwelling are exempt from meeting this standard.
4. Garages and Off-Street Parking Areas. Garages and off-street parking areas shall not be located between a building and a public street (other than an alley), except in compliance with the standards of this section.
a. The garage or off-street parking area is separated from the street property line by a dwelling; or
b. The combined width of all garages and outdoor on-site parking and maneuvering areas does not exceed a total of 50 percent of the street frontage.
5. Driveway separation for quadplex and duplex lots may be reduced to 22 feet.
6. Shared driveways for middle housing may be provided within an access easement 24 feet wide with a 16-foot paved surface.
[Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25.]
Except as expressly modified by the Springbrook master plan, the standards of the Newberg development code shall apply. In the case of a conflict between the Springbrook master plan (as implemented through this code) and the Newberg development code, the Springbrook master plan shall supersede. [Ord. 2678 § 4 (Exh. 6(1)), 9-4-07. Code 2001 § 151.427.]
Proposed development applications and land divisions within the Springbrook district shall follow the established City of Newberg approval process, as set forth below:
A. Site Design Review.
1. Applicability. All new development proposals are subject to the Type I and II site design review procedures set forth in NMC 15.220.020.
2. Requirements. Development proposals subject to site design review shall follow the application requirements set forth in NMC 15.220.030.
3. Criteria. All proposals subject to site design review are subject to the criteria set forth in the Newberg development code, subject to the exceptions set forth in the “Development Standards Matrix” in the Springbrook master plan.
a. All multi-unit residential development shall follow the standards set forth in NMC 15.220.060.
b. The requirements of NMC 15.220.070 and NMC 15.220.080 (additional requirements for development in the C-2 and C-3 districts) shall not apply to development within the hospitality or village districts.
B. Land Division.
1. Applicability. All land division proposals will follow the Type II procedure identified in NMC 15.100.030.
2. Requirements and Criteria.
a. Partition applications shall meet the criteria set forth in NMC 15.235.030 and 15.235.050, Type II process and criteria.
b. Subdivision applications shall meet the criteria set forth in NMC 15.235.030 and 15.235.050, Type II, or NMC 15.235.030(F) and 15.235.050(B) for middle housing land divisions, unless otherwise set forth in the “Development Standards Matrix” in the Springbrook master plan with the following exceptions:
i. Subdivisions within the Springbrook district are subject to the lot area and dimensional requirements set forth in the Springbrook master plan.
ii. Subdivisions within the Springbrook district are not subject to development standards otherwise administered by the site design review process in this section. [Ord. 2912 § 1 (Exh. A § 11), 5-1-23; Ord. 2678 § 4 (Exh. 6(1)), 9-4-07. Code 2001 § 151.429.]
Development proposals within the Springbrook district shall meet the private standards established by the property owner. Due to the special nature and coordinated approach of the Springbrook district, it is expected that such design standards will far exceed those that would otherwise be required for development. The applicant shall submit the design guidelines for city review and acceptance. The director may require modifications to the handbook prior to acceptance. After acceptance, the applicant shall provide written documentation to the City of Newberg demonstrating that each standard has been met. Compliance will be certified by the review authority through the Type I administrative process. The certification process shall exclude requirements of the City of Newberg development code and comprehensive plan. Conditions shall not be placed on certification approvals required by this section. [Ord. 2678 § 4 (Exh. 6(1)), 9-4-07. Code 2001 § 151.430.]
A. The following modifications to the master plan shall follow the Type I administrative procedure identified in NMC 15.100.020:
1. Land use district boundary modifications prior to development within that phase of no more than one acre that adjust a boundary no more than 50 feet.
B. The following modifications to the master plan shall follow a Type II procedure identified in NMC 15.100.030:
1. Land use district boundary modifications prior to development within that phase greater than one acre and less than five acres that adjust a boundary no more than 100 feet.
2. Modifications to the “Trip Cap” established with approval of the master plan.
C. The following modifications to the master plan shall follow a Type III procedure identified in NMC 15.100.050 and be processed pursuant to OAR Chapter 660, Division 18, Post-Acknowledgment Amendments. In approving such modifications, the planning commission must find the modification conforms to the applicable comprehensive plan policies and statewide planning goals:
1. Modifications other than those noted above.
2. Modifications to the Springbrook district boundary. [Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25; Ord. 2678 § 4 (Exh. 6(1)), 9-4-07. Code 2001 § 151.431.]
The purpose of the City of Newberg AI airport industrial district is to encourage and support the continued operation and vitality of Sportsman Airpark by allowing airport-related industrial uses, and as such to promote economic development for the City of Newberg and Yamhill County. The AI airport industrial district is intended to recognize those areas devoted to or most suitable for the immediate operational facilities necessary for commercial and noncommercial aviation. It is also intended to provide areas for those activities directly supporting or dependent upon aircraft or air transportation when such activities, in order to function, require or benefit from a location within or immediately adjacent to primary flight operations and passengers or cargo service facilities. It is further intended to provide appropriate locations for airport-related light industrial uses that are compatible with and benefit from air transportation. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.]
A. In the AI airport industrial district, the following buildings and uses are permitted as hereinafter specifically provided.
B. The buildings and uses are subject to the general provisions and exceptions set forth in this code:
1. Customary and usual aviation-related activities, including but not limited to takeoffs and landings; aircraft hangars and tie-downs; construction and maintenance of airport facilities; fixed- based operator facilities; and other activities incidental to the normal operation of an airport, including operation of fixed-wing aircraft, helicopters, hot air balloons, and gyrocopters.
2. Emergency medical flight services, including activities, aircraft, accessory structures, and other facilities necessary to support emergency transportation for medical purposes. Emergency medical flight services do not include hospitals, medical offices, medical labs, medical equipment sales, and other similar uses.
3. Law enforcement and firefighting activities, including aircraft and ground-based activities, facilities and accessory structures necessary to support federal, state or local law enforcement or land management agencies engaged in law enforcement or firefighting activities. Law enforcement and firefighting activities include transport of personnel, aerial observation, and transport of equipment, water, fire retardant and supplies.
4. Search and rescue operations, including aircraft and ground-based activities that promote the orderly and efficient conduct of search- or rescue-related activities.
5. Flight instruction, including activities, facilities, and accessory structures located at airport sites that provide education and training directly related to aeronautical activities. Flight instruction includes ground training and aeronautic skills training, including schools for flight attendants, ticket agents or similar personnel.
6. Aircraft service, maintenance and training, including activities, facilities and accessory structures provided to teach aircraft service and maintenance skills and to maintain, service, refuel or repair aircraft or aircraft components.
7. Aircraft rental, including activities, facilities and accessory structures that support the provision of aircraft for rent or lease to the public.
8. Aircraft sales and the sale of aeronautic equipment and supplies, including activities, facilities and accessory structures for the storage, display, demonstration and sales of aircraft and aeronautic equipment and supplies to the public.
9. Aerial mapping and surveying.
10. Air cargo warehousing and distribution facilities.
11. Aircraft and aircraft component manufacturing or assembly.
12. Aviation and space technology development and research.
13. Aircraft or air transportation businesses.
14. A business that owns an aircraft, keeps it at their industrial site, and relies on the aircraft as an important tool or platform for their work.
15. A business activity that relies on regular use of a general aviation aircraft by the business or its clients.
16. Auto rental agencies.
17. Day care and recreational facilities exclusively for employers and employees of businesses located within this district.
18. Greenways, including but not limited to bicycle and pedestrian paths.
19. Public and semi-public buildings, structures and uses that provide necessary services to an airport, such as fire stations, pump stations and water storage.
20. Schools relating to airport operation.
21. Snack shop for airport clientele with a total floor area no larger than 800 square feet.
22. One residence of area not more than 40 percent of the area of the hangar floor, up to a maximum of 1,500 square feet, for an airport caretaker or security officer on each separate parcel.
23. Manufacturing, assembling, testing, repairing, packaging and distribution of precision testing optics; precision testing equipment; components, devices, equipment, instruments and systems of an electronic or electromagnetic nature, such as coils, tubes, semi-conductors and similar components; communications, navigation, transmission and reception equipment, control equipment and systems; data processing equipment and systems; electronic parts and components; metering instruments; telecommunications equipment; and scientific instruments; upon demonstration that the use is dependent upon or benefits from air transportation.
a. An industrial use is dependent upon air transportation if it requires a location at or adjacent to an airport to be economically viable. Economic viability is measured by determining whether the use or activity would suffer an economic disadvantage if not located at or adjacent to an airport. Considerations include the percentage of business done with air cargo; the industry’s dependence on air transportation by staff, management, sales, personnel, vendors, or clientele; the industry’s site size requirements; and the industry’s interest in locating in a nonmetropolitan area of the state.
b. Industrial uses shall be considered dependent upon air transportation where:
i. More than 10 percent of the products produced would be shipped through air cargo; or
ii. More than 30 percent of gross sales would be with customers located out of state; or
iii. The business owns an aircraft, keeps it at their industrial site, and relies on the aircraft as an important tool or platform for their work; or
iv. Sales or service of the product requires a rapid response that can best be achieved through air transport; or
v. The use would suffer an economic disadvantage if not located at or adjacent to an airport.
24. Private streets that function as taxiways are allowed within the AI district and may include gates for safety purposes with designs approved by the fire marshal, at the limit of the taxiways. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.1.]
In addition to the buildings and uses permitted conditionally listed in NMC 15.305.020, the planning commission may grant a conditional use permit for any of the following buildings and uses in accordance with a Type III procedure:
A. Motels, hotels, and gift shops, upon demonstration that they are compatible with airport operations.
B. Cafeterias and restaurants, upon demonstration that they are compatible with airport operations.
C. Aeronautic recreational and sporting activities, including activities, facilities and accessory structures at airports that support recreational usage of aircraft and sporting activities that require the use of aircraft or other devices used and intended for use in flight. Aeronautic recreation and sporting activities authorized under this subsection include, but are not limited to, fly-ins; glider flights; ultralight aircraft flights; displays of aircraft; and aeronautic flight skills contests. [Amended during 11/13 supplement; Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.2.]
The airport industrial overlay subdistrict is intended to support the continued operation and vitality of Sportsman Airpark by addressing potential land use conflicts with adjacent development. It also addresses how properties in the area could be converted to airport industrial district. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.3.]
A. Avigation Easement. When a subdivision plan or partition is required for any property within the AIO subdistrict, the property owner shall dedicate an avigation easement to the city over and across that property. The easement shall hold the city, public and airfield harmless from any damages caused by noise, fumes, dust, fuel, fuel particles, or other effects that may be caused by the operation of aircraft taking off, landing, or operating on or near the airfield, not including the physical impact of aircraft or parts of aircraft.
B. Notification of Buyers. No person shall sell, nor offer for sale, any property within the AIO subdistrict unless the prospective buyer has been notified of the fact that the property is within the AIO subdistrict. When property ownership is transferred, the property deed shall be amended to note that the property is within the airport industrial overlay subdistrict.
C. Agree to Noise Abatement. No person shall sell, nor offer for sale, any property within the AIO subdistrict unless the prospective buyer agrees to follow Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association
(AOPA) standard noise abatement procedures, or the most recent noise abatement procedures established at the airport.
D. CC&Rs. The applicant for a subdivision or design review in the AIO subdistrict shall provide a copy of the CC&Rs in conformance to the requirements listed above. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.4.]
Property within the airport industrial overlay subdistrict may be converted to the airport industrial district at the request of the applicant concurrent with and through the approval of a subdivision with the AIO subdistrict. Property may also be converted to the airport industrial district through the zone change process (NMC 15.302.030). [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.5.]
All uses, activities, facilities and structures allowed in the AI airport industrial district and the AR airport residential district shall comply with the requirements of the airport overlay (AO) subdistrict. In the event of a conflict between the requirements of these districts and those of the airport overlay (AO) subdistrict, the requirements of the overlay subdistrict shall control. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.6.]
The purpose of the City of Newberg AR airport residential district is to encourage and support the continued operation and vitality of Sportsman Airpark and to take advantage of the transportation options it provides by allowing airport-related residential uses. Average overall density shall be 8.8 units per gross acre. [Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B § 17), 6-7-21; Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.449.1.]
A. In the AR airport residential district, the following buildings and uses are permitted, as hereinafter specifically provided.
B. The buildings and uses are subject to the general provisions and exceptions set forth in this code:
1. Residential airpark development, meaning one single-family, duplex, triplex, or quadplex dwelling, or up to four townhouse or cottage dwellings per lot with the addition of a tie-down or hangar for an airplane. At a minimum, a paved tie-down or hangar shall be provided on the property, or the property shall include permanent rights to a private hangar within the subdivision.
2. Accessory uses and structures.
3. Aircraft hangar. No aircraft hangar shall be constructed on any parcel or lot without at least one dwelling, except if it is provided with permanent rights to a nearby airpark residence as per subsection (B)(1) of this section. An aircraft hangar cannot be used as a dwelling.
4. Customary and usual aviation-related activities, including but not limited to takeoffs and landings; construction and maintenance of airport facilities; and other activities incidental to the normal operation of an airport.
5. Greenways, including but not limited to bicycle and pedestrian paths.
6. Public and semi-public buildings, structures and uses that provide necessary services to an airport, such as fire stations, pump stations and water storage.
7. Transportation facilities and improvements.
8. Private streets that function as taxiways are allowed in the AR district and may include gates with designs approved by the fire marshal, at the limit of the taxiways.
9. Accessory dwelling unit. [Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 15), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B § 18), 6-7-21; Ord. 2832 § 1 (Exh. A), 7-2-18; Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.449.2.]
The airport residential overlay subdistrict is intended to support the continued operation and vitality of Sportsman Airpark by addressing potential land use conflicts with adjacent residential development. It also addresses how properties in the area could be converted to the airport residential district. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.449.4.]
A. Avigation Easement. When a subdivision plan or partition is required for any property within the ARO subdistrict, the property owner shall dedicate an avigation easement to the city over and across that property. The easement shall hold the city, public and airfield harmless from any damages caused by noise, fumes, dust, fuel, fuel particles, or other effects that may be caused by the operation of aircraft taking off, landing, or operating on or near the airfield, not including the physical impact of aircraft or parts of aircraft.
B. Notification of Buyers. No person shall sell, nor offer for sale, any property within the ARO subdistrict unless the prospective buyer has been notified of the fact that the property is within the ARO subdistrict. When property ownership is transferred, the property deed shall be amended to note that the property is within the airport residential overlay subdistrict.
C. Agree to Noise Abatement. No person shall sell, nor offer for sale, any property within the ARO subdistrict unless the prospective buyer agrees to follow Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA) standard noise abatement procedures, or the most recent noise abatement procedures established at the airport.
D. CC&Rs. The applicant for a subdivision or design review in the ARO subdistrict shall provide a copy of the CC&Rs in conformance to the requirements listed above. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.449.5.]
A. Due to the complexity and intermixing of roads, taxiways, and constructing hangars in an airport residential district, properties within the district may not be able to be developed to the density otherwise allowed. Thus, the applicant for a subdivision or partition within the ARO district may transfer allowed dwelling unit density to other property within the ARO subdistrict and reduce minimum lot sizes such that the overall dwelling density complies with that of a conventionally developed R-2 zoned property.
B. Lot coverage may be calculated using the entire site area of both the donor and recipient area, excluding public and private street and alley areas. The following dimensional requirements shall be applicable in the R-2 district in order to accommodate the density transfer provision of this section:
1. Front yard setback, 10 feet.
2. Garage front yard setback, 18 feet.
3. Interior yard setback, three feet.
4. Non-alley rear yard setback, five feet.
5. Alley rear yard setback, three feet.
6. Maximum lot depth to lot width ratio is 3:1.
7. The minimum lot width shall be 28 feet. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.449.6.]
Property within the airport residential overlay subdistrict may be converted to the airport residential district at the request of the applicant concurrent with and through the approval of a subdivision with the ARO subdistrict. Property may also be converted to the airport residential district through the zone change process (NMC 15.302.030). [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.449.7.]
A. In order to carry out the provisions of this airport overlay subdistrict, there are created and established certain zones which include all of the land lying beneath the airport imaginary surfaces as they apply to Sportsman Airpark in Yamhill County. Such zones are shown on the current airport overlay zone map and the displaced threshold approach surface map, prepared by the Newberg engineering department (see Appendix B, Maps 2 and 3).
B. Further, this overlay zone is intended to prevent the establishment of air space obstructions in airport approaches and surrounding areas through height restrictions and other land use controls as deemed essential to protect the health, safety and welfare of the people of the City of Newberg and Yamhill County. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.450.]
The following uses are permitted:
A. Single-family dwellings, mobile homes, duplex dwellings, triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings, cottage cluster projects and multifamily dwellings, when located greater than 3,000 feet from the displaced threshold and when authorized in the primary zoning district, provided the landowner signs and records in the deed and mortgage records of Yamhill County a hold harmless agreement and aviation and hazard easement and submits them to the airport sponsor and the community development department.
B. All uses permitted in the primary zoning district, provided the use does not create the following:
1. Electrical interference with navigational signals or radio communication between the airport and aircraft.
2. Visual interference which would make it difficult for pilots to distinguish between airport lights or other lighting.
3. Impairment of visibility.
4. Bird strike hazards.
5. Endangerment or interference with the landing, taking off or maneuvering of aircraft intending to use the airport.
6. Population densities which exceed the following limitations:
Distance from the Displaced Threshold | |
|---|---|
Less than 1,500 ft. | 125 sq. ft. |
1,501 – 2,000 ft. | 30 sq. ft. |
Greater than 2,000 ft. | 15 sq. ft. |
C. Roadways, parking areas and storage yards located in such a manner that vehicle lights will not make it difficult for pilots to distinguish between landing lights and vehicle lights or result in glare, or in any way impair visibility in the vicinity of the landing approach. Approach surfaces must clear these by a minimum of 15 feet. [Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 16), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B § 19), 6-7-21; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.451.]
The following uses are conditional uses and shall be processed through the Type III procedure:
A. All uses permitted as conditional uses within the primary zoning district, provided the use does not create the following:
1. Electrical interference with navigational signals or radio communication between the airport and aircraft.
2. Visual interference which would make it difficult for pilots to distinguish between airport lights or other lighting.
3. Impairment of visibility.
4. Bird strike hazards.
5. Endangerment or interference with the landing, taking off or maneuvering of aircraft intending to use the airport.
6. Population densities which exceed the standards listed in NMC 15.340.020(B)(6).
B. Any use, building, or structure which is otherwise permitted and is within the height limits of the displaced threshold approach surface but exceeds the height limits of the airport approach safety zone. The sole criteria for approval of such uses are as follows:
1. The use shall not create any of the conditions or hazards listed in subsection (A) of this section.
2. The landowner shall sign and record in the deed and mortgage records of Yamhill County a hold harmless agreement and avigation and hazard easement and submit them to the airport sponsor and the planning and building director or designee.
3. The use, building or structure shall be marked with lights as required by the State Aeronautics Division. The lights shall be installed and maintained by the applicant. [Ord. 2733 Att. A, 2-7-11; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.452.]
A. Development Permits. An application for a development permit for any permitted use within the airport approach safety zone or the displaced threshold approach surface zone which is subject to site design review as required by NMC 15.220.010 et seq. and shall include the following information:
1. The boundaries of the airport imaginary surfaces as they relate to property boundary lines; and
2. The location and height of all existing and proposed buildings, structures, utility lines and roads; and
3. A statement from the Oregon Aeronautics Division indicating whether the proposed use will interfere with operation of the landing facility.
B. FAA Notice Required. To meet the requirements of Federal Aviation Regulations Part 77, FAA Form 7460-1, Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration, must be submitted for any construction or alteration of greater height than an imaginary surface extending outward and upward at a slope of 50 to one for a horizontal distance of 10,000 feet from the nearest point of the nearest runway of the airport. Notice is not required for construction or alteration that is shielded by existing structures or terrain as defined in Section 77.15 of Part 77 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.453.]
A. To meet the standards and reporting requirements established in FAA Regulations, Part 77, no structure shall penetrate into the airport imaginary surfaces as defined in this code except as provided in NMC 15.340.030(B).
B. High density public uses as defined in this code shall not be permitted in the airport approach safety zone or the displaced threshold approach surface zone.
C. Following July 1990, if FAA funds are used by the city to improve or enhance the airport, new structures, buildings and dense uses shall be prohibited in the runway protection zone consistent with federal requirements.
D. Whenever there is a conflict in height limitations prescribed by this overlay zone and the primary zoning district, the lowest height limitation fixed shall govern; provided, however, that the height limitations here imposed shall not apply to such structures customarily employed for aeronautical purposes.
E. No glare-producing materials shall be used on the exterior of any structure located within the airport approach safety zone.
F. In noise-sensitive areas (within 1,500 feet of an airport or within established noise contour boundaries of 55 Ldn and above for identified airports) where noise levels are a concern, a declaration of anticipated noise levels shall be attached to any building permit or development approval. In areas where the noise level is anticipated to be 55 Ldn and above, prior to issuance of a building permit for construction of noise-sensitive land use (real property normally used for sleeping or normally used as schools, churches, hospitals, or public libraries) the permit applicant shall be required to demonstrate that the indoor noise level will not exceed 55 Ldn. The director will review building permits for noise-sensitive developments. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.454.]
The purpose of the stream corridor (SC) overlay subdistrict is to implement the goals and policies of the comprehensive plan relating to open space, scenic, and natural resources which are intended to “. . . ensure that adequate land shall be retained in permanent open space use and that natural scenic and historic resources are protected.” Furthermore, this subdistrict is intended to “. . . protect, conserve, enhance, and maintain the Willamette River Greenway.” The subdistrict allows for a balance of protection of open space, scenic and natural resources and environmentally sensitive development. The designation of lands within this subdistrict is used to provide reasonable regulation of development in or adjacent to stream corridors. This subdistrict does not provide for or authorize public access to private properties designated within this subdistrict. Additionally, the provisions of this subdistrict do not provide measures for the public acquisition of private property. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.465.]
The regulations of this chapter apply to the portion of any lot or development site which is within an SC overlay subdistrict. Unless specifically exempted by NMC 15.342.040, these regulations apply to the following:
A. New structures, additions, accessory structures, decks, addition of concrete or other impervious surfaces;
B. Any action requiring a development permit by this code;
C. Changing of topography by filling or grading;
D. Installation or expansion of utilities including but not limited to phone, cable TV, electrical, wastewater, storm drain, water or other utilities;
E. Installation of pathways, bridges, or other physical improvements which alter the lands within the stream corridor overlay subdistrict. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.466.]
The delineated stream corridor overlay subdistrict is described by boundary lines delineated on the City of Newberg zoning map indicated with an SC symbol. The boundaries of the SC areas were established by an ecologist analyzing several environmental values including erosion potential, wildlife habitat, riparian water quality protection, floodplain water quality protection, natural condition, and ecological integrity. This information is contained in more detail in a document titled “City of Newberg, Stream Corridors as a Goal 5 Resource.” This document includes a Goal 5 ESEE (economic, social, environment and energy consequences) analysis and was the basis for the preparation of this chapter. The boundaries of the SC overlay subdistrict are typically located at a logical top of bank, or where no obvious top of bank exists, are located at a distance 50 feet from the edge of the wetland. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.467.]
The following public or private uses and activities are exempt from the regulations of this chapter:
A. Emergency procedures or emergency activities undertaken by public or private parties which are necessary for the protection of public health, safety and welfare.
B. Maintenance and repair of buildings, structures, yards, gardens or other activities or uses that were in existence prior to the effective date of the ordinance codified in these regulations.
C. Alterations of buildings or accessory structures which do not increase building coverage.
D. The expansion of an existing structure, building, improvements, or accessory structures, provided the expansion is located completely outside of the stream corridor delineation boundary.
E. The following agricultural activities lawfully in existence as of December 4, 1996:
1. Mowing of hay, grass or grain crops.
2. Tilling, discing, planting, seeding, harvesting and related activities for pasture, trees, food crops or business crops; provided, that no additional lands within the stream corridor boundary are converted to these uses.
F. Operation, maintenance and repair of existing irrigation, drainage ditches, ponds, wastewater facilities, stormwater detention or retention facilities, and water treatment facilities.
G. Normal and routine maintenance of existing streets and utilities.
H. Normal and routine maintenance of any public improvement or public recreational area.
I. Measures to remove or abate hazards and nuisances including but not limited to removal of fallen, hazardous or diseased trees.
J. Roadway and related improvements associated with a final alignment of the Newberg bypass road project.
K. Maintenance and repair of existing railroad trackage and related improvements.
L. Airport Area.
1. The removal or pruning of trees or other vegetation located within the airport overlay subdistrict, as established on the City of Newberg zoning map, that either exceed the height limits established by the overlay subdistrict or are otherwise demonstrated to pose a threat to the health, safety, welfare, and general operation of the airport.
2. The removal of undergrowth, within 500 feet east and west of the runway and 1,000 feet south of the runway, as necessary to maintain the safe operation of the airport facilities and activities.
M. Utilities installed above or below existing street rights-of-way.
N. Utility services using an existing pole or installation of other utilities where no more than 100 square feet of ground area is disturbed, no native trees are removed, and the area is replanted to preconstruction conditions using native plants selected from the Newberg plant list.
O. Utility services within existing access roads or other previously improved areas where the utility service can be installed without expanding the previously improved area.
P. The removal of any plant identified on the Newberg plant list as a nuisance plant such as Himalayan blackberry, English ivy, periwinkle, poison oak, or Scotch broom.
Q. The planting or propagation of any plant identified as native on the Newberg plant list.
R. The planting or propagation of any nonnative plant; provided, that the area to be planted covers less than 10 percent of the total site area within the SC overlay subdistrict and does not include any nuisance plants as identified on the Newberg plant list. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.468.]
The following uses shall be processed as a Type I decision and shall be approved by the director upon submittal of a plan indicating compliance with the accompanying criteria and the restoration standards indicated in NMC 15.342.060.
A. The expansion of an existing single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling, structure, building, improvements, or accessory structures inside the corridor delineation boundary, including any expansion associated with conversion of an existing single-family dwelling into a duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling; provided, that the following criteria have been satisfied:
1. The expansion of a single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling, structure or improvement (including decks and patios); provided, that it is located no closer to the stream or wetland area than the existing structure or improvement;
2. The coverage of all structures within the SC overlay subdistrict on the subject parcel shall not be increased by more than 1,000 square feet of the coverage in existence as of December 4, 1996;
3. The disturbed area is restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.060; and
4. No portion of the improvement is located within the 100-year flood boundary.
B. Private or public service connection laterals and service utilities extensions where the disturbed area shall be restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.060.
C. Private or public sidewalks, stairs and related lighting where the disturbed area is restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.060.
D. Bicycle and pedestrian paths; provided, that the area is restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.060.
E. Temporary construction access associated with authorized Type I uses. The disturbed area associated with temporary construction access shall be restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.060.
F. The removal of nonnative vegetation (such as blackberries) by mechanical means; provided, that the site is restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.060.
G. Single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwellings or structures which are nonconforming to the standards of this chapter may be rebuilt in the event of damage due to fire or other natural hazard; provided, that the single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling or structure is placed within the same foundation lines. [Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 17, 18), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 20, 21), 6-7-21; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.469.]
A plan shall be approved only if the following standards can be met. This shall be shown on a plan submitted along with a Type I application.
A. Disturbed areas, other than authorized improvements, shall be regraded and contoured to appear natural. All fill material shall be native soil. Native soil may include soil associations commonly found within the vicinity, as identified from USDA Soil Conservation Service, Soil Survey of Yamhill Area, Oregon.
B. Replanting shall be required using a combination of trees, shrubs and grasses. Species shall be selected from natives on the Newberg plant list.
C. Removed trees over six inches in diameter, as measured at breast height, shall be replaced at a ratio of three new trees for every one removed. All trees replaced pursuant to this section shall have an average caliper measurement of a minimum of one inch. Additional trees of any caliper may be used to further enhance the mitigation site.
D. All disturbed areas, other than authorized improvements, shall be replanted to achieve 90 percent cover in one year.
E. All disturbed areas shall be protected with erosion control devices prior to construction activity. The erosion control devices shall remain in place until 90 percent cover is achieved.
F. Except as provided below, all restoration work must occur within the SC overlay subdistrict and be on the same property. The director may authorize work to be performed on properties within the general vicinity or adjacent to the overlay subdistrict; provided, that the applicant demonstrates that this will provide greater overall benefit to the stream corridor areas. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.470.]
The installation, construction or relocation of the following improvements shall be processed as a Type II decision. The proposal shall be accompanied by a plan as identified in NMC 15.342.080 and conform to the mitigation standards contained in NMC 15.342.090.
A. Public or private street crossings, sidewalks, pathways, and other transportation improvements that generally cross the stream corridor in a perpendicular manner.
B. Bridges and other transportation improvements that bridge the wetland area.
C. Railroad trackage crossings over the SC overlay subdistrict that bridge the wetland area.
D. Water, wastewater, and stormwater systems already listed within approved City of Newberg master infrastructure plans.
E. New single-family or duplex dwellings which meet all of the following requirements:
1. The lot was created prior to December 4, 1996, is currently vacant, has at least 75 percent of the land area located within the SC overlay subdistrict and has less than 5,000 square feet of buildable land located outside the SC overlay subdistrict.
2. No more than one single-family or duplex dwelling and its expansion is permitted on the property, which shall occupy a coverage area not to exceed 1,500 square feet in area.
3. The single-family or duplex dwelling shall be sited in a location which minimizes the impacts to the stream corridor.
4. The improvements and other work are not located within the 100-year flood boundary.
F. Reduced front yard setback. Properties within the SC subdistrict may reduce the front yard setback for single-family or duplex dwellings or additions where the following requirements are met:
1. The reduction in the front yard setback will allow no less than five feet between the property line and the proposed structure.
2. The reduction in the setback will allow the footprint of the proposed dwelling or addition to be located entirely out of the SC overlay subdistrict.
3. Two 20-foot-deep off-street parking spaces can be provided which do not project into the street right-of-way.
4. Maximum coverage within the stream corridor subdistrict shall not exceed 1,500 square feet.
G. Temporary construction access associated with authorized Type II uses. The disturbed area associated with temporary construction access shall be restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.090.
H. Grading and fill for recreational uses and activities, which shall include revegetation, and which do not involve the construction of structures or impervious surfaces.
I. Public parks.
J. Stream corridor enhancement activities which are reasonably expected to enhance stream corridor resource values and generally follow the restoration standards in NMC 15.342.060. [Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 22, 23), 6-7-21; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.471.]
In addition to the design review plan submittal requirements, all applicants for Type II activities within the SC overlay subdistrict shall submit the following information:
A. A site plan indicating all of the following existing conditions:
1. Location of the boundaries of the SC overlay subdistrict.
2. Outline of any existing features including, but not limited to, structures, decks, areas previously disturbed, and existing utility locations.
3. Location of any wetlands or water bodies on the site and the location of the stream centerline and top of bank.
4. Within the area to be disturbed, the approximate location of all trees that are more than six inches in diameter at breast height must be shown, with size and species. Trees outside the disturbed area may be individually shown or shown as crown cover with an indication of species type or types.
5. Topography shown by contour lines at five-foot vertical intervals or less.
6. Photographs of the site may be used to supplement the above information but are not required.
B. Proposed development plan including all of the following:
1. Outline of disturbed area including all areas of proposed utility work.
2. Location and description of all proposed erosion control devices.
3. A landscape plan prepared by a landscape architect, or other qualified design professional, shall be prepared which indicates the size, species, and location of all new vegetation to be planted. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.472.]
The following mitigation requirements apply to Type II activities. The plans required pursuant to NMC 15.342.080 shall be submitted indicating the following mitigation requirements will be met.
A. Disturbed areas, other than authorized improvements, shall be regraded and contoured to appear natural. All fill material shall be native soil. Native soil may include soil associations commonly found within the vicinity, as identified from USDA Soil Conservation Service, Soil Survey of Yamhill Area, Oregon.
B. Replanting shall be required using a combination of trees, shrubs and grass. Species shall be selected from the designated Newberg native plant list, “Guide for Using Willamette Valley Native Plants Along Your Stream” (Linn Soil and Water Conservation District, June 2005), or as approved by the director, except that ash species (Fraxinus spp.) and other species that are susceptible to invasive species including emerald ash borer (Agrilus planipennis) are prohibited. Planting shall be as follows:
1. At least eight species of plants shall be used.
2. At least two species must be trees and two species must be shrubs.
3. No more than 50 percent of any seed mix used can be grass.
4. A minimum of one tree and three shrubs shall be used for every 500 square feet of planting area.
5. Areas to be replanted must be completed at the time of final inspection or completion of the work, except as otherwise allowed by this code.
6. Existing vegetation that can be saved and replanted is encouraged, although not required.
C. Removed trees over six inches in diameter, as measured at breast height, shall be replaced as follows:
1. Trees from six to 18 inches in diameter shall be replaced with a minimum of three new trees for every tree removed.
2. Trees over 18 inches but less than 30 inches shall be replaced with a minimum of five trees for every tree removed.
3. Trees over 30 inches shall be replaced with a minimum of eight trees for every tree removed.
4. All trees replaced pursuant to this section shall have an average caliper measurement of a minimum of one inch. Additional trees of any size caliper may be used to further enhance the mitigation site.
D. All disturbed areas, other than authorized improvements, shall be replanted to achieve 90 percent cover in one year. The director may require a bond or other form of security instrument to insure completion of the restoration plan. The director shall authorize the release of the bond or other security instrument when, after one year, the restoration site has achieved the purposes and standards of this section.
E. All disturbed areas shall be protected with erosion control devices prior to construction activity. The erosion control devices shall remain in place until 90 percent cover is achieved.
F. Except as provided below, all restoration work must occur within the SC overlay subdistrict and be on the same property. The director may authorize work to be performed on properties within the general vicinity or adjacent to the overlay subdistrict; provided, that the applicant demonstrates that this will provide greater overall benefit to the stream corridor areas. [Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.473.]
A. Exceptions. Except as provided in NMC 15.342.040, 15.342.050, and 15.342.070, uses and activities otherwise allowed under the applicable base zone regulations shall be processed as a Type III. The applicant shall submit a stream corridor impact report (SCIR) and meet the criteria set forth in NMC 15.342.140:
1. If the application of this chapter would prohibit a development proposal by a public agency or public utility, the agency or utility may apply for an exception pursuant to this section.
2. The expansion of a single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling, including expansion associated with the conversion of an existing single-family dwelling into a duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling, is permitted within the SC overlay subdistrict, provided:
a. The single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling shall occupy a coverage area not to exceed a maximum of 1,500 square feet in area; and
b. The single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling shall be placed in a location which is located no closer to the wetland.
3. The expansion of any existing use or structure, other than single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwellings, that is otherwise permitted within the base zoning district. The hearing body may authorize the expansion of an existing non-single-family use, provided the following criteria are met:
a. The expansion is limited to no more than 1,500 square feet of coverage;
b. The proposal does not pose an unreasonable threat to the public health, safety or welfare on or off the development proposal site;
c. Any alterations to a delineated stream corridor shall be the minimum necessary to allow for the reasonable use of the property;
d. The development conforms to the regulations of the Newberg development code; and
e. The expansion shall be placed in a location which is no closer to the wetland.
B. Variance. A variance to the standards of this chapter may be granted under the Type III process. A variance to this chapter shall be processed as a Type III procedure and shall only be subject to the following criteria:
1. A stream corridor impact report (SCIR) shall be submitted which meets the criteria indicated in NMC 15.342.140; and
2. The proposed development will result in equal or greater conservation of the identified resources and functional values on the site and will, on balance, be consistent with the purpose of the applicable regulation.
C. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require a hearing body to approve a request for a Type III permit under this section. [Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 19), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 24, 25), 6-7-21; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.474.]
The following activities or uses are prohibited within this subdistrict:
A. Except as provided in NMC 15.342.040(R), the planting or propagation of any plant identified as a nuisance plant as determined by a qualified botanist or indicated as a nuisance plant on the Newberg plant list.
B. The removal of native trees that are greater than six inches in diameter at breast height, except as is otherwise permitted within this chapter.
C. Any use dealing with hazardous substances or materials, including but not limited to gas service stations.
D. Public pathways, except those in conjunction with public lands, public parks or public easements that have been acquired by other than eminent domain.
E. Recreational marijuana producer and recreational marijuana processor.
F. Recreational marijuana wholesalers, laboratories, research certificates and retailers.
G. Recreational marijuana dispensaries. [Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 3), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 4-4-16; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.475.]
For residential development proposals on lands which contain the SC overlay subdistrict, a transfer of density shall be permitted within the development proposal site. The following formula shall be used to calculate the density that shall be permitted for allowed residential use on the property:
A. Step 1. Calculate expected maximum density. The expected maximum density (EMD) is calculated by multiplying the acreage of the property by the density permitted within the Newberg comprehensive plan.
B. Step 2. The density that shall be permitted on the property shall be equal to the EMD obtained in Step 1, provided:
1. The density credit can only be transferred to that portion of the development site that is not located within the designated stream corridor; and
2. The minimum lot size required for residential dwellings, in the base zone, shall not be reduced by more than 20 percent; and 3. The maximum dwelling units per net acre of buildable land, outside the SC boundary, shall not be increased by more than 20 percent; and
4. The types of residential uses and other applicable standards permitted in the zone shall remain the same; and
5. All other uses shall comply with applicable standards and criteria of the Newberg development code. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.476.]
A. Type II Process. The manager shall authorize an adjustment to the delineated stream corridor by a maximum of 15 percent of the corridor width as measured from the centerline of the stream to the upper edge of the stream corridor boundary (from the boundary location originally adopted as part of this chapter), provided the applicant demonstrates that the following standards are met:
1. The location of the delineated stream corridor boundary is not reduced to less than 50 feet from the edge of a wetland or 100-year flood elevation, whichever is higher; and
2. The lands to be eliminated do not contain sloped areas in excess of 20 percent; and
3. The lands to be eliminated do not significantly contribute to the protection of the remaining stream corridor for water quality, stormwater control and wildlife habitat; and
4. A stream corridor impact report which complies with the provisions of this chapter is provided; and
5. The line to be adjusted has not been previously adjusted from the boundary location originally adopted as part of this chapter.
B. Type III Process. The applicant may propose to amend the delineated stream corridor boundary through a Type III quasi-judicial zone change proceeding consistent with the provisions of this code (see standard zone change criteria). [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.477.]
A stream corridor impact report (SCIR) is a report which analyzes impacts of development within delineated stream corridors based upon the requirements of this section. The director shall consult with a professional with appropriate expertise to evaluate the report prepared under this section, in order to properly evaluate the conclusions reached in it. If outside consulting services are required to review the report, the cost of such review shall be paid by the applicant. By resolution, the city council shall establish a maximum fee which will be paid by the applicant.
A. Application Requirements. In addition to required materials for the site design review application, a stream corridor impact report (SCIR) must be submitted. The SCIR shall be conducted and prepared by experienced professionals who are knowledgeable and qualified to complete such a report. The qualifications of the person or persons preparing each element of the analysis shall be included with the SCIR. The SCIR shall include the following:
1. Physical Analysis. The analysis shall include, at a minimum, a description of the soil types, geology, and hydrology of the site plus related development limitations. The analysis shall include development recommendations including grading procedures, soil erosion control measures, slope stabilization measures, and methods of mitigating hydrologic impacts. For projects which affect possible wetlands, a copy of the state wetland inventory map pertaining to the site shall be provided. Notice of the proposal shall be given to the Oregon Division of State Lands and the Army Corp of Engineers.
2. Ecological Analysis. The analysis shall include, at a minimum, an inventory of plant and animal species occurring on the site, a description of the relationship of the plants and animals with the environment, and recommended measures for minimizing the adverse impacts of the proposed development on unique and/or significant features of the ecosystem, including but not limited to migratory and travel routes of wildlife.
3. Enhancement Proposal. The applicant must propose a stream corridor or wetland enhancement to be completed along with the proposed development. The enhancement shall increase the natural values and quality of the remaining stream corridor lands located on the lot.
B. SCIR Review Criteria. The following standards shall apply to the issuance of permits requiring an SCIR, and the SCIR must demonstrate how these standards are met in a manner that meets the project purpose.
1. Where possible, the applicant shall avoid the impact altogether.
2. Impact on the stream corridor shall be minimized by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action, by using appropriate technology, or by taking affirmative steps to avoid, reduce or mitigate impacts.
3. The impacts to the stream corridor will be rectified by restoring, rehabilitating, or creating comparable resource values on the site or within the same stream corridor.
4. The remaining resource values on the stream corridor site shall be protected and enhanced, with consideration given to the following:
a. Impacts to wildlife travel and migratory functions shall be maintained to the maximum extent possible; and
b. Native vegetation shall be utilized for landscaping to the extent practicable; and
c. The stream bed shall not be unnecessarily or detrimentally altered.
5. The fill shall primarily consist of natural materials such as earth or soil aggregate, including sand, gravel, rock, and concrete. Culverts, bridges, reinforced retaining walls, or other similar structures which require manmade structural materials shall be permitted.
6. The amount of fill used shall be the minimum required to practically achieve the project purpose.
7. If the fill or grading is within a designated floodway, the proposed action shall maintain the flood storage capacity of the site.
8. The proposed fill or grading shall not significantly increase existing hazardous conditions or create significant new hazardous conditions related to geology, hydrology, or soil erosion.
9. Stream turbidity shall not be significantly increased by any change in a watercourse that results from the fill. Measures shall be taken to minimize turbidity during construction.
10. The removal of trees over six inches in diameter shall be minimized to the extent possible to provide the necessary improvements authorized by this chapter. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.478.]
An approval for development in the stream corridor overlay (SC) subdistrict shall be valid for two years from the effective date of the decision. A complete application for public improvement plan review or building permit including all required plans and plan review fees must be submitted within this time period or the approval shall terminate. The director under a Type I procedure may grant extensions for up to 12 months each, not to exceed five years if the applicant files a request in writing prior to the expiration of the approval and demonstrates compliance with the following:
A. The land use designation of the property has not been changed since the initial design review approval; and
B. The applicable standards in this code which applied to the project have not changed. [Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25.]
A. It is the purpose of this chapter to promote the public health, safety, and general welfare, and to minimize public and private losses due to flood conditions in specific areas by provisions designed:
1. To protect human life and health;
2. To minimize expenditure of public money and costly flood control projects;
3. To minimize the need for rescue and relief efforts associated with flooding and generally undertaken at the expense of the general public;
4. To minimize prolonged business interruptions;
5. To minimize damage to public facilities and utilities such as water and gas mains, electric, telephone and sewer lines, streets, and bridges located in areas of special flood hazard;
6. To help maintain a stable tax base by providing for the sound use and development of areas of special flood hazard so as to minimize future flood blight areas;
7. To ensure that potential buyers are notified that property is in an area of special flood hazard; and
8. To ensure that those who occupy the areas of special flood hazard assume responsibility for their actions.
B. In order to accomplish its purposes, this chapter includes methods and provisions for:
1. Restricting or prohibiting uses which are dangerous to health, safety, and property due to water or erosion hazards, or which result in damaging increases in erosion or in flood heights or velocities;
2. Requiring that uses vulnerable to floods, including facilities which serve such uses, be protected against flood damage at the time of initial construction;
3. Controlling the alteration of natural floodplains, stream channels, and natural protective barriers, which help accommodate or channel flood waters;
4. Controlling filling, grading, dredging, and other development which may increase flood damage;
5. Preventing or regulating the construction of flood barriers which will unnaturally divert flood waters or may increase flood hazards in other areas;
6. Coordinating and supplementing the provisions of the State Building Code with local land use and development ordinances. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.481.]
A. Lands to Which This Chapter Applies. This chapter shall apply to all areas of special flood hazard within the jurisdiction of Newberg, Oregon, as designated in the Flood Insurance Study for Yamhill County and Incorporated Areas and on the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) flood insurance rate maps (FIRM) dated March 2, 2010.
B. Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard. The areas of special flood hazard identified by the Federal Insurance Administration in a scientific and engineering report entitled “The Flood Insurance Study for Yamhill County, Oregon and Incorporated Areas,” dated March 2, 2010, with accompanying flood insurance maps are hereby adopted by reference and declared to be a part of this chapter. The Flood Insurance Study is on file at Newberg City Hall. The best available information for flood hazard area identification as outlined in subsection (F)(1) of this section shall be the basis for regulation until a new flood insurance rate map is issued which incorporates the data utilized under subsection (F)(1) of this section.
C. Penalties for Noncompliance. No affected structure or land shall hereafter be constructed, located, extended, converted, or altered without full compliance with the terms of this chapter and other applicable regulations. Violations of the provisions of this chapter by failure to comply with any of its requirements (including violations of conditions and safeguards established in connection with conditions) are subject to enforcement. Nothing herein contained shall prevent the City of Newberg from taking such other lawful action as is necessary to prevent or remedy any violation.
D. Relation to Other Regulations. Most areas of special flood hazard in Newberg are within the existing stream corridor subdistrict, the Willamette Greenway, or in wetlands or waterways subject to federal and state regulations. Therefore, it is expected that floodplain development and use of these regulations will be rare. This chapter should not be read as allowing development that is otherwise restricted or prohibited by other city, state, or federal laws.
E. Warning and Disclaimer of Liability. The degree of flood protection required by this chapter is considered reasonable for regulatory purposes and is based on scientific and engineering considerations. Larger floods can and will occur on rare occasions. Flood heights may be increased by manmade or natural causes. This chapter does not imply that land outside the areas of special flood hazard or uses permitted within such areas will be free from flooding or flood damages. This chapter shall not create liability on the part of the City of Newberg, any officer or employee of the city, or the Federal Insurance Administration, for any flood damages that result from reliance on this chapter or any administrative decision lawfully made hereunder.
F. Duties of the Local Administrator. The director is hereby appointed to administer and implement this chapter by granting or denying floodplain development permit applications in accordance with its provisions. The director’s duties are outlined below:
1. Information to Be Obtained and Maintained.
a. Where base flood elevation data is provided through the Flood Insurance Study, FIRM, or required as in NMC 15.343.030(B), obtain and record the actual elevation (in relation to mean sea level) of the lowest floor (including basements and below-flood grade crawlspaces) of all new or substantially improved affected structures, and whether or not the affected structure contains a basement.
b. For all new or substantially improved floodproofed affected structures where base flood elevation data is provided through the Flood Insurance Study, FIRM, or as required in NMC 15.343.030(B):
i. Verify and record the actual elevation (in relation to mean sea level); and
ii. Maintain the floodproofing certifications.
c. Maintain for public inspection all records pertaining to the provisions of this chapter.
d. When base flood elevation data has not been provided (A and V zones) in accordance with subsection (B) of this section, Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard, the director shall obtain, review, and reasonably utilize any base flood elevation and floodway data available from a federal, state or other source, in order to administer NMC 15.343.040(B), Specific Standards, and NMC 15.343.060, Floodways.
2. Alteration of Watercourses.
a. Notify adjacent communities, the Department of Land Conservation and Development and other appropriate state and federal agencies, prior to any alteration or relocation of a watercourse, and submit evidence of such notification to the Federal Insurance Administration.
b. Require that maintenance is provided within the altered or relocated portion of said watercourse so that the flood carrying capacity is not diminished.
3. Interpretation of FIRM Boundaries. Make interpretations, where needed, as to exact location of the boundaries of the areas of special flood hazard (for example, where there appears to be a conflict between a mapped boundary and actual field conditions). The person contesting the location of the boundary shall be given a reasonable opportunity to appeal the interpretation as provided in NMC 15.343.030(E). [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.482.]
A. Floodplain Development Permit Required. Any person shall obtain a floodplain development permit before constructing or developing within any area of special flood hazard established in NMC 15.343.020(B). The permit shall be for all affected structures including manufactured homes, as set forth in NMC 15.05.030, and for all floodplain development including fill and other activities, also as set forth in NMC 15.05.030.
B. Application for Floodplain Development Permit. Application for a floodplain development permit shall be made on forms furnished by the planning and building department and may include but not be limited to plans in duplicate drawn to scale showing the nature, location, dimensions, and elevations of the area in question; existing or proposed affected structures, fill, storage of materials, drainage facilities, and the location of the foregoing. Specifically, the following information is required:
1. Elevation, in relation to mean sea level, of the lowest floor (including basement) of all affected structures;
2. Elevation in relation to mean sea level of floodproofing in any affected structure;
3. Certification by a registered professional engineer or architect that the floodproofing methods for any nonresidential affected structure meet the floodproofing criteria in NMC 15.343.040(B); and
4. Description of the extent to which a watercourse will be altered or relocated as a result of proposed floodplain development.
C. Floodplain Development Permit Application Review. The director shall review all floodplain development permit applications. Floodplain development permits shall be reviewed as part of the review of applicable design review, building permit application, grading permit application, other application, or as a Type I review if no other application is concurrent. The review shall determine:
1. That the permit requirements and conditions of this chapter have been satisfied.
2. That all necessary permits have been obtained from those federal, state, or local governmental agencies from which prior approval is required.
3. That if the floodplain development is located in the floodway, the encroachment provisions of NMC 15.343.060(A) are met.
D. Floodplain Development Variance Procedure.
1. Procedure.
a. Any person proposing floodplain development may request a variance to the provisions of this section. The application shall be on forms and include such information as determined by the director. Variance requests shall be processed as a Type II land use action.
b. The decision shall be based upon the criteria established in subsection (D)(3) of this section.
c. Those aggrieved by the decision of the director may appeal the decision to the planning commission.
d. The director shall report any variances to the Federal Insurance Administration upon request.
e. Any applicant to whom a variance is granted shall be given written notice that the affected structure will be permitted to be built with a lowest floor elevation below the base flood elevation and that the cost of flood insurance will be commensurate with the increased risk resulting from the reduced lowest floor elevation.
2. Eligibility.
a. A variance from the elevation standard may be issued for new construction and substantial improvements.
b. Variances as interpreted in the National Flood Insurance Program are based on the general zoning law principle that they pertain to a physical piece of property; they are not personal in nature and do not pertain to the structure, its inhabitants, economic or financial circumstances. They primarily address small lots in densely populated residential neighborhoods. As such, variances from the flood elevations should be quite rare. Generally, the only condition under which a variance from the elevation standard may be issued is for new construction and substantial improvements to be erected on a lot of one-half acre or less in size contiguous to and surrounded by lots with existing structures constructed below the base flood level. As the lot size increases the technical justification required for issuing the variance increases.
c. Variances may be issued for nonresidential buildings in very limited circumstances to allow a lesser degree of floodproofing than watertight or dry-floodproofing, where it can be determined that such action will have low damage potential, complies with all other variance criteria, and otherwise complies with NMC 15.343.040(A)(1) through (3), General Standards.
d. Variances shall not be issued within a designated floodway if any increase in flood levels during the base flood discharge would result.
e. The review body may approve variances for the reconstruction, rehabilitation, or restoration of structures listed on the National Register of Historic Places or the Statewide Inventory of Historic Properties, notwithstanding the application may not meet all the criteria set forth in subsection (D)(3) of this section.
3. Criteria. The review body may approve, approve with conditions, or deny a floodplain development variance, provided all the following criteria are met:
a. Exceptional hardship would result to the applicant if the variance were not granted.
b. Granting of a variance will not result in increased flood heights, additional threats to public safety, extraordinary public expense, nuisances, victimization of the public, or conflict with existing local laws or ordinances.
c. No reasonable alternative location(s) exists which is not subject to flooding or erosion that may accommodate the proposed use.
d. The variance is the minimum necessary, considering the flood hazard, to afford relief.
e. The characteristics are compatible with neighboring development.
E. Appeal Procedure.
1. Appeal Board. The planning commission shall hear and decide appeals when it is alleged there is an error in any requirement, decision, or determination made by the director in the enforcement or administration of this section. Those aggrieved by the decision of the planning commission may appeal such decision to the city council.
2. Appeal Procedures. Appeals shall follow the Type III procedures outlined in NMC 15.100.160.
3. Scope of Review. The planning commission shall follow the scope of review procedures established in NMC 15.100.180. The decision shall follow the procedures in NMC 15.100.190. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.483.]
A. General Standards. In all areas of special flood hazard, the following standards are required:
1. Anchoring.
a. All new construction and substantial improvements shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral movement of the affected structure.
b. All manufactured homes must likewise be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral movement, and shall be installed using methods and practices that minimize flood damage. Anchoring methods may include, but are not limited to, use of over-the-top or frame ties to ground anchors (reference FEMA’s “Manufactured Home Installation in Flood Hazard Areas” guidebook for additional techniques).
2. Construction Materials and Methods.
a. All new construction and substantial improvements shall be constructed with materials and utility equipment resistant to flood damage.
b. All new construction and substantial improvements shall be constructed using methods and practices that minimize flood damage.
c. Electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing, and air-conditioning equipment and other service facilities shall be designed and/or otherwise elevated or located so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components during conditions of flooding.
3. Utilities.
a. All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the system.
b. New and replacement sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the systems and discharges from the systems into flood waters.
c. On-site waste disposal systems, if allowed, shall be located to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during flooding consistent with the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality.
4. Tentative Subdivision and Partition Plat Proposals.
a. Where floodplain development is proposed or reasonably likely, all tentative subdivision and partition plat proposals shall be consistent with the need to minimize flood damage.
b. All tentative subdivision and partition plat proposals shall have public utilities and facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical, and water systems located and constructed to minimize or eliminate flood damage.
c. All tentative subdivision and partition plat proposals shall have adequate drainage provided to reduce exposure to flood damage.
d. For any proposed affected structure, proposed subdivision or partition, and other proposed floodplain development which contains at least 50 lots or five acres (whichever is less), flood elevation data shall be provided.
5. Review of Building Permits. Where elevation data is not available either through the Flood Insurance Study, FIRM, or from another authoritative source (NMC 15.343.020(F)(1)(d)), applications for building permits shall be reviewed to assure that proposed construction will be reasonably safe from flooding. The test of reasonableness is a local judgment and includes use of historical data, high water marks, photographs of past flooding, etc., where available. Failure to elevate at least two feet above grade in these zones may result in higher insurance rates.
6. AH Zone Drainage. Adequate drainage paths are required around structures on slopes to guide floodwaters around and away from proposed affected structures. AH zones are areas that have a one percent annual chance of shallow flooding, usually in the form of a pond, with an average depth ranging from one to three feet.
B. Specific Standards. In all areas of special flood hazard where base flood elevation data has been provided (Zones A1 – 30, AH, and AE) as set forth in NMC 15.343.020(B), Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard or NMC 15.343.020(F)(1)(d), use of other base flood data (in A and V zones), the following provisions are required:
1. Residential Construction.
a. New construction and substantial improvement of any residential affected structure shall have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated to a minimum of one foot above the base flood elevation.
b. Fully enclosed areas below the lowest floor that are subject to flooding are prohibited, or shall be designed to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls by allowing for the entry and exit of floodwaters. Designs for meeting this requirement must be either be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect or must meet or exceed the following minimum criteria:
i. A minimum of two openings having a total net area of not less than one square inch for every square foot of enclosed area subject to flooding shall be provided.
ii. The bottom of all openings shall be no higher than one foot above grade.
iii. Openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, or other coverings or devices; provided, that they permit the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters.
2. Nonresidential Construction.
a. New construction and substantial improvement of any commercial, industrial or other nonresidential affected structure shall either have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated at or above the base flood elevation; or, together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities, shall:
i. Be floodproofed so that below the base flood level the affected structure is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water;
ii. Have structural components capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and effects of buoyancy;
iii. Be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect that the design and methods of construction are in accordance with accepted standards of practice for meeting provisions of this subsection based on their development and/or review of the structural design, specifications and plans. Such certifications shall be provided to the official as set forth in NMC 15.343.020(F)(1);
iv. Nonresidential affected structures that are elevated, not floodproofed, must meet the same standards for space below the lowest floor as described in subsection (B)(1)(b) of this section;
v. Applicants floodproofing nonresidential buildings shall be notified that flood insurance premiums will be based on rates that are one foot below the floodproofed level (e.g., a building floodproofed to the base flood level will be rated as one foot below).
a. All manufactured homes to be placed or substantially improved on sites:
i. Outside of a manufactured home park or subdivision;
ii. In a new manufactured home park or subdivision;
iii. In an expansion to an existing manufactured home park or subdivision; or
iv. In an existing manufactured home park or subdivision on which a manufactured home has incurred “substantial damage” as the result of a flood;
shall be elevated on a permanent foundation such that the finished floor of the manufactured home is elevated to a minimum 18 inches (46 centimeters) above the base flood elevation and be securely anchored to an adequately designed foundation system to resist flotation, collapse and lateral movement.
b. Manufactured homes to be placed or substantially improved on sites in an existing manufactured home park or subdivision within Zones A1 – 30, AH, and AE on the community’s FIRM that are not subject to the above manufactured home provisions be elevated so that either:
i. The finished floor of the manufactured home is elevated to a minimum of 18 inches (46 centimeters) above the base flood elevation; or
ii. The manufactured home chassis is supported by reinforced piers or other foundation elements of at least equivalent strength that are no less than 36 inches in height above grade and be securely anchored to an adequately designed foundation system to resist flotation, collapse, and lateral movement.
a. Recreational vehicles placed on sites are required to either:
i. Be on the site for fewer than 180 consecutive days;
ii. Be fully licensed and ready for highway use, on its wheels or jacking system, be attached to the site only by quick disconnect type utilities and security devices, and have no permanently attached additions; or
iii. Meet the requirements of subsection (B)(3) of this section and the elevation and anchoring requirements for manufactured homes.
5. Below-Flood Grade Crawlspaces.
a. Below-flood grade crawlspaces are allowed subject to the following standards as found in FEMA Technical Bulletin 11-01, Crawlspace Construction for Buildings Located in Special Flood Hazard Areas:
i. The building must be designed and adequately anchored to resist flotation, collapse, and lateral movement of the affected structure resulting from hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads, including the effects of buoyancy. Hydrostatic loads and the effects of buoyancy can usually be addressed through the required openings stated in subsection (B)(5)(a)(ii) of this section. Because of hydrodynamic loads, crawlspace construction is not allowed in areas with flood velocities greater than five feet per second unless the design is reviewed by a qualified design professional, such as a registered architect or professional engineer. Other types of foundations are recommended for these areas.
ii. The crawlspace is an enclosed area below the base flood elevation (BFE) and, as such, must have openings that equalize hydrostatic pressures by allowing the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters. The bottom of each flood vent opening can be no more than one foot above the lowest adjacent exterior grade.
iii. Portions of the building below the BFE must be constructed with materials resistant to flood damage. This includes not only the foundation walls of the crawlspace used to elevate the building, but also any joists, insulation, or other materials that extend below the BFE. The recommended construction practice is to elevate the bottom of joists and all insulation above BFE.
iv. Any building utility systems within the crawlspace must be elevated above BFE or designed so that floodwaters cannot enter or accumulate within the system components during flood conditions. Ductwork, in particular, must either be placed above the BFE or sealed from floodwaters.
v. The interior grade of a crawlspace below the BFE must not be more than two feet below the lowest adjacent exterior grade.
vi. The height of the below-flood grade crawlspace, measured from the interior grade of the crawlspace to the top of the crawlspace foundation wall, must not exceed four feet at any point. The height limitation is the maximum allowable unsupported wall height according to the engineering analyses and building code requirements for flood hazard areas.
vii. There must be an adequate drainage system that removes floodwaters from the interior area of the crawlspace. The enclosed area should be drained within a reasonable time after a flood event. The type of drainage system will vary because of the site gradient and other drainage characteristics, such as soil types. Possible options include natural drainage through porous, well-drained soils and drainage systems such as perforated pipes, drainage tiles or gravel or crushed stone drainage by gravity or mechanical means.
viii. The velocity of floodwaters at the site should not exceed five feet per second for any crawlspace. For velocities in excess of five feet per second, other foundation types should be used. For more detailed information refer to FEMA Technical Bulletin 11-01. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.484.]
In areas where a regulatory floodway has not been designated, no new construction, substantial improvements, or other floodplain development (including fill) shall be permitted within Zones A1 – 30 and AE on the community’s FIRM, unless it is demonstrated that the cumulative effect of the proposed floodplain development, when combined with all other existing and anticipated floodplain development, will not increase the water surface elevation of the base flood more than one foot at any point within the community. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.485.]
Located within areas of special flood hazard established in NMC 15.343.020(B) are areas designated as floodways. Since the floodway is an extremely hazardous area due to the velocity of floodwaters which carry debris, potential projectiles, and erosion potential, the following provisions apply:
A. Encroachments are prohibited unless evidence is provided by a registered professional civil engineer demonstrating that encroachments shall not result in any increase in flood levels during the occurrence of the base flood discharge.
B. If subsection (A) of this section is satisfied, all new construction and substantial improvements shall comply with all applicable flood hazard reduction provisions of NMC 15.343.040, Provisions for flood hazard reduction.
C. Projects for stream habitat restoration may be permitted in the floodway, provided:
1. The project qualifies for a Department of the Army, Portland District, Regional General Permit for Stream Habitat Restoration (NWP-2007-1023); and
2. A qualified professional (a registered professional engineer; or staff of NRCS, the county, or fisheries, natural resources, or water resources agencies) has provided a feasibility analysis and certification that the project was designed to keep any rise in 100-year flood levels as close to zero as practically possible given the goals of the project; and
3. No affected structures would be impacted by a potential rise in flood elevation; and
4. An agreement to monitor the project, correct problems, and ensure that flood carrying capacity remains unchanged is included as part of the local approval.
D. New installations of manufactured dwellings are prohibited (2002 Oregon Manufactured Dwelling and Park Specialty Code). Manufactured dwellings may only be located in floodways according to one of the following conditions:
1. If the manufactured dwelling already exists in the floodway, the placement was permitted at the time of the original installation, and the continued use is not a threat to life, health, property, or the general welfare of the public; or
2. A new manufactured dwelling is replacing an existing manufactured dwelling whose original placement was permitted at the time of installation and the replacement home will not be a threat to life, health, property, or the general welfare of the public and it meets the following criteria:
a. As required by 44 CFR Chapter 1, Subpart 60.3(d)(3), it must be demonstrated through hydrologic and hydraulic analyses performed in accordance with standard engineering practices that the manufactured dwelling and any accessory buildings, accessory affected structures, or any property improvements (encroachments) will not result in any increase in flood levels during the occurrence of the base flood discharge;
b. The replacement manufactured dwelling and any accessory buildings or accessory affected structures (encroachments) shall have the finished floor elevated a minimum of 18 inches (46 centimeters) above the BFE as identified on the flood insurance rate map;
c. The replacement manufactured dwelling is placed and secured to a foundation support system designed by an Oregon professional engineer or architect and approved by the authority having jurisdiction;
d. The replacement manufactured dwelling, its foundation supports, and any accessory buildings, accessory affected structures, or property improvements (encroachments) do not displace water to the degree that they cause a rise in the water level or divert water in a manner that causes erosion or damage to other properties;
e. The location of a replacement manufactured dwelling is allowed by local ordinances; and
f. Any other requirements deemed necessary by the director as having jurisdiction. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.486.]
Shallow flooding areas appear on FIRMs as AO zones with depth designations. The base flood depths in these zones range from one to three feet above ground where a clearly defined channel does not exist, or where the path of flooding is unpredictable and where velocity flow may be evident. Such flooding is usually characterized as sheet flow. In these areas, the following provisions apply:
A. New construction and substantial improvements of residential affected structures and manufactured homes within AO zones shall have the lowest floor (including basement) elevated above the highest grade adjacent to the building a minimum of one foot above the depth number specified on the FIRM (at least two feet if no depth number is specified).
B. New construction and substantial improvements of nonresidential affected structures within AO zones shall either:
1. Have the lowest floor (including basement) elevated above the highest adjacent grade of the building site, one foot or more above the depth number specified on the FIRM (at least two feet if no depth number is specified); or
2. Together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities, be completely floodproofed to or above that level so that any space below that level is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water and with structural components having the capability of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and effects of buoyancy. If this method is used, compliance shall be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect as in NMC 15.343.040(B)(2)(a)(iii).
C. Require adequate drainage paths around affected structures on slopes to guide floodwaters around and away from proposed structures.
D. If allowed, recreational vehicles placed on sites within AO zones on the community’s FIRM either:
1. Be on the site for fewer than 180 consecutive days; and
2. Be fully licensed and ready for highway use, on its wheels or jacking system, be attached to the site only by quick disconnect type utilities and security devices, and have no permanently attached additions; or
3. Meet the requirements of this section and the elevation and anchoring requirements for manufactured homes. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.487.]
Construction of new critical facilities shall be, to the extent possible, located outside the limits of the special flood hazard area (SFHA) (100-year floodplain). Construction of new critical facilities shall be permissible within the SFHA if no feasible alternative site is available. Critical facilities constructed within the SFHA shall have the lowest floor elevated three feet above BFE or to the height of the 500-year flood, whichever is higher. Access to and from the critical facility should also be protected to the height utilized above. Floodproofing and sealing measures must be taken to ensure that toxic substances will not be displaced by or released into floodwaters. Access routes elevated to or above the level of the base flood elevation shall be provided to all critical facilities to the extent possible. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.488.]
The purpose of the H overlay zone is to:
A. Safeguard the historic landmarks, buildings and sites representing significant elements of Newberg history;
B. Promote the historic, educational, cultural, economic and general welfare of the public through the preservation, restoration and protection of these buildings, structures, sites, and objects of historic interest within the city;
C. Foster civic pride in the accomplishments of the past;
D. Protect and enhance the city’s attractions to tourists and visitors;
E. Carry out the provisions of the Land Conservation and Development Commission Goal 5. [Ord. 2764 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 10-7-13; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.490.]
The historic preservation commission shall review applications for landmark designation, alteration, new construction, and demolition requiring Type III review as outlined in this chapter. In conducting a Type III review, the commission shall have all powers and duties of the planning commission. The notice, review, and appeal provisions of this code that apply to Type III planning commission reviews shall apply equally to Type III historic preservation commission review. In cases where an application requires both historic preservation commission and planning commission review, such as for a modification to a landmark for a conditional use, the two commissions may hold a combined hearing. However, the two commissions shall make separate decisions. [Ord. 2764 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 10-7-13.]
A. Institution of Proceedings. The owner(s) of record may initiate the proceedings for designation of a historic landmark. Initiation of an application by a property owner is voluntary and landmark designation may not occur without an owner’s consent. Applications for designation shall be made available by the director. No fee shall be charged for the application.
B. Application Information. The following information shall be provided for designation or modification of a historic landmark:
1. Site plan indicating the existing and/or proposed building or buildings.
2. Architectural elevations or pictures of the structure and, if appropriate, elevations of any proposed additions or revisions.
3. Information regarding the age and historic character of the landmark. Where available, information indicating its association with historic events, former residents or users of the landmark, and the period or style of the landmark.
C. Designation Procedure Type III. Designation of an (H) historic landmarks subdistrict will be treated as a zoning map amendment and shall be processed under the Type III procedure. The designation of a site-specific historic landmark shall be processed under a Type III procedure and reviewed by the historic preservation commission. Sites or buildings identified as historic landmarks shall be subject to this chapter.
D. Designation Criteria. If the building, structure, site, or object is currently listed in the National Register of Historic Places of the United States of America, the property or properties shall be designated as a local landmark. In addition, landmarks shall include those buildings, structures, sites, or objects which have been identified as landmarks in the historic resources element of the comprehensive plan. The following criteria will be used by the historic preservation commission and city council in considering other properties:
1. The evaluation criteria used in the 1990 historic resources evaluation shall be considered. Any or all of the criteria may be satisfied for designation:
a. The landmark is associated with natural history, historic people, or with important events in national, state or local history. The age of a specific building shall be considered but shall not be deemed sufficient in itself to warrant designation as a significant historic resource.
b. The landmark embodies distinguishing characteristics of architectural specimens inherently valuable for a study of a period, style, or method of construction.
c. The landmark is a notable work of a master builder, designer or architect, or the structure represents a rarity of type, style, or design in the community.
d. The landmark retains a high degree of original design, crafting, materials, and original site features.
e. The landmark contributes to the immediate environment and the character of the neighborhood or city.
2. The proposed landmark will serve the purpose of this section as stated in NMC 15.344.010.
3. The economic, social, environmental, and energy consequences of conflicting uses shall be considered.
E. Designation Removal. Request for removal of a historic landmark designation may be made by the property owner and shall follow the same procedures as required for inclusion by this code. The historic preservation commission is not obligated to remove a historic landmark designation if the landmark still meets the criteria contained in subsection (D) of this section. If a historic landmark designation is removed from the register, the historic preservation commission or city council is authorized to require that all city fees that were waived during the time period that the landmark was designated be repaid to the city prior to the landmark designation being removed. [Ord. 2764 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 10-7-13; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.491.]
A. Exterior Alterations.
1. Application Process. Application for permit approval shall be made to the director. The application shall include site plans, floor plans, elevations, materials, textures, and other information deemed necessary by the director to determine the appropriateness of the alterations of the designated landmark.
2. Director Review of Minor Alterations Type I.
a. The director shall approve minor alteration requests through the Type I procedure if there is no significant change in appearance, or in original material integrity, from the existing structure or site. The director’s approval may include conditions to ensure compatibility. Minor alterations meeting the following standards shall be approved and shall be documented by written findings:
i. The proposed alteration duplicates or restores the affected exterior features and materials as determined from historic photographs, original building plans, or other evidence of original features or materials;
ii. The proposed alteration results in new siding, roofing, or foundation skirting which matches materials used on the structure or is typical in terms of material and texture for the style of the landmark;
iii. The proposed alteration results in the replacement of gutters and downspouts, or the addition of gutters and downspouts, using materials that match or appear to match those typically used on similar-style buildings;
iv. The proposed alteration results in a new foundation that does not raise or lower the building elevation, provided the foundation materials and/or craftsmanship do not contribute to the historical and architectural significance of the landmark;
v. The proposed alteration results in the application of storm windows made with wood, bronze or flat-finished anodized aluminum, or baked enamel frames which complement or match the color detail and proportions of the building;
vi. The proposed alteration results in replacement of existing sashes with new sashes, when using material which is consistent with the original historic material and appearance;
vii. The proposed alteration results in modifications to the porch which imitate or restore railings, posts, steps, and skirting which were typical for the style of the landmark;
viii. The proposed alteration results in construction of a wood fence in the front yard which was typical for the style of the landmark. Solid wood fences shall be permitted along side and rear property boundaries;
ix. The proposed alteration results in the installation of permanent air conditioning or heating facilities, including solar panels, which do not result in the destruction or removal of original architectural features. If possible, facilities should be located in such a manner that they are not readily visible from the public right-of-way, excluding alleys;
x. The proposed alteration results in new awnings or signage which were typical for the style of the landmark.
b. The historic preservation commission may develop additional standards to guide the director in determining what constitutes a significant change.
3. Historic Preservation Commission Review Criteria and Guidelines Type III. Excluding routine maintenance and minor alterations subject to director review, requests to alter a designated landmark in such a manner as to affect its exterior appearance shall be reviewed for permit approval by the historic preservation commission using the Type III procedure. The historic preservation commission, in considering applications for permit approval for any alteration, shall base their decision on substantial compliance with the following criteria and guidelines:
a. The historic character of a property shall be retained and preserved. The removal of historic materials or alteration of features and spaces that characterize a property shall be avoided. Specific design elements which must be addressed include:
i. Average Setback. When a new structure is being constructed on an infill lot, the front yard setback shall be the same as the buildings on either side. When the front setbacks of the adjacent buildings are different, the front setback of the new structure shall be an average of the two.
ii. Architectural Elements. The design shall incorporate architectural elements of the city’s historic styles, including Queen Anne, colonial revival, Dutch colonial revival, and bungalow styles. Ideally, the architectural elements should reflect and/or be compatible with the style of other nearby historic structures. Typical design elements which should be considered include, but are not limited to, “crippled hip” roofs, Palladian-style windows, roof eave brackets, roof dormers, and decorative trim boards.
iii. Building Orientation. The main entrance of the new structure shall be oriented to the street. Construction of a porch is encouraged but not required. Such a porch shall be at least six feet in depth.
iv. Vehicle Parking/Storage. Garages and carports shall be set back from the front facade of the primary structure and shall relate to the primary structure in terms of design and building materials.
v. Fences. Fences shall be built of materials which are compatible with the design and materials used in the primary structure.
b. Each property shall be recognized as a physical record of its time, place, and use. Changes that create a false sense of historical development, such as adding conjectural features or architectural elements from other buildings, shall not be undertaken.
c. Most properties change over time; those changes that have acquired historic significance in their own right shall be retained and preserved.
d. Distinctive features, finishes, and construction techniques or examples of craftsmanship that characterize a historic property shall be preserved to the extent possible.
e. Deteriorated historic features shall be repaired rather than replaced. Where the severity of deterioration requires replacement of a distinctive feature, the new feature shall reasonably match the old in design, color, texture, and other visual qualities and, where possible, materials. Replacement of missing features shall be substantiated by documentary, physical, or pictorial evidence.
f. Chemical or physical treatments, such as sandblasting, that cause extensive damage to historic materials shall not be used. The surface cleaning of structures, if appropriate, shall be undertaken using the gentlest means possible.
g. Significant archeological resources affected by a project shall be protected and preserved. If such resources must be disturbed, mitigation measures shall be undertaken.
h. New additions, exterior alterations, or related new construction shall not destroy the historic character of the property. The new work shall be differentiated from the old and shall be compatible with the massing, size, scale, and architectural features to protect the historic integrity of the property and its environment.
i. New additions and adjacent or related new construction shall be undertaken in such a manner that if removed in the future, the essential form and integrity of the historic property and its environment would be unimpaired.
B. New Construction Type III Review Criteria.
1. Review Required. If an application is made to build a new building on a landmark site, the historic preservation commission shall review the request through the Type III procedure to assure the plans are compatible with any existing landmark structures on the site. No new structure or major public improvement shall be constructed without review pursuant to the following criteria.
2. Review Criteria. Designs shall be compatible with any existing landmark structures on the site in terms of size, scale, material and character. Contemporary designs shall not be discouraged when they do not destroy significant historical, architectural, or cultural material. Review criteria shall include consideration of the guidelines listed in subsection (A)(3) of this section.
C. Demolition and Moving Review.
1. Building Director Review Type I. The building director shall issue a permit for moving or demolition if any of the following conditions exist:
a. The building is not a designated landmark. If the landmark is pending review under NMC 15.344.020, no permit shall be issued; and/or
b. The landmark has been damaged beyond reasonable repair through fire, flood, wind or other acts of God, vandalism, or neglect, and poses an immediate threat to public safety. For any demolition or moving which does not comply with the above criteria, it shall be referred to the historic preservation commission under the Type III procedure.
2. Historic Preservation Commission Review Process Type III. The process and public notice for review of a demolition permit shall be conducted under the Type III procedure. Unless extended by mutual consent of the applicant and the historic preservation commission, the historic preservation commission shall complete any review within 45 days of the date the city received a complete application, with the intent that the historic preservation commission and applicant seek alternatives such as sale, salvage, relocation or donation to historic or interested groups, not simply to delay the demolition or moving.
3. Review Criteria. In reviewing an application for a demolition permit or moving permit, the commission shall consider the purpose of this chapter as stated in NMC 15.344.010 and the criteria used in the original designation of the landmark as stated in NMC 15.344.020(D).
D. City Council Review of Dangerous Structures. The city council may order the removal or demolition of any structure determined to be dangerous to life, health, or property.
E. Documentation. In the event of the demolition or moving of a landmark, building, structure, site or object, the history of such landmark shall be documented and kept on file with the city. [Ord. 2764 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 10-7-13; Ord. 2505, 2-1-99; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.492.]
A. When the applicant has demonstrated an economic hardship as a result of the provisions of this code, the commission or city council may relax the requirements of the ordinance, provided the relaxation is consistent with the purpose of this chapter as stated in NMC 15.344.010. Any relaxation of requirements shall be the minimum necessary to alleviate the economic hardship. In determining whether an exception due to economic hardship is justified, the commission or city council shall consider the following factors:
1. Estimated cost of rehabilitation;
2. Estimated market value of property in current condition and after proposed construction;
3. Potential income from property if income-producing;
4. Any other economic information deemed relevant to the decision; and
5. Economic, social, environmental, and energy consequences of the exception.
B. The applicant shall provide adequate documentation to justify an economic hardship. The information shall be provided on a form available from the director. [Ord. 2764 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 10-7-13; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.493.]
A. Signs. One sign no larger than 200 square inches is permitted in addition to other permitted signs.
B. Maintenance. Nothing in this code shall be construed to prevent the ordinary maintenance or repair of any exterior architectural features which does not involve a change in design, material or the outward appearance of such feature, nor to prevent the construction, reconstruction, alteration or demolition of such feature which the city’s building director shall certify is required by the city’s building and development codes. Maintenance and repair actions include, but are not limited to:
1. Repair of siding, roofing, foundations, and gutters or downspouts when required due to deterioration, with materials that match the original materials or are in character with materials typically used on similar-style buildings;
2. Painting and related preparation;
3. Water quality protection actions;
4. Installation of air conditioners, provided the units are removable and no architectural alterations are necessary;
5. Site maintenance such as pruning, landscaping maintenance, brush clearing and removal of debris;
6. Temporary removals of roofs or other access obstructions for purposes of repair or maintenance of interior components of industrial or power generation facilities. [Ord. 2764 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 10-7-13; Ord. 2521, 11-15-99; Ord. 2499, 11-2-98; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.494.]
The purpose of the SP subdistrict is to allow the development and approval of specific plans in the city. A specific plan is a master plan applied to one or more parcels in order to coordinate and direct development in terms of transportation, utilities, open space, and land use. The purpose is also to streamline the development process and encourage development according to the specific plan. Specific plans are intended to promote coordinated planning concepts and pedestrian-oriented mixed use development. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.505.]
A. Initiation. The process to establish a specific plan shall be initiated by the city council. The planning commission or interested property owners may submit requests to the city council to initiate the specific plan process. If owners request initiation of a specific plan process, the city council may require an application fee to be paid to cover the cost of creating the plan.
B. Steering Committee. The city council shall appoint a steering committee to guide development of the plan. The steering committee shall include persons representing affected property owners, neighbors, and the community at large.
C. Draft Plan. The steering committee shall develop a draft plan which shall be submitted to the planning commission and city council for review, modification, and approval.
D. Specific Plan. A specific plan shall include text and a diagram or diagrams which specify all of the following in detail:
1. Plan objectives: a narrative shall set forth the goals and objectives of the plan.
2. Site and context: a map of the site and context shall indicate existing land use, slope, and natural features.
3. The distribution, location, and extent of the uses of land, including open space and parks, within the area covered by the plan (land use plan).
4. The proposed distribution, location, and extent of major components of public and private transportation, wastewater, water, drainage and other essential facilities proposed to be located within the area covered by the plan and needed to support the land uses described in the plan.
5. Standards and criteria by which development will proceed and standards for conservation, development and utilization of natural resources, where applicable.
6. The plan shall identify the existing property ownership.
7. A circulation/transportation plan shall be included which identifies the proposed street pattern, including pedestrian pathways and bikeways. Design standards and street cross-sections shall be included.
E. Type III Hearings and Decisions. The planning commission shall hold a public hearing on the plan using a Type III procedure and shall make a recommendation to the city council. The city council shall have final approval authority. The hearing process to be followed shall be the same as that set forth for zoning map amendments pursuant to NMC 15.302.010 et seq. If the specific plan affects land outside the city limits, provisions and procedures required under the urban growth management agreement with Yamhill County shall also be met. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.506.]
Adoption of the specific plan and its related subdistrict shall be based on compliance with the zone change criteria of NMC 15.302.010 et seq. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.507.]
A. Overlay Subdistrict. The specific plan shall be implemented as a zoning overlay subdistrict. If the plan applies to land outside the city limits, the SP specific plan zoning subdistrict classification shall indicate where the SP overlay zone will be applied upon annexation. The specific plan shall be adopted as an exhibit to the SP overlay zone subdistrict and the SP overlay plan district.
B. New Construction. New construction subject to site design review or building permit review shall meet the special development and design standards of the specific plan.
C. Priority of Standards and Procedures. Unless otherwise noted, the standards and procedures of the specific plan overlay subdistrict shall supplement and supersede standards and procedures of this code. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.508.]
Amendments to the specific plan may be either major or minor amendments.
A. Minor and Major Amendments.
1. Major amendments are those which result in any of the following:
a. A change in land use.
b. A change in the circulation/transportation plan that requires a major street (collector or arterial) to be eliminated or to be located in such a manner as to not be consistent with the specific plan.
c. A change in the development standards.
d. A change in the planned residential density.
e. A change not specifically listed under the major and minor amendment definitions.
2. Minor amendments are those which result in any of the following:
a. Changes related to street trees, street furniture, fencing, or signage that were approved as part of the specific plan.
b. A change in the circulation/transportation plan that requires a local street, easement, or pathway to be shifted more than 50 feet in any direction.
c. A change in the utility plan other than what would be necessary for authorized adjustment of lot lines.
B. Major Amendment – Type III Procedure. A major amendment to a specific plan shall be processed as a Type III comprehensive plan amendment. The amendment shall meet the criteria of NMC 15.346.030. In addition, findings must demonstrate that the change will not adversely affect the purpose, objectives, or functioning of the specific plan.
C. Minor Amendment – Type II Procedure. A minor amendment to a specific plan may be approved by the director through a Type II procedure. The director’s decision shall include findings that demonstrate that the change will not adversely affect the purpose, objectives, or functioning of the specific plan.
D. Authorized Adjustment of Lot Lines – Type I Procedure. As part of the final platting process, the director is authorized to grant adjustments to proposed lot lines consistent with flexible density standards (if included) as part of the specific plan subdistrict. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.509.]
To encourage platting in conformance with the specific plan, the following modifications to street, subdivision, and development standards may be granted by the director through the Type I procedure:
A. Temporary Dead-Ends. The director may authorize temporary cul-de-sacs or vehicle turnarounds where a through street will eventually be provided. Due to their temporary nature, the dimensions and improvement requirements for these cul-de-sacs and turnarounds may vary from standards set forth in the subdivision ordinance.
B. Temporary Street Improvements. Three-quarter-width streets may be provided temporarily to access lots where a full street will eventually be provided when all abutting lots are developed, unless otherwise approved as a half-street by the director and fire chief.
C. Tracts. Tracts of land which do not meet specific plan density requirements may be created and developed when it is demonstrated that the tracts can be developed in accordance with the specific plan in the future. If construction occurs on the tract, it shall be done in a manner that will meet specific plan development standards when full improvements are provided. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.510.]
Development standards for specific plans are listed below. The standards shall be utilized in conjunction with the specific plan adopted as an exhibit to the SP overlay subdistrict. This section is intended to be amended as new specific plans are adopted.
A. The Northwest Newberg Specific Plan.
1. Report Adopted. The northwest Newberg specific plan final report, dated August 1994 and amended June 7, 2021, is adopted by reference. The development standards listed in this section shall take precedence over those listed in the report. If ambiguity exists, this code shall govern.
2. Permitted Uses and Conditional Uses. The permitted and conditional uses allowed under the SP subdistrict shall be the same as those uses permitted in the base zoning districts. An exception to this is the commercial zone, which may be located on either side (north or south) of the extension of Foothills Drive. Such commercial area must be located in one node of not more than five acres in size and not split by a public street. This alternative is indicated as Appendix B of the northwest Newberg specific plan.
3. Street and Pedestrian Walkway Standards.
a. Street and public walkway standards are as follows:
| Paved Surface | |
|---|---|---|
Local street | 60' | 32' |
Collector street | 74' | 36' |
16' | 6' |
b. Five-foot bike lanes shall be provided along collector streets. Five-foot sidewalks shall be provided along local and collector streets. A six-foot-wide planter strip shall separate the sidewalk and the local street. A 12-foot-wide planter strip shall separate the sidewalk and the collector street. Local streets shall be designed as through streets. Cul-de-sacs shall be used only if a through street cannot be developed. The regulations for collector street standards may be waived when in the judgment of the director waiving of the standards is warranted based on traffic volume, reduced speed, type of usage and access limitations, pursuant to the City of Newberg transportation system plan.
4. Setbacks. Figures 9 and 10 of the northwest Newberg specific plan identify special setback standards that apply to the property.
a. Area 1 Setbacks – Figure 10. Minimum and maximum front setbacks for structures shall be met in area 1 of the northwest Newberg specific plan. Residential structures shall be no closer nor further from the front property line than as follows:
| Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
Porch | 10' | 25' |
15' | 25' (without porch) | |
Cottage cluster dwelling | 10' | 25' (without porch) |
Garage or carport | 20' | None |
The front of a garage may not be closer to the property line than the front of the residential structure unless each fronts on different streets.
b. Area 2 Setbacks – Figure 10. Special minimum front setbacks for residential structures shall be met in area 2 of the northwest Newberg specific plan. No maximum setback is required. Front setbacks are as follows:
| Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
Porch | 10' | None |
15' | None | |
Cottage cluster dwelling | 10' | None |
Garage or carport | 20' | None |
c. Interior Setbacks. Interior yard setbacks shall be the same as the base zone.
d. Commercial and Institutional Setbacks. Except as set forth in subsection (A)(8) of this section, setbacks for commercial and institutional use shall be set by the base zone or as otherwise required in this code.
5. Street Trees. Street trees shall be required along all streets where designated planter strips and/or raised medians are provided. One tree shall be required for every 40 feet of street frontage or fraction of 40 feet; e.g., a lot with 50 feet of frontage will provide two street trees; a lot with 100 feet of frontage will provide three street trees. Trees shall be provided in accordance with the list of trees included in the specific plan. Trees shall have a minimum of a one-and-one-half or one-and-three-fourths-inch caliper tree trunk and shall be balled and burlapped or boxed.
6. Residential Density. Residential density is governed by the SP overlay subdistrict. The maximum allowed density is set by the number of lots depicted on the land use plan, Figure 6 of the northwest Newberg specific plan. Additional standards follow:
a. Minimum Lot Size.
i. Single-family detached dwellings, duplex dwellings or triplex dwellings: 5,000 square feet.
ii. Townhouse dwellings: 1,500 square feet.
iii. Quadplex dwellings or cottage cluster projects: 7,000 square feet.
b. Maximum Lot Coverage.
i. R-1-SP zone: 40 percent (including garage).
ii. R-2-SP zone: 60 percent (including garage).
c. Maximum Density.
i. LDR districts: set by the specific plan (averages 4.4 dwellings per acre).
ii. MDR districts: 8.8 dwellings per acre.
iii. For the purpose of calculating compliance with the maximum density standard, single-family detached and duplex dwellings count as a single dwelling.
iv. Triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings and cottage cluster projects shall be exempt from the maximum density calculation and shall be subject only to the minimum lot sizes in subsection (A)(6)(a) of this section.
d. Flexible Minimum Density Requirements. The following standards may be applied at the time of platting:
i. Lots for single-family detached dwellings may be increased to 7,500 square feet.
ii. Lot size may be increased above 7,500 square feet for single-family detached dwellings, provided the overall density of the original parent parcel at the time of specific plan approval remains at or above 80 percent of the original planned density. If other parcels have built out at densities exceeding 80 percent of the original planned density, the overall density of the combined parcels may be used for the calculation. For these calculations, the planned density for LDR areas shall be assumed to be 6.5 dwelling units per acre (5,000-square-foot single-family lots) and MDR at 8.8 dwelling units per acre.
7. Building Orientation. All development shall be oriented to a local or collector street. Orientation shall be achieved by the provision of an entry door fronting upon the street with a direct sidewalk connection from the door to the public sidewalk.
8. Commercial Standards. In addition to site review standards, the following standards shall apply to commercial development:
a. Commercial structures shall be set back no further than 20 feet from the Foothills Drive right-of-way. This setback area shall not be used for any type of vehicular access or parking.
b. A minimum of a 300-square-foot plaza or pedestrian seating area at the intersection of Foothills Drive and the adjacent north-south local street shall be provided.
c. All walls adjacent to and visible from the public right-of-way shall include windows. An exception to this standard may be granted by the community development director if the wall is screened.
9. Sign Standards. Freestanding signs shall not exceed five feet in height, 30 square feet in area, and one per street frontage. Wall and window signs shall not exceed one square foot per lineal foot of wall. Roof signs are prohibited. Projecting fin signs shall not exceed 20 square feet in size.
B. Springbrook Oaks Specific Plan.
1. Report Adopted. The Springbrook Oaks specific plan dated August 2, 1999, and amended August 2, 1999, October 16, 2006, August 6, 2018, and June 7, 2021, is adopted by reference. The development standards listed in this section are intended to implement the policies of the Springbrook Oaks specific plan. Development of Springbrook Oaks shall follow the standards of this code section as well as the policies of the plan. If a conflict exists between the Springbrook Oaks specific plan policies and the development code, the Springbrook Oaks specific plan shall govern.
2. Permitted Uses and Conditional Uses. Eight development areas have been established with corresponding zones within the Springbrook Oaks specific plan. The permitted and conditional uses allowed under the SP subdistrict shall be the same as those uses permitted in the base zoning districts. Exceptions to this standard include the following:
a. A golf course shall be permitted within the M-1 area, adjacent to the stream corridor; and
b. Densities and lot sizes shall be in accordance to the standards established in subsection (B)(8)(a) of this section.
c. In addition to the permitted uses in the RP zone, area F-1 permits:
i. Medically related industrial uses, such as medical laboratories, manufacture and wholesale distribution of medical equipment, medical research facilities, and laundries and similar services for medical facilities.
ii. Medically related retail uses, such as a pharmacy, gift shop or cafe (limited to 3,000 square feet), or medical appliance sale and rental store.
iii. Barber and beauty shops.
Area F-1 permits residential uses.
d. Area F-2 does not permit single-family dwellings.
e. Areas shown in the bypass corridor overlay (LUBCO) district are subject to the standards of that overlay.
3. Street and Pedestrian Pathway Standards. Street and pedestrian pathway development standards are established in NMC 15.505.010 et seq. and NMC 15.505.210 et seq.
4. Residential Design. Multiple, nonrepetitive home designs (detached dwelling units) shall be used in the development. No two identical designs shall be located closer than every three lots on any street frontage.
5. Setbacks. Figures 1 and 2 of the Springbrook Oaks specific plan identify special setback standards that apply to the property.
6. Residential, Professional and Industrial Setbacks.
a. Residential.
i. Development Areas A through F Setbacks – Figure 1 of the Springbrook Oaks Specific Plan. Minimum and maximum front setbacks for structures shall be met in development areas A through F of the Springbrook Oaks specific plan. Residential structures shall be no closer nor further from the front property line than as follows:
| Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
Porch | 10' | 25' |
15' | 25' (without porch) | |
Cottage cluster dwelling | 10' | 25' (without porch) |
Garage or carport | 20' | None |
The front of a garage may not be closer to the property line than the front of the residential structure unless each fronts on different streets.
ii. Development Area H Setback – Figure 2 of the Springbrook Oaks Specific Plan. Special minimum front setbacks for residential structures shall be met in development area H of the Springbrook Oaks specific plan. No maximum setback is required. Front setbacks are as follows:
| Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
Porch | 10' | None |
Cottage cluster dwelling | 10' | None |
Garage or carport | 20' | None |
iii. Interior Setbacks. Interior yard setbacks shall be the same as the base zone. An exception to this standard is made for single-family attached housing, where no interior setback is required for the zero lot line. Another exception is development within the R-P zones of area F which may have a five-foot interior setback.
b. Professional and Industrial Setbacks. Except as set forth in subsection (B)(5) of this section, setbacks for professional and industrial developments within development areas A, F, and G of the Springbrook Oaks specific plan shall be set by the base zone or as otherwise required in this code.
c. Building Heights. Building height limits shall be the same as those in the base zone. An exception is for areas F-1 and F-2, which shall have a maximum building height of 50 feet.
7. Street Trees. Street trees shall be provided adjacent to all public rights-of-way abutting or within a subdivision or partition. Street trees shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of NMC 15.420.010(B)(4). Trees shall be selected from the street tree species list authorized by the city council. Preference should be given towards the selection of oak species to maintain the character of the development’s namesake: Springbrook Oaks.
8. Residential Density. Residential density is governed by the SP overlay subdistrict.
a. The following development standards shall be applied to Springbrook Oaks for single-family detached dwellings and duplex dwellings (please refer to Graphic VI for map of development areas A through H of the Springbrook Oaks specific plan). See Appendix A, Figure 20. These standards shall supersede any density or density transfer standards established in the development code.
Area | Zone | Minimum Lot Size (Square Feet) | Minimum Lot Area per Dwelling Unit (Square Feet) | Maximum Density (Dwelling Units per Acre) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
A | C-2 | 5,000 | NA | NA |
B4, 5 | RP | 1,500* | 1,500* | 21.8*1 |
C4, 5 | R-3 | 2,500* | 2,500* | 13.1* |
D4, 5 | R-2 | 3,750* | 3,750 | 8.8 |
E4, 5 | R-2 | 5,000 | 5,000* | 6.6* |
F-14, 5 | RP | 1,500* | 1,500* | 21.8* |
F-24, 5 | RP | 1,500* | None*2 | None*2 |
F-34, 5 | RP | 1,500* | 1,500* | 21.8* |
G | M-1 | 20,000 | NA | NA |
H4, 5 | R-1 | 5,000* | 10,000*3 | 3.3* |
* Different than the standards established elsewhere in the development code. Residential land use only permitted on F-1 area for Yamhill County tax lot 3216-02026.
1 Up to 100 percent of the land zoned RP within area B may be developed for residential use.
2 There is no limit on the number of dwelling units allowed in area F-2.
3 Average lot area per dwelling in any one subdivision.
4 Duplex dwellings are exempt from minimum lot area per dwelling unit. Duplex dwellings count as a single dwelling for the purpose of calculating compliance with the maximum density.
5 Triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings, multifamily dwellings, and cottage cluster projects are permitted on lots meeting the applicable minimum lot areas for the dwelling type in the corresponding zone per NMC 15.405.010(A), and are exempt from the development standards in this table.
b. Density Shifting.
i. A density shift of up to 20 percent is permitted between any two lots or portions of lots of equal acreage within the same or different residential areas (areas B, C, D and E). The shift may be up to 20 percent of total units permitted within the lower density zone regardless of which direction the shifting is occurring. Any such shift shall be approved through a Type I process. An agreement must be drafted and signed by all parties involved.
ii. An example of density shifting is as follows:
Present maximum density permitted by zone | A five-acre lot in area B = 109 units |
| A five-acre lot in area C = 65.5 units |
| (20 percent = 13.1 units) |
Proposed 20 percent shift: | Lot in area B = 122* units |
| Lot in area C = 52* units |
| OR |
| Lot in area B = 95* units |
| Lot in area C = 78* units |
* Rounded down to a whole unit number. | |
c. Increases in density of residential areas B, C, D and E may be permitted in consideration for land designated for public purposes such as schools, neighborhood parks, plazas, and the like (excluding stream corridors). For any given acreage designated for the aforementioned purposes, the density of an equal amount of acreage may be increased 20 percent in another area of Springbrook Oaks which has the same zone type as that of where the public area is located. The density shift may also be directed to a different zone, in a similar manner to the above. For example:
Present maximum density of public land: | A five-acre lot in area D zoned R-2 = 44 units (20 percent = 8.8 units) |
Proposed 20 percent density shift to another five acres in area D zoned R-2 | 44 units + 8.8 units = 52 units* |
| OR |
Proposed 20 percent density shift to another five acres in area B zoned R-3 | 109 units + 8.8 units = 117 units* |
* Rounded down to a whole unit number. | |
d. Any area of land whose allowed density has increased due to a density shift may include a corresponding decrease in the area’s minimum lot size and minimum lot area per dwelling unit.
e. No lot within any given zone may increase density due to a density shift more than once.
f. Maximum lot coverage is described in NMC 15.405.040.
9. Commercial and Industrial Standards. In addition to site review standards, all commercial and industrial development will conform to the covenants, conditions, and restrictions (CC&Rs) approved for the Springbrook Oaks development. A certificate of compliance with these CC&Rs shall be submitted with a design review application for any commercial or industrial development.
10. Sign Standards. Signs must comply with NMC 15.435.010 through 15.435.120.
11. Tree Management Plan. Any proposed development within development area H must follow the approved tree management plan for development area H. The plan shall be developed by a third-party licensed arborist.
12. Permitting Process. Any proposed development shall follow the permit approval process described in NMC 15.100.010 through 15.100.150. Exceptions to this standard are as follows:
a. Proposed subdivisions will be reviewed under the Type II process; and
b. Any proposed development within development areas A through F that meet the building design and development standards in Appendix C (see Springbrook Oaks specific plan) will be reviewed under the Type I process. The applicant shall provide written documentation showing that each development standard has been met.
13. Plan Amendments. Proposed amendments and adjustments to the specific plan will follow the procedure described in NMC 15.346.050. Exceptions to this amendment and adjustment procedure are as follows:
a. Proposed boundary modifications for development areas B through E (see Appendix A, Figure 20) that increase any individual area no more than five percent of its original total acreage will be reviewed under a Type I process. Proposed boundary modifications that change the total acreage of any of the aforementioned development areas more than five percent will be reviewed under a Type III process.
b. Proposed boundary modifications for development areas F and G that move a boundary less than 50 feet and do not change the total acreage in a development area by more than 0.1 acre will be reviewed under a Type I process. Other proposed boundary modifications will be reviewed under a Type III process.
c. Proposed boundary changes for areas A and H will be reviewed under a Type III process.
14. Residential Development Near the Bypass. In order to minimize conflicts between the proposed bypass and proposed residential development in area F, the director shall approve a management plan prior to residential subdivision or development approval in area F. The management plan shall be developed in coordination with the director, ODOT, and the developer. The management plan may require any of the following or other conditions necessary to minimize conflicts:
a. Separation between the bypass and residential development, either within or outside the eventual right-of-way.
b. Specific orientation of buildings.
c. Specific layout of streets, walkways, pedestrian paths, alleys, driveways, open spaces, and sound walls. [Ord. 2913 § 2 (Exh. B § 9), 4-17-23; Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 20 – 24), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 26 – 33), 6-7-21; Ord. 2833 § 1 (Exh. A), 8-6-18; Ord. 2657 § 1, 10-16-06; Ord. 2619, 5-16-05; Ord. 2517, 8-2-99; Ord. 2513, 8-2-99; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.511.]
Middle housing land divisions proposed in either the northwest Newberg specific plan or Springbrook Oaks specific plan areas shall follow the lot requirements set forth in this chapter. [Ord. 2912 § 1 (Exh. A § 12), 5-1-23.]
A. The institutional overlay (IO) subdistrict is intended to provide for the orderly development and expansion of George Fox University, Providence Newberg Hospital, and Friendsview Manor operating within the City of Newberg. The IO subdistrict is designed to incorporate specific regulations and standards that will support the expansion of the institutional uses, while protecting the existing uses of noninstitutionally owned property within the subdistrict until such time as the property may be acquired by the institution with the consent of the property owners. The IO subdistrict focuses primarily on development regulations and processes. Also, the IO subdistrict will provide a process for conversion of lands in the IO subdistrict to the institutional district as contiguous lands are purchased by the institution. The IO subdistrict may be applied to any existing zoning designation. Permitted uses include those permitted by the underlying zoning district and other institutional uses specifically allowed within the IO subdistrict that are compatible with the uses in the underlying zoning. The IO subdistrict is intended to be consistent with the public/quasi-public designation of the comprehensive plan.
B. In addition, the purpose of the subdistrict is to:
1. Preserve and enhance the character of the areas surrounding the institutions, especially residential areas.
2. Provide a process to enhance communication among the institution, neighborhood residents, and city officials concerning institutional change and expansion plans. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.520.]
The uses, procedures, and standards contained within this chapter apply only when the property is purchased by an institution. Development standards of the underlying zone apply to all other parcels within the district boundaries. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.521.]
A. All uses permitted in the underlying primary district.
B. Uses that are directly related to the objectives of the institution and that are owned or operated by the institution that are not already permitted within the district, and may be subject to special conditions and standards including:
1. Group living facilities with a maximum of 10 residents per housing unit.
2. Office and administrative facilities subject to special conditions (NMC 15.348.050(A)).
3. Retail sales and services subject to special conditions (NMC 15.348.050(B)).
C. Where uses in the IO subdistrict and the underlying zone conflict, the IO subdistrict prevails. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.522.]
A. Designation of Overlay Boundary. The IO subdistrict boundary is defined by the institution in cooperation with the city, based on the institution’s needs and acceptable areas for expansion. To amend an established boundary the institution will be required to submit a comprehensive plan amendment in accordance with established city procedures.
1. Procedures for processing development applications and permits for projects within the IO subdistrict will follow existing city procedures. Regulations and standards set forth in NMC 15.348.060 will apply to the development applications in the subdistrict and will supersede other development standards in this code.
2. All new buildings and structures within the IO zone will follow the site design review criteria set forth in NMC 15.220.010 et seq. with the exception of the following:
a. An existing residential or commercial structure is converted to an institutional use permitted under NMC 15.348.030.
b. An existing institutional use is converted to a different institutional use permitted under NMC 15.348.030. [Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.523.]
The following conditions and limitations are applicable only to IO designated parcels. Development standards of the underlying zone apply to all other parcels within the IO district boundaries.
A. Office and administrative facilities are allowed in residential districts within the IO subdistrict subject to the following requirements:
1. The office use is an accessory use to a permitted institutional district use.
2. The conversion of existing residential housing to office uses shall not substantially change the structure or scale of the building.
B. Retail sales and services are allowed in residential districts within the IO subdistrict subject to the following requirements:
1. The retail sales and service use is an accessory use to a permitted institutional district use.
2. The use is identified as part of the institution’s master plan.
3. Retail and service uses shall be conducted wholly within a completely enclosed building; a restaurant, delicatessen or coffee shop may include an outdoor eating area, provided the area consists of an all-weather surface not greater than 900 square feet in gross floor area and is screened from public rights-of-way and residential areas.
4. Drive-up windows and drive-through restaurant services shall not be permitted. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.524.]
A. Height. The maximum height for all uses will be 45 feet.
B. Setbacks.
1. A minimum 15-foot building setback for all boundary lines of the property will be required for all schools, churches, public and semi-public buildings and other institutional uses in residential districts. IO designated property is not subject to the setback standards identified within NMC 15.410.040.
2. Parking in setbacks will be permitted per NMC 15.420.010(B)(3)(b).
3. No variances are required where existing buildings or site improvements are converted to institutional uses and do not meet these standards.
C. Lot Coverage. Combined maximum lot and parking coverage shall be 80 percent for R-2, R-3 and RP districts.
D. Parking.
1. Group living: one space per three beds (can be reduced by 50 percent if within 400 feet of an institution parking lot).
2. Office: one space per 400 square feet minimum (can be reduced by 50 percent if within 400 feet of an institution parking lot).
E. Landscaping. Exemption to the landscape requirements of NMC 15.420.010 include the following:
1. No street tree improvements will be required for projects along the following streets:
a. River Street between Sheridan Street and Sherman Street.
b. Sherman Street and North Street between Meridian Street and Villa Road.
c. Sheridan Street east of Meridian Street.
d. Center Street between Sheridan Street and Sherman Street.
2. With an approved master plan or functional plan for landscaping of institutional properties within the IO subdistrict, administrative Type I review will be required pursuant to NMC 15.220.010 et seq.
F. Signs. Exemption to the sign requirements of NMC 15.435.010 et seq. include the following: One sign with a maximum size of six square feet may be mounted on a building or erected freestanding on the property and does not require a sign permit; provided, that it meets the vision clearance requirements of NMC 15.410.060 and that it is less than five feet tall. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.525.]
A. The civic corridor overlay subdistrict is designed to emphasize the civic heart of the community and to capitalize on the significant amenity that Newberg’s historic downtown buildings represent. Two buildings which characterize the historic style of Newberg are City Hall, built in 1913, and the library, built in 1912. The important architectural features of this style are illustrated in the figure below.
B. Specific design standards will ensure that new development is consistent with the regional and local historical traditions that these buildings represent. While incorporating historic ornament and detail into new buildings is encouraged, it is recognized that the current cost of such detail may not be feasible. Instead, historical compatibility is better achieved by relating to the vertical proportions of historic facades, the depth and quality of windows and doors, and emulating the simple vertical massing of historical buildings.
C. The CC subdistrict is intended to emphasize the civic and historic character of that portion of downtown Newberg generally bounded by Sherman Street on the north, Blaine Street on the west, 5th Street on the south, and Howard and School Streets on the east and as depicted on the zoning map. The subdistrict overlay may be applied within any zoning district within these boundaries. The subdistrict shall be designated by the suffix CC added to the symbol of the parent district. Permitted uses include those permitted by the underlying zoning district and other uses specifically allowed within the CC subdistrict that are compatible with the uses in the underlying zoning. [Ord. 2744 § 1 (Exh. A), 7-18-11; Ord. 2561, 4-1-02. Code 2001 § 151.526.1.]
The uses, procedures, and standards contained within NMC 15.350.030 through 15.350.060 apply, in addition to the development standards of the underlying zone. Where there is a conflict between the uses and standards of this chapter and those of the base zone, the uses and standards of this chapter shall prevail. [Ord. 2744 § 1 (Exh. A), 7-18-11; Ord. 2561, 4-1-02. Code 2001 § 151.526.2.]
All uses permitted in the underlying primary district are permitted within the CC subdistrict except as follows:
A. In addition to the buildings and uses permitted conditionally in NMC 15.305.020, the planning commission may grant a conditional use permit for any of the following buildings and uses in accordance with a Type III procedure:
1. Facilities which exist for the purpose of providing for the temporary care and/or lodging of adult indigent persons.
2. Hospitals.
B. The following uses are prohibited within the CC subdistrict:
1. Automobile sales, new and used.
2. Car washes, coin-operated or mechanical.
3. Garages, repair.
4. Service stations.
5. Recreational marijuana producer and recreational marijuana processor.
6. Recreational marijuana wholesalers and retailers.
7. Medical marijuana dispensaries and wholesalers. [Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 4-4-16; amended during 11/13 supplement; Ord. 2561, 4-1-02. Code 2001 § 151.526.3.]
A. Designation of Overlay Boundary. The CC subdistrict boundary is shown on the official zoning map. To amend an established boundary, a comprehensive plan map amendment is required in accordance with NMC 15.100.050.
B. Development Permits. Procedures for processing development applications and permits for projects within the CC subdistrict will follow existing city procedures. Regulations and standards set forth in NMC 15.350.060 will apply to the development applications in the subdistrict and will supersede other development standards in this code.
C. All new and redeveloped buildings and structures within the CC subdistrict will follow the site design review criteria set forth in NMC 15.220.010 through 15.220.050. [Ord. 2561, 4-1-02. Code 2001 § 151.526.4.]
The following conditions and limitations are applicable to CC designated parcels:
A. Office and administrative facilities are allowed in residential districts within the CC subdistrict subject to the following requirements:
1. The office use is an accessory use to a permitted residential district use.
2. The conversion of existing residential housing to office uses shall not substantially change the structure or scale of the building.
B. Retail sales and services are allowed in residential districts within the CC subdistrict subject to the following requirements:
1. The retail sales and service use is an accessory use to a permitted residential district use.
2. Retail and service uses shall be conducted wholly within a completely enclosed building; a restaurant, delicatessen or coffee shop may include an outdoor eating area, provided the area consists of an all-weather surface not greater than 900 square feet in gross floor area and is screened from public rights-of-way and residential areas.
3. Drive-up windows and drive-through restaurant services shall not be permitted. [Ord. 2561, 4-1-02. Code 2001 § 151.526.5.]
In addition to the standards of NMC 15.220.080, the following development standards shall apply to new development or redevelopment within the civic corridor overlay subdistrict.
A. Elements of the Street-Facing Facade.
1. Base, Field, and Crown. For new or redeveloped buildings, all street-facing facades shall be clearly divided into three separate elements: base, field and crown. Separations shall be made by changes in material or by shifts in the depth of the facade. Merely painting the facade different colors without some other physical delineation is not sufficient. For new or redeveloped buildings, elements of the street-facing facade shall comply with the standards below:
a. Base. The base of the facade shall be a maximum of four feet for single-story buildings, a maximum of one story for two- to four-story buildings, and a maximum of two stories for buildings greater than four stories. Bases shall be expressed in heavier-appearing materials (e.g., stone or brick) and have a more horizontal emphasis.
b. Field. The field of a facade is all the floors between the base and the crown. The field element shall be expressed as a series of repetitive vertical elements that include windows, pilasters and trim.
c. Crown. The crown can be expressed as part of the top floor of the building or as a decorative cornice. Crowns shall be more elaborate than the field element of the facade and shall incorporate detailed elements that articulate the top of the building.
B. Street-Facing Facade Articulation.
1. Detail at First Floor. Buildings that have highly detailed ground floors contribute significantly to the pedestrian experience. To accomplish this desirable characteristic, ground-floor elements like window trim, pilaster ornamentation, the texture of the base material, and even whimsical sculptural pieces embedded in the facade like busts or reliefs are highly encouraged. Especially desirable are details that relate to the history or culture of the surrounding region.
2. Cornice Treatment. Flat-roof buildings shall have cornices. Cornices shall have a combined width plus depth of at least three feet. An additional one foot shall be added to this required total for every story above one.
C. Street-Facing Windows – Depth of Windows. Windows shall be recessed at least three inches from the general plane of the facade. This creates shadow lines and visual interest, giving the facade the perception of depth. Depth in the facade promotes the perception of high quality and durable construction, and contributes to the district’s historic character.
D. Street-Facing Facade Materials.
1. Dominant Material. All facades shall be comprised primarily of brick. The color of the brick shall be a reddish-brown of generally the same tonal quality as the existing brick buildings within the civic corridor. When used as a veneer material, the brick must be at least two and one-half inches thick. Additional materials are allowed as accents.
2. Allowed Accent Materials. Allowed accent materials include horizontal wood and cementitious lap siding, horizontal board and batten siding, shingles, shakes, and copper or brass. Lap siding, shingles, and shakes shall leave exposed a maximum of six inches to the weather. In board and batten siding, battens shall be spaced at most eight inches on center. In addition, rusticated concrete block, or stone masonry is allowed, but when used as a veneer material, it must be at least two and one-half inches thick. Cement-based stucco is allowed.
3. Changes in Material. Brick street-facing facades shall return at least 18 inches around exposed side walls.
E. Signage Standards. In addition to the C-3 signage requirements of NMC 15.435.010 through 15.435.120, to encourage the historic character of the civic corridor as described in NMC 15.350.010, sign lettering within the civic corridor shall not exceed 12 inches in height, and signs shall include at least one of the following elements:
1. The sign includes a frame, background or lettering in copper, bronze or brass in natural finishes, comprising at least five percent of the sign face.
2. The sign is a freestanding brick monument sign.
3. The sign lettering is in a raised relief, and is constructed of either naturally finished metal or white-painted wood (or material that appears to be wood).
4. The sign lettering is engraved in either metal or masonry.
5. The sign is attached to a mounting bracket and allowed to swing freely. [Ord. 2744 § 1 (Exh. A), 7-18-11; Ord. 2561, 4-1-02. Code 2001 § 151.526.6.]
The purpose of the riverfront overlay subdistrict is to create a unique identity based on the district’s special character as a result of its proximity to the Willamette River. The riverfront overlay subdistrict is also intended to encourage access to and enjoyment of the Willamette River and to protect and enhance views of and connections to the river. Specific building design standards for commercial, residential, and industrial buildings, streetscapes, and parking within the riverfront overlay subdistrict are included to achieve development that is consistent with the vision identified in the 2019 Riverfront Master Plan. This vision includes, but is not limited to, attractive pedestrian-oriented streets; an integrated mix of residential, commercial and industrial development; preservation of natural spaces along the riverfront; a network of off-street paths and trails; and space for large group activities such as concerts, cultural gatherings, or sporting events. [Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02. Code 2001 § 151.527.1.]
The regulations of the chapter apply to the portion of any lot or development site which is within an RD overlay subdistrict. The delineation of the RD overlay subdistrict is described by boundary lines delineated on the City of Newberg zoning map indicated with an RD symbol. [Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02. Code 2001 § 151.527.2.]
A. Report Accepted. The 2019 Newberg Riverfront Master Plan was accepted by the city council on September 16, 2019 (Resolution No. 2019-3596). The development standards listed in this chapter shall take precedence over those listed in the report. If ambiguity exists, this code shall govern.
B. Permitted Uses and Conditional Uses. The permitted and conditional uses allowed under the RD overlay subdistrict shall be the same as those uses permitted in the base zoning districts, subject to the provisions of subsection (I) of this section.
C. Street, Bike Path, and Pedestrian Walkway Standards. All development improvements shall comply with standards contained in the 2019 Newberg Riverfront Master Plan.
D. View Corridors. Key views of the Willamette River shall be protected. Key views include the view from the top of the bluff, on the south side of the intersection of E Fourteenth Street and S River Street, and the view from the top of the bluff south of E Fourteenth Street generally between S College and S River Streets. These key views shall be protected as follows:
1. Any development on the south side of the intersections of E Fourteenth Street and S River Street, E Fourteenth Street and S College Street, and NE Waterfront Street shall provide a public viewing area accessible from E Fourteenth Street and NE Waterfront Street that allows views from the top of the bluff to the river. Any viewing area at this location shall be connected to the public esplanade or the E Fourteenth Street public sidewalk.
2. Development south of E Fourteenth Street and NE Waterfront Street shall protect views of the river by providing a public esplanade with a public walkway.
3. Development on the Riverfront Mill Site shall protect views of the river from the top of the bluff along the southern edge of the site, including at the northern terminus of the waterline bridge. Developments shall provide a public viewing area accessible from the future extension of E Fourteenth Street that allows views from the top of the bluff to the river and connects to a public sidewalk.
4. Additional key views of the Willamette River may be identified through the land use approval process. Additional views identified through the land use process may be protected through conditions of approval.
E. Significant Tree Grove. Oregon White Oaks within the significant tree grove located north of E Fourteenth Street and between S College and S River Streets shall be preserved, with the exception of removal necessary for a public infrastructure project or removal of trees deemed hazardous by a certified arborist.
F. Separate Rail Traffic from Other Modes. Transportation improvements to collector and arterial streets shall be designed with considerations intended to mitigate conflicts between rail traffic and other modes such as at-grade rail crossings.
G. Esplanade Development. Prior to the development of the riverfront esplanade, a slope stability and flood study shall be performed.
H. Limits to the Floor Area of Commercial and Office Development within the M-E/RD subdistrict. Within the M-E/RD subdistrict, limits to total floor area shall be imposed in order to (a) preserve the predominantly employment-focused nature of the district east of S River Street and (b) limit traffic impacts of development within the M-E/RD subdistrict on nearby intersections, as identified in the 2019 Riverfront Master Plan and its Transportation Planning Rule (TPR) findings. The limits are as follows:
1. Commercial Retail Development. Within the M-E/RD Subdistrict, the total combined floor area for development within the categories of commercial sales and rental uses, eating and drinking establishments, commercial services, and commercial recreation shall not exceed 60,000 square feet.
2. Commercial Office Development. Within the M-E/RD subdistrict, the total combined floor area for development in the category of commercial office shall not exceed 60,000 square feet. [Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02. Code 2001 § 151.527.3.]
A. General. The commercial design standards apply to any development located within the commercial zoning district(s) within the riverfront overlay subdistrict. These standards are in addition to the standards and requirements of the Newberg development code. The development standards listed in this chapter shall take precedence over those listed elsewhere in this code.
B. Minimum Lot Size. Within the commercial zoning district(s) of the riverfront overlay subdistrict, there is no minimum lot size required, provided the other standards of this code can be met.
C. Lot Coverage. The development site is permitted to have 100 percent lot coverage.
D. Building Maximum Square Footage Requirements. Except as otherwise may be approved through a conditional use permit, the ground floor of buildings shall not exceed 15,000 square feet.
E. Setbacks.
1. Minimum. No front yard setbacks are required. No side or rear yard setbacks are required, except where adjacent to residentially zoned property. Where interior lot lines are common with residentially zoned property, setbacks of not less than 10 feet shall be required.
2. Maximum.
a. The maximum front yard setback shall be 10 feet for at least 50 percent of the length of the street-facing lot line. A building must be constructed that is located within 10 feet of the street-facing lot line for at least 50 percent of the length of the street-facing lot line. If the development is on a corner lot, this standard applies to both streets.
b. The maximum front yard setback may be increased to 20 feet if the following conditions are met:
i. Landscaping or a hard-surfaced expansion of the pedestrian path must be provided between the front of the building and the sidewalk.
ii. For each 100 square feet of hard-surfaced area between the building and the street lot line, at least one of the following amenities must be provided:
(A) A bench or other seating that will accommodate at least three people.
(B) A tree with a minimum caliper of two and one-half inches.
(C) A landscape planter not less than 20 square feet in area.
(D) A drinking fountain.
(E) Similar pedestrian-scale amenities.
F. Vision Clearance. There is no vision clearance requirement within the commercial zoning districts located within the RF overlay subdistrict.
G. Signs. Signs shall comply with sign standards for the C-3 zone under this code, NMC 15.435.040 through 15.435.120.
H. Parking.
1. Interior Lots. Within a development site, parking is not permitted between a building and a public street. Parking must be located to the side or rear of buildings.
2. Corner Lots. Parking may be located no closer than 40 feet from the intersection of two public streets.
3. Minimum Required Off-Street Parking. The minimum number of required off-street parking spaces shall be 50 percent of the number required by NMC 15.440.030, except that no reduction is permitted for residential uses.
4. Off-Site Parking. Required off-street parking is permitted to be located off-site, as long as the off-street parking is located within 400 feet of the development.
5. Shared Parking. Shared parking facilities shall be exempt from setback and building square footage requirements, provided the parking facility does not abut Fourteenth Street. An intervening building must be provided between Fourteenth Street and the parking facility, or the facility must be set back a minimum of 40 feet from Fourteenth Street. Accessways to Fourteenth Street are permitted.
6. Bicycle Parking. Two bicycle parking spaces, or one per 5,000 square feet of building area, must be provided, whichever is greater.
7. Loading. Except as permitted in this subsection, loading areas shall be set back at least 10 feet from property lines and screened from the street and neighboring properties. Loading areas that are directly visible from the street or neighboring properties shall be screened using one of the following ways:
a. The loading area shall be incorporated into the building design and located internally to the building, with a door to the exterior.
b. The loading area shall be screened by a hedge, fence, or wall at least six feet in height. A hedge must be 95 percent opaque year-round. Fences or walls must be totally sight-obscuring. Slatted chain link fencing is not permitted as a form of screening loading areas.
I. Screening.
1. Refuse and Recycling. Refuse collection containers (dumpsters) and recycling areas shall be screened from the street and neighboring properties. Trash receptacles for pedestrian use are exempt from this requirement. One of the following standards must be met for refuse collection screening:
a. Refuse collection and recycling areas may be screened by being located completely within a building.
b. If located outside of a building, refuse collection and recycling areas must be located within an enclosure at least six feet in height. The enclosure shall be a sight-obscuring masonry wall or nonflammable sight-obscuring fence. The material selected for the enclosure must be consistent with the building materials permitted on the surrounding buildings. Slatted chain link fencing is not permitted.
2. Roof-Mounted Mechanical Equipment. All roof-mounted mechanical equipment (e.g., air conditioning, heating, ventilation ducts and exhaust vents, swimming pool and spa pumps and filters, transformers and generators, communications equipment, and similar equipment, excluding solar panels) must be screened from public view in one of the following ways:
a. A parapet as tall as the tallest part of the equipment;
b. A screen around the equipment that is as tall as the tallest part of the equipment; or
c. The equipment is set back from the street-facing perimeters of the building three feet for each foot of height of the equipment.
d. The review body may allow exemptions for equipment that contributes to the architectural design of the structure, such as piping in a brewery.
3. Ground-Mounted Equipment. Mechanical equipment on the ground must be screened from view by walls, fences, or vegetation as tall as the tallest part of the equipment. Any vegetation must be 95 percent opaque year-round. Fences or walls must be totally sight-obscuring. Slatted chain link fencing is not permitted.
J. Building Design.
1. Building Height. Maximum building height in the C-4 zone in the riverfront overlay subdistrict is 45 feet. Maximum building height in the C-1 zone in the riverfront overlay subdistrict is 30 feet. Minimum building height for all commercial zones in the riverfront overlay subdistrict is 16 feet on the exterior elevation, and a parapet can be included in the measurement.
2. Street-Facing Building Facades. Street-facing facades shall be varied and articulated to provide visual interest to pedestrians.
a. Street-facing building facades shall extend no more than 30 feet without providing a variation in building material or building offsets. Building offsets must articulate at least two feet.
b. Street-facing building facades shall be articulated into planes of 500 square feet or less either by setting part of the facade back at least two feet from the rest of the facade, or by the use of fascias, canopies, arcades, windows, breaks in relief, or other similar features.
c. Buildings must include changes in relief on 10 percent (in area) of facades facing public rights-of-way. Relief changes include cornices, bases, arcades, setbacks of at least two feet, canopies, awnings, projecting window features, or porticos.
3. Building Length. Building length shall not exceed 200 feet without a pedestrian connection through the building or between buildings. This is applicable to both a single building and to a group of individual buildings connected by common walls.
4. Building Materials. Building materials for all exterior sides with a primary or secondary entrance, excluding loading zones, shall convey an impression of durability.
a. Masonry, stone, stucco, and wood are permitted as the primary material for exterior appearance. Metal is not permitted as a primary exterior building material but may be used as an accent or awning.
b. Where concrete masonry units (concrete block) are used for exterior finish, decorative patterns must be used, such as split-face concrete block or by incorporating layering or patterns.
c. Where brick, rusticated concrete block, or stone masonry is used as a veneer material, it must be at least two and one-half inches thick. Brick and stone street-facing facades shall return at least 18 inches around exposed side walls.
d. Wood or wood-look siding must be lap siding, board and batten, shingle siding or channel siding and is not permitted to be applied in a diagonal or herringbone pattern. T1-11 and all other wood-based “full sheet” or panel-type siding is prohibited. Lap siding, shingles, and shakes shall be exposed a maximum of six inches to the weather. In board and batten siding, battens shall be spaced a maximum of eight inches on center.
e. Preferred colors for exterior building finishes are earth tones, creams, and pastels of earth tones. High-intensity primary colors, metallic colors, and black may be used for trim or accent colors but are not permitted as primary wall colors.
5. Ground-Floor Windows. Exterior walls on the ground level which face a street lot line or other public right-of-way must have windows at least 50 percent of the length and 25 percent of the ground-level wall area. Ground-level wall areas include all exterior wall areas up to nine feet above the finished grade. To qualify as ground-floor windows, window sills must be no more than four feet above exterior grade. The ground-floor window requirement does not apply to the walls of residential units. Qualifying window features must be either windows or doors that allow views into working areas or lobbies, pedestrian entrances, or display windows set into the wall. See Appendix A, Figure 25.
6. Window Glazing. Any windows facing public rights-of-way on the ground floor shall have clear glazing. Restroom windows are exempt from this requirement. On any floor, tinted or reflective glass shall not be visible from public rights-of-way, other than ornamental stained glass windows.
7. Main Building Entrance. Within the riverfront commercial district, the main building entrance shall connect to adjacent public rights-of-way with a paved walkway at least six feet in width. For buildings with more than one major entrance, only one entrance is required to meet the main building entrance standard. The walkway must not be more than 120 percent or 20 feet longer than the straight line distance between the entrance and the closest improved right-of-way, whichever is less.
8. Pedestrian Access to Esplanade. Buildings on properties adjacent to the esplanade shall provide pedestrian access to and a door facing the esplanade.
K. Landscaping. Where 100 percent of a lot is covered by a building, no landscaping is required.
1. All setback areas and lands not otherwise developed shall be landscaped. Courtyards, plazas and pedestrian walkways, esplanades and natural riparian vegetation are considered to be landscaping.
2. Parking Lot Landscaping. In addition to other Newberg development code standards for interior parking lot landscaping, special screening standards shall apply to parking lots. Parking areas shall be screened from neighboring properties and public rights-of-way. Perimeter landscaping at least five feet in width shall be provided. The following standards must be met for the perimeter landscaping areas:
a. Enough low shrubs to provide a continuous screen at least three feet high and 95 percent opaque year-round.
b. One tree per 30 linear feet or enough trees to provide a tree canopy over the landscaped area.
c. Ground cover plants, perennials, or shrubs must fully cover the remainder of the landscaped area.
d. A three-foot-high masonry wall may substitute for the shrubs, but trees and ground cover at the above-cited rates are still required.
L. Outdoor Storage and Display.
1. Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage of merchandise or materials directly or indirectly related to a business is prohibited.
2. Outdoor Display. Outdoor display of merchandise is permitted during business hours only. A minimum pedestrian walkway of six-foot clear width must be maintained at all times.
M. Outdoor Seating. Outdoor seating is encouraged on public sidewalks and the esplanade. A minimum pedestrian walkway of six-foot clear width must be maintained at all times. [Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02. Code 2001 § 151.527.4.]
In addition to the development standards of the base zone and the design standards in NMC 15.415.050, the following standards shall apply:
A. Facade Design Features.
1. For single-family detached dwellings, duplex dwellings, triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings, and manufactured homes on individual lots, at least two of the following design features must be provided on the street-facing facade:
a. Covered front porch at least six feet in width and length.
b. Eaves (minimum 12-inch overhang).
c. Bay or bow windows.
d. Dormers.
e. Window shutters.
f. Cupolas.
g. Horizontal lap siding.
2. T1-11 and all other wood-based “full sheet” or panel-type siding is prohibited on elevations visible from public rights-of-way.
3. Townhouse dwellings shall be exempt from the unit definition standards of NMC 15.415.050(B)(3).
B. Standards for Primary Entrances, Garage Doors and Parking in Residential Zones.
1. Residential Entrances. All residential structures shall have a pedestrian entrance facing a street.
2. Garage Location. When parking is provided in a garage attached to the primary structure, and garage doors face a street, the following standards must be met:
a. The garage door, or doors if more than one door on same building elevation, must not be more than 40 percent of the length of the street-facing facade or 12 feet wide, whichever is greater.
b. The front of the garage can be no closer to the front lot line than the front facade of the primary structure.
c. Individual garage doors may be no more than 90 square feet in area for a single-car garage or 180 square feet in area for a two-car garage.
d. There may be no more than two individual garage doors located side by side without being separated by a space not less than 20 feet.
3. Surface parking areas shall be located behind or to the side of residential structures.
4. If carports are provided on surface lots, they must be of an architectural design that is compatible with the dwelling structure, and be constructed of similar materials. [Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25; Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 25), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 34, 35), 6-7-21; Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2747 § 1 (Exh. A § 12), 9-6-11; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02. Code 2001 § 151.527.5.]
A. General. The mixed employment (M-E) design standards for commercial development apply to any commercial uses located within the M-E zoning district within the riverfront overlay subdistrict, including retail, commercial offices, sales, and commercial services. These standards are in addition to the standards and requirements of the Newberg Development Code. The development standards listed in this chapter shall take precedence over those listed elsewhere in this code.
B. Minimum Lot Size. There is no minimum lot size required, provided the other standards of this code can be met.
C. Lot Coverage. There is no maximum lot coverage.
D. Building Ground Floor Maximum Square Footage Requirements. Except as otherwise may be approved through a conditional use permit, the ground floor of buildings shall not exceed 20,000 square feet.
E. Setbacks.
1. Minimum. No minimum setbacks are required.
2. Maximum.
a. The maximum front yard setback shall be 10 feet for at least 50 percent of the length of the street-facing lot line. A building must be constructed within 10 feet of the street-facing lot line for at least 50 percent of the length of the street-facing lot line. If the development is on a corner lot, this standard applies to both street frontages.
b. The maximum front yard setback may be increased to 20 feet if the following criteria are met:
i. Landscaping or a hard-surfaced expansion of the pedestrian path is provided between the front of the building and the sidewalk.
ii. For each 100 square feet of hard-surfaced area between the building and the street lot line, at least one of the following amenities must be provided:
(A) A bench or other seating that will accommodate at least three people.
(B) A tree with a minimum caliper of two and one-half inches.
(C) A landscape planter not less than 20 square feet in area.
(D) A drinking fountain.
(E) Similar pedestrian-scale amenities.
F. Vision Clearance. Development shall comply with NMC 15.410.060.
G. Signs. Signs shall comply with Chapter 15.435 NMC.
H. Parking.
1. Off-Street Parking Lots. Within a development site, parking is not permitted between a building and a public street. Parking must be located to the side or rear of buildings.
2. Corner Lots. Parking may be located no closer than 40 feet from the intersection of two public streets.
3. Minimum Required Off-Street Parking. The minimum number of required off-street parking spaces is described in NMC 15.440.030.
4. Off-Site Parking. Required off-street parking is permitted to be located off site, as long as the off-street parking is located within 400 feet of the development site. Off-site parking is subject the requirements to NMC 15.440.050(B).
5. Shared Parking. Shared parking facilities shall be exempt from setback and building square footage requirements, provided the parking facility does not abut E Fourteenth Street. An intervening building must be provided between E Fourteenth Street and the parking facility, or the parking facility must be set back a minimum of 40 feet from E Fourteenth Street. Accessways to E Fourteenth Street are permitted.
6. Bicycle Parking. Two bicycle parking spaces, or one per 5,000 square feet of building area, must be provided, whichever is greater.
7. Loading. Except as permitted in this subsection, loading areas shall be set back at least 10 feet from property lines and screened from the street and neighboring properties. Loading areas that are directly visible from the street or neighboring properties shall be screened using one of the following ways:
a. The loading area shall be incorporated into the building design and located internally to the building, with a door to the exterior.
b. The loading area shall be screened by a hedge, fence, or wall at least six feet in height. A hedge must be 95 percent opaque year-round. Fences or walls must be totally sight-obscuring. Slatted chain link fencing is not permitted as a form of screening loading areas.
I. Screening.
1. Refuse and Recycling. Refuse collection containers (dumpsters) and recycling areas shall be screened from the street and neighboring properties. Trash receptacles for pedestrian use are exempt from this requirement. One of the following standards must be met for refuse collection screening:
a. Refuse collection and recycling areas may be screened by being located completely within a building.
b. If located outside of a building, refuse collection and recycling areas must be located within an enclosure at least six feet in height. The enclosure shall be a sight-obscuring masonry wall or nonflammable sight-obscuring fence. The material selected for the enclosure must be consistent with the building materials permitted on the surrounding buildings. Slatted chain link fencing is not permitted.
2. Roof-Mounted Mechanical Equipment. All roof-mounted mechanical equipment (e.g., air conditioning, heating, ventilation ducts and exhaust vents, swimming pool and spa pumps and filters, transformers and generators, communications equipment, and similar equipment, excluding solar panels) must be screened from public view in one of the following ways:
a. A parapet as tall as the tallest part of the equipment;
b. A screen around the equipment that is as tall as the tallest part of the equipment; or
c. The equipment is set back from the street-facing perimeters of the building three feet for each foot of height of the equipment.
d. The review body may allow exemptions for equipment that contributes to the architectural design of the structure, such as piping in a brewery.
3. Ground-Mounted Equipment. Mechanical equipment on the ground must be screened from view by walls, fences, or vegetation as tall as the tallest part of the equipment. Any vegetation must be 95 percent opaque year-round. Fences or walls must be totally sight-obscuring. Slatted chain link fencing is not permitted.
J. Building Design.
1. Building Height. Maximum building height is 45 feet. Minimum building height is 16 feet on the exterior elevation, and a parapet can be included in the measurement.
2. Street-Facing Building Facades. Street-facing facades shall be varied and articulated to provide visual interest to pedestrians.
a. Street-facing building facades shall extend no more than 30 feet without providing a variation in building material or building offsets. Building offsets must articulate at least two feet.
b. Street-facing building facades shall be articulated into planes of 500 square feet or less either by setting part of the facade back at least two feet from the rest of the facade, or by the use of fascias, canopies, arcades, windows, breaks in relief, or other similar features.
c. Buildings must include changes in relief on a minimum of 10 percent (in area) of facades facing public rights-of-way. Relief changes include cornices, bases, arcades, setbacks of at least two feet, canopies, awnings, projecting window features, or porticos.
3. Building Length. Building length shall not exceed 400 feet without a pedestrian connection through the building or between buildings. This is applicable to both a single building and to a group of individual buildings connected by common walls.
4. Building Materials. Building materials for all exterior sides with a primary or secondary entrance, excluding loading zones, shall convey an impression of durability.
a. Masonry, stone, stucco, and wood are permitted as the primary material for exterior appearance. Metal is not permitted as a primary exterior building material but may be used as an accent or awning.
b. Where concrete masonry units (concrete block) are used for exterior finish, decorative patterns must be used, such as split-face concrete block or by incorporating layering or patterns.
c. Where brick, rusticated concrete block, or stone masonry is used as a veneer material, it must be at least two and one-half inches thick. Brick and stone street-facing facades shall return at least 18 inches around exposed side walls.
d. Wood or wood-look siding must be lap siding, board and batten, shingle siding or channel siding and is not permitted to be applied in a diagonal or herringbone pattern. T1-11 and all other wood-based “full sheet” or panel-type siding is prohibited. Lap siding, shingles, and shakes shall be exposed a maximum of six inches to the weather. In board and batten siding, battens shall be spaced a maximum of eight inches on center.
e. Preferred colors for exterior building finishes are earth tones, creams, and pastels of earth tones. High-intensity primary colors, metallic colors, and black may be used for trim or accent colors but are not permitted as primary wall colors.
5. Ground-Floor Windows. Exterior walls on the ground level which face a street or other public right-of-way must have windows at least 50 percent of the length and 25 percent of the ground-level wall area. Ground-level wall areas include all exterior wall areas up to nine feet above the finished grade. To qualify as ground-floor windows, windowsills must be no more than four feet above exterior grade. The ground-floor window requirement does not apply to the walls of residential units. Qualifying window features must be either windows or doors that allow views into working areas or lobbies, pedestrian entrances, or display windows set into the wall. See Appendix A, Figure 25.
6. Window Glazing. Any windows facing public rights-of-way on the ground floor shall have clear glazing. Restroom windows are exempt from this requirement. On any floor, tinted or reflective glass shall not be visible from public rights-of-way, other than ornamental stained-glass windows.
7. Main Building Entrance., The main building entrance shall connect to adjacent public rights-of-way with a concrete walkway at least six feet in width. For buildings with more than one major entrance, only one entrance is required to meet the main building entrance standard. The walkway must not be more than 120 percent or 20 feet longer than the straight-line distance between the entrance and the closest improved right-of-way, whichever is less.
K. Landscaping. Where 100 percent of a lot is covered by a building, no landscaping is required.
1. All setback areas and lands not otherwise developed shall be landscaped. Courtyards, plazas and pedestrian walkways, esplanades and natural riparian vegetation are considered to be landscaping.
2. Parking Lot Landscaping. In addition to other Newberg Development Code standards for interior parking lot landscaping, special screening standards shall apply to parking lots. Parking areas shall be screened from neighboring properties and public rights-of-way. Perimeter landscaping at least five feet in width shall be provided. The following standards must be met for the perimeter landscaping areas:
a. Enough low shrubs to provide a continuous screen at least three feet high and 95 percent opaque year-round.
b. One tree per 30 linear feet or enough trees to provide a tree canopy over the landscaped area.
c. Ground cover plants, perennials, or shrubs must fully cover the remainder of the landscaped area.
d. A three-foot-high masonry wall may substitute for the shrubs, but trees and ground cover at the above-cited rates are still required.
L. Outdoor Storage and Display.
1. Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage of merchandise or materials directly or indirectly related to a business is prohibited.
2. Outdoor Display. Outdoor display of merchandise is permitted during business hours only. A minimum pedestrian walkway of six-foot clear width must be maintained at all times.
M. Industrial Development. Industrial developments located in the mixed employment (M-E) zoning district within the riverfront overlay subdistrict shall comply with the standards in Chapter 15.220 NMC. [Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20.]
A. Zoning strives to create a list of uses that are generally compatible with one another in a single district. In limited circumstances, however, some of the uses permitted in a base zoning district are allowable or desirable in a particular location while others may not be. Circumstances might include topographic constraints on the site, differing characteristics of surrounding uses, or limits on local facilities, such as street capacity, that are not addressed in capital improvement plans.
B. The limited use overlay is designed to allow those uses that are or can be made compatible in a certain district, while prohibiting or limiting those uses that are incompatible.
C. It is the intention that limited use overlays be used sparingly and only where unusual circumstances warrant. [Ord. 2357, 11-6-00. Code 2001 § 151.530.]
A. The limited use overlay may be applied to any zoning classification. It may do any of the following:
1. Prohibit certain uses otherwise allowed under the base zoning district.
2. Require conditional use permits for uses otherwise permitted outright in the base zoning district.
3. Set special standards that uses in the overlay must meet, such as height restrictions or setbacks.
B. The limited use overlay may not be used to establish performance conditions, such as requiring installation of public facilities. The limited use overlay may not be used to prohibit uses that are required by state or federal law to be permitted within a base zoning district. [Ord. 2537, 11-6-00. Code 2001 § 151.530.1.]
A. A limited use overlay may be created in conjunction with or through the same process as a zoning map amendment.
B. An applicant for a zoning map amendment may request that a limited use overlay be placed on the subject property. The planning commission may recommend and the city council may order a limited use overlay be applied to specific properties.
C. It shall not be necessary to disclose in the public hearing notice of a zone change that a limited use overlay may be applied.
D. A decision to apply a limited use overlay shall be based on the same criteria as for zoning map amendments. The city council may, but need not, apply a limited use overlay in lieu of denying a request for a zone change that does not otherwise meet applicable criteria. [Ord. 2537, 11-6-00. Code 2001 § 151.530.2.]
A request to modify or eliminate a limited use overlay shall be processed using the same process as a zoning map amendment. [Ord. 2537, 11-6-00. Code 2001 § 151.530.4.]
Cross-reference: Zoning map amendments, see NMC 15.302.030.
The purpose of the BI overlay is to:
A. Protect the planned function and capacity of the Newberg-Dundee bypass (“bypass”) as an “expressway” as defined in the 1999 Oregon Highway Plan by supporting ODOT’s efforts and responsibility to manage access to the state highway system in accordance with the OHP and OAR 734-51 and managing land uses in the vicinity of the East Newberg and Oregon 219 interchanges.
B. Support the Newberg comprehensive plan for urban lands surrounding the East Newberg and Oregon 219 interchanges to protect the planned function of the bypass and interchanges to serve primarily longer-distance statewide and regional through trips.
C. 1. To avoid development of commercial uses within planned industrial areas near the interchanges and ensure the long-term capacity for the through traffic function of the bypass, the BI overlay will prohibit certain uses that would otherwise be permitted outright or with conditional use approval in Newberg’s industrial districts (M-1, M-2, and M-3) within the bypass interchange overlay. The industrial commercial subdistrict of the M-4 district shall not be applied within the boundaries of the BI overlay.
2. The City will coordinate with ODOT, Yamhill County and affected property owners to develop an interchange area management plan for the East Newberg and Oregon 219 interchanges as a means to help protect the function and capacity of each interchange for at least a 20- to 25-year planning period. The IAMPs must be adopted by the Oregon Transportation Commission (OTC) before construction of the respective interchange, consistent with the requirements of the 1999 Oregon Highway Plan and OAR 734-051-0155(7). The bypass interchange overlay may be refined, revised or replaced when final IAMPs are prepared prior to their adoption by the OTC. [Ord. 2734 § 1 (Exh. B), 3-7-11; Ord. 2708 § 2, 12-1-08; Ord. 2602, 9-20-04. Code 2001 § 151.531.]
A. The bypass interchange overlay shall apply to lands inside the city limits within the boundaries shown on Map VI (East Newberg Interchange) and Map VII (Oregon 219 Interchange).
B. The bypass interchange overlay applies in addition to the regulations of the underlying zoning district. All property within the bypass interchange overlay shall be subject to both the provisions of this section and to the underlying zoning district. Nothing in this section shall be construed as a waiver or suspension of the provisions of any underlying zoning district, or any other applicable overlay district.
C. The general boundaries of the bypass interchange overlay are shown on Map VI (East Newberg Interchange) and Map VII (Oregon 219 Interchange) and shall be delineated on a parcel-specific basis on the official zoning map. The width of the bypass corridor and interchanges shall be automatically narrowed to a smaller alignment-specific width as contained in the record of decision when it is issued for the Tier 2 environmental impact statement. [Ord. 2734 § 1 (Exh. B), 3-7-11; Ord. 2708 § 2, 12-1-08; Ord. 2602, 9-20-04. Code 2001 § 151.531.1.]
All uses of land and water that are permitted in the underlying zoning district(s) are also permitted in the bypass interchange overlay, with the exception of the special limitations on commercial uses in the industrial districts as outlined in NMC 15.356.050. [Ord. 2734 § 1 (Exh. B), 3-7-11; Ord. 2708 § 2, 12-1-08; Ord. 2602, 9-20-04. Code 2001 § 151.531.2.]
A. Uses of land and water that are listed as conditional uses in the underlying zoning district(s) may also be allowed in the bypass interchange overlay, with the exception of uses included in the list of prohibited uses in NMC 15.356.050.
B. Proposed conditional uses in the bypass interchange overlay are subject to the standard conditional use criteria and procedures of this code. [Ord. 2734 § 1 (Exh. B), 3-7-11; Ord. 2708 § 2, 12-1-08; Ord. 2602, 9-20-04. Code 2001 § 151.531.3.]
A. Several commercial types of uses are permitted outright or with conditional use approval in Newberg’s industrial districts (M-1, M-2, and M‑3). The area within the Newberg UGB near the Oregon 219 Interchange is generally planned for industrial use. To protect the interchange area from commercial development, the following uses are prohibited within the M-1, M-2, and M-3 districts within the boundaries of the bypass interchange overlay:
1. Automobile sales, new and used.
2. Billboards.
3. Car washes.
4. Convenience grocery stores.
5. Restaurants larger than 2,000 square feet or with drive-up service windows.
6. Service stations.
7. Drive-in theaters.
8. Auction sales.
9. Bakeries, retail.
10. Building material sales.
11. Driving ranges.
12. Feed and seed stores.
13. Miniature golf courses.
14. Skating rinks.
15. Recreational marijuana processors, producers (indoor and outdoor), retailers, wholesalers, laboratories, and research certificates in the R-2 district.
16. Recreational marijuana retailers.
17. Medical marijuana dispensaries, processors, grow sites, and wholesalers in the AI district.
18. Medical marijuana dispensaries, processors, wholesalers, laboratories, and research certificates in the R-2 district.
B. The industrial commercial subdistrict of the M-4 district shall not be applied within the boundaries of the BI overlay. [Ord. 2820 § 1 (Exh. A § 3), 9-18-17; Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 6), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 6), 4-4-16; Ord. 2734 § 1 (Exh. B), 3-7-11; Ord. 2708 § 2, 12-1-08; Ord. 2602, 9-20-04. Code 2001 § 151.531.4.]
The purpose of the interim industrial (II) overlay is to allow interim use of industrially zoned properties in areas that are planned for future acquisition for rights-of-way, such as the Newberg-Dundee bypass. The II overlay allows nonstructural uses of the land, such as parking and storage. The II overlay also reduces requirements for permanent site improvements, such as paving and landscaping, that would be removed upon acquisition of the right-of-way. [Ord. 2720 § 1(5), 11-2-09. Code 2001 § 151.532.]
The interim industrial use overlay may be applied on a parcel-by-parcel basis through the zone change process. Properties generally must be in a manufacturing zone in order to have this interim industrial overlay. The overlay may be applied to properties in other zoning districts where the review body determines the interim uses would be compatible with uses on surrounding properties. [Ord. 2720 § 1(5), 11-2-09. Code 2001 § 151.532.1.]
All uses of land and water that are permitted in the underlying zoning district(s) are also permitted in the interim industrial overlay, with the exception of those uses listed in NMC 15.358.050. In addition, the following are permitted:
A. Contractor’s equipment or storage.
B. Construction material storage.
C. Recreational marijuana producer (indoor).
D. Recreational marijuana wholesalers, laboratories, research certificates.
E. Medical marijuana wholesalers. [Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 6), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 7), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 7), 4-4-16; Ord. 2720 § 1(5), 11-2-09. Code 2001 § 151.532.2.]
A. Use of land and water that are listed as conditional uses in the underlying zoning district(s) may also be allowed in the interim industrial overlay, with the exception of uses included in the list of prohibited uses in NMC 15.358.050.
B. Proposed conditional uses in the interim industrial overlay are subject to the standard conditional use criteria and procedures of this code.
C. Recreational marijuana producer (outdoor). [Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 8), 4-4-16; Ord. 2720 § 1(5), 11-2-09. Code 2001 § 151.532.3.]
The following uses are prohibited in the interim industrial overlay:
A. Cemeteries.
B. Garbage dumps, sanitary landfills.
C. Parks.
D. Permanent buildings.
E. Wrecking yards for motor vehicles, building materials, and other similar items.
F. Recreational marijuana processor.
G. Recreational marijuana retailers.
H. Medical marijuana dispensaries. [Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 7), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 8), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 9), 4-4-16; Ord. 2720 § 1(5), 11-2-09. Code 2001 § 151.532.4.]
Parking and landscaping design shall either be done in accordance with NMC 15.420.010 and 15.440.010 through 15.440.080 or by using the following standards:
A. Parking and maneuvering areas need not be paved, with the exception of areas within 50 feet driving distance of the drive approach.
B. The site shall be landscaped according to the following standards:
1. A six-foot-high solid wood or masonry fence or wall shall be installed around the perimeter of the site and be located a minimum of five feet from the right-of-way.
2. A hedge shall be planted between the right-of-way and the fence or wall. The hedge shall be planted to reach a minimum height of five feet and continuous horizontal coverage upon maturity. [Ord. 2720 § 1(5), 11-2-09. Code 2001 § 151.532.5.]
Zoning Districts
(Repealed by Ord. 2763)
(Repealed by Ord. 2763)
(Repealed by Ord. 2763)
(Repealed by Ord. 2763)
(Repealed by Ord. 2763)
In order to classify, regulate, restrict and segregate the uses of lands and buildings, to regulate and restrict the height and size of buildings, to regulate the area of yards and other open spaces about buildings, and to regulate the density of population, the following classes of use districts and subdistricts are established:
A. Use Districts.
1. R-1 low density residential district.
2. R-2 medium density residential district.
3. R-3 high density residential district.
4. R-4 manufactured dwelling district.
5. RP residential professional district.
6. C-1 neighborhood commercial district.
7. C-2 community commercial district.
8. C-3 central business district.
9. C-4 riverfront commercial district.
10. CF community facilities district.
11. I institutional district.
12. M-1 limited industrial district.
13. M-2 light industrial district.
14. M-3 heavy industrial district.
15. M-4 large lot industrial district.
16. M-5 craft industrial district.
17. AI airport industrial district.
18. Airport residential (AR) district.
19. SD Springbrook district.
20. M-E mixed employment district.
B. Subdistricts of Use Districts.
1. AO airport overlay subdistrict.
2. CC civic corridor overlay subdistrict.
3. H historic landmarks subdistrict.
4. IO institutional overlay subdistrict.
5. LU limited use overlay subdistrict.
6. RD riverfront subdistrict.
7. SC stream corridor overlay subdistrict.
8. SP specific plan subdistrict.
9. AIO airport industrial overlay subdistrict.
10. Airport residential overlay subdistrict.
11. Bypass interchange overlay subdistrict.
12. Interim industrial overlay subdistrict. [Ord. 2930 § 4 (Exh. A-3), 1-6-25; Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2720 § 1(8), 11-2-09; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02; Ord. 2561, 4-1-02; Ord. 2550, 5-21-01; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.120.]
On the effective date of the ordinance codified in this code, the provisions of this code shall apply to and govern the use or maintenance of any land or other property in the city, exclusive of streets, alleys, and public lands used or reserved for governmental purposes as provided by law. The city shall be divided by the city council into parts and each such part may be subdivided into units, for the purposes of imposing or establishing districts and subdistricts on land and property. Such parts of units may be zoned and rezoned whenever the city council, after investigation and report by the commission, finds that criteria in NMC 15.302.030 are satisfied. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.121.]
Cross-reference: For lands used or reserved for governmental purposes as provided by law, see Section 5 of Article VIII of the Oregon Constitution and Chapter 271 of Title 25 ORS, generally. See also Chapter 271 of Title 25 ORS pertaining to public lands.
This section describes the procedures and criteria that apply to any application to amend the land use designations identified on the comprehensive plan map, zoning map and land use regulations.
A. Type III Plan and Zoning Map Amendments – One Parcel or Small Group of Parcels.
1. Property owners or the city may initiate a map amendment for one parcel or a small group of parcels under the Type III procedure. May be initiated by a resolution of the planning commission or city council. Unlike other Type III procedures, the decision of the planning commission on a Type III plan map amendment shall be in the form of a recommendation to the city council. The city council shall hold another new hearing and make a final decision.
2. Where an application has been denied, no new application for the same purpose shall be filed within one year of the date of the previous denial unless the city council for good cause shall grant permission to do so.
3. Amendment Criteria. The owner must demonstrate compliance with the following criteria:
a. The proposed change is consistent with and promotes the goals and policies of the Newberg comprehensive plan and this code;
b. Public facilities and services are or can be reasonably made available to support the uses allowed by the proposed change;
c. Compliance with the State Transportation Planning Rule (OAR 660-012-0060) for proposals that significantly affect transportation facilities.
4. The property owner who desired to have their property reclassified has the burden of establishing that the requested classification meets the requirements of this section. As part of the application, the property owner requesting a change shall file a waiver stating that the owner will not file any demand against the city under Ballot Measure 49, approved November 6, 2007, that amended ORS Chapters 195 and 197.
5. A traffic study shall be submitted for any proposed change that would significantly affect a transportation facility, or that would allow uses that would increase trip generation in excess of 40 trips per p.m. peak hour. This requirement may be waived by the director when a determination is made that a previous traffic study adequately addresses the proposal and/or when off-site and frontage improvements have already been completed, which adequately mitigate any traffic impacts and/or the proposed use is not in a location, which is adjacent to an intersection, which is functioning at a poor level of service. A traffic study may be required by the director for changes in areas below 40 trips per p.m. peak hour where the use is located immediately adjacent to an intersection functioning at a poor level of service. The traffic study shall be conducted according to the City of Newberg design standards.
B. Type IV Plan and Zoning Map Amendments – Large Area of the City and Multiple Ownerships.
1. The city may initiate plan map amendments affecting large areas and multiple ownerships under the Type IV procedure. No public notice is required to initiate the amendment. Initiation must be done by resolution of the planning commission or city council. These map changes include those that have widespread and significant impact beyond the immediate area of change.
2. Amendment Criteria. The city must demonstrate:
a. The proposed change is consistent with and promotes the objectives of the Newberg comprehensive plan and this code;
b. There is a public need for a change of the kind in question;
c. The need will be best served by changing the classification of the particular piece of property in question as compared with other available property;
d. Compliance with the State Transportation Planning Rule (OAR 660-012-0060) for proposals that significantly affect transportation facilities.
C. Amendment of Land Use Regulation. A change in requirements, general provisions, exceptions or other provisions of a land use regulation may be initiated by a resolution of the planning commission or the city council. No notice is required to initiate the amendment. Amendments to land use regulation shall be reviewed under the Type IV procedure. [Ord. 2733 Att. A, 2-7-11; Ord. 2693 § 1 (Exh. A(5)), 3-3-08; Ord. 2619, 5-16-05; Ord. 2612, 12-6-04; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.122.]
A. R-1 Low Density Residential District.
1. The purpose of this land use designation is to provide a stable and healthful residential environment together with the full range of urban services. The R-1 zone is intended for low density urban residential uses at an average overall density of 4.4 units per gross buildable acre, and/or middle housing densities consistent with applicable minimum lot sizes, in the district.
2. Typical housing types will include single-family dwellings, duplex dwellings, triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings, cottage cluster projects, limited multifamily dwellings and planned unit developments. The district also is intended to allow low intensity institutional uses that operate consistent with peaceful enjoyment of residential neighborhoods. The R-1 district is intended to be consistent with the low density residential (LDR) designation of the comprehensive plan.
B. R-2 Medium Density Residential District.
1. The purpose of this land use designation is to provide a wide range of dwelling types and styles at an average overall density of nine units per gross buildable acre, and/or middle housing densities consistent with applicable minimum lot sizes, in the district.
2. Typical housing types will include single-family dwellings on small lots, duplex dwellings, triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings, cottage cluster projects, multifamily dwellings, and manufactured dwelling parks. The district also is intended to allow low intensity institutional uses that operate consistent with peaceful enjoyment of residential neighborhoods. The R-2 district is intended to be consistent with the medium density residential (MDR) designation of the comprehensive plan.
C. R-3 High Density Residential District.
1. The purpose of this land use designation is to provide dwellings of different types and styles at an average overall density of 16.5 units per gross buildable acre, and/or middle housing densities consistent with applicable minimum lot sizes, in the district.
2. Typical housing types will include duplex dwellings, triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings, cottage cluster projects, multifamily dwellings, and manufactured dwelling and mobile home parks. The district also is intended to allow low intensity institutional uses that operate consistent with peaceful enjoyment of residential neighborhoods. Density may vary depending on lot size, off-street parking area, transportation, landscaping and other site considerations. The R-3 district is intended to be consistent with the high density residential (HDR) designation of the comprehensive plan.
D. R-4 Manufactured Dwelling District.
1. The purpose of this land use designation is to provide locations reserved for manufactured homes, manufactured dwelling parks, mobile home parks, manufactured home subdivisions, and related uses.
2. This district allows manufactured homes, mobile home parks, or manufactured home subdivisions at a density of up to 12 units per gross buildable acre. The R-4 district is intended to be consistent with the medium density residential (MDR) or high density residential (HDR) designation of the comprehensive plan.
E. RP Residential-Professional District. The RP residential-professional district provides for a desirable mixing of residential land uses with medical and local business office uses in possible close proximity to adjacent residential areas. The office building and parking coverage, traffic generation, open space and other external factors are intended to be compatible with the residential uses permitted. This district may be appropriate in transition areas between major land uses as indicated in the adopted plan. The RP district is intended to be consistent with commercial or residential designations on the Newberg comprehensive plan. RP districts shall be located as to conform to goals and policies identified within the Newberg comprehensive plan and in areas which have a minimal impact on the livability or appropriate development of abutting property.
F. C-1 Neighborhood Commercial District. The C-1 neighborhood commercial district is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas of retail establishments serving frequently recurring needs in convenient locations. It is typically appropriate for small convenience stores or neighborhood shopping centers located within residential neighborhoods. The C-1 district is intended to be consistent with the commercial (COM) designation of the comprehensive plan.
G. C-2 Community Commercial District. The C-2 community commercial district is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas with a wide range of retail sales, commercial services, and office establishments. Typical development types include individual commercial buildings on small and large sites, community shopping centers, and some outdoor retail uses. This district is typically located along highways and arterials. This district also includes some development which does not strictly fit the description of “commercial” but also does not merit a separate zoning district. The C-2 district is intended to be consistent with the commercial (COM) and mixed use (MIX) designations of the comprehensive plan.
H. C-3 Central Business District. The C-3 central business district is intended to preserve and enhance areas within which the greatest possible concentration of retail sales and business will occur. The district will be applied to the “core” area based upon the guidelines established in the comprehensive plan. The buildings and uses permitted reflect the desire to have parking provided on a district-wide basis rather than having each individual building or use provide parking. The C-3 district is intended to be consistent with the commercial (COM) designation of the comprehensive plan.
I. C-4 Riverfront Commercial District.
1. The purpose of the C-4 riverfront commercial district is to allow a mix of uses that:
a. Provides a variety of retail, commercial, and residential uses that benefit from proximity to the river.
b. Encourages access to and enjoyment of the Willamette River.
c. Ensures compatibility of development with the surrounding area and minimizes impacts on the environment.
2. Properties zoned in this district must comply with the development standards of the riverfront overlay subdistrict, as described in NMC 15.352.010 through 15.352.060.
3. The C-4 district is intended to be consistent with the commercial/riverfront district (COM/RD) designation of the comprehensive plan.
J. M-1 Limited Industrial District. The M-1 limited industrial district is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas containing manufacturing and related establishments with limited external impact, and with an open and attractive setting. The M-1 limited industrial district is typically appropriate to locations near highways and arterials and nonmanufacturing areas. The M-1 district is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) and mixed use (MIX) designations of the comprehensive plan.
K. M-2 Light Industrial District. The M-2 light industrial district is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas containing a wide range of manufacturing and related establishments and is typically appropriate to areas providing a wide variety of sites with good rail or highway access. The M-2 district is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) designation of the comprehensive plan.
L. M-3 Heavy Industrial District. The M-3 heavy industrial district is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas containing manufacturing or related establishments which are potentially incompatible with most other establishments and are typically appropriate to areas which are most distant from residential areas, and which have extensive rail or shipping facilities. The M-3 district is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) designation of the comprehensive plan.
M. M-4 Large Lot Industrial District. The M-4 industrial employment district is divided into two subdistricts: the industrial employment subdistrict and the industrial commercial subdistrict. One of the main intents of these districts is to provide a variety of employment opportunities for the citizens of Newberg. Providing adequate jobs for our citizens leads to other related benefits, including a diversified and stable local economy, a stronger tax base, and environmental benefits from less out-commuting to jobs. In addition, providing adequate local jobs helps fulfill the stated desire of many citizens to “live here, work here, shop here.” The M-4 district has two subdistricts:
1. Employment Subdistrict. Through a comprehensive planning process, the city identified a need for large lot industrial sites of at least 20 acres in size. Further analysis of potential areas identified the area south of Newberg, on either side of Highway 219, as the area best suited to meet the city’s needs for large site industrial development. As part of the city’s strategy for preserving large size industrial sites within industrial districts, the M-4 industrial employment subdistrict is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas containing large parcels (20+ acres) suitable for large industrial users and industrial planned unit developments. An approved plan for an industrial planned unit development is required prior to dividing a large parcel into lots or parcels that are less than 20 acres. The purpose of the planned unit development is to bring related industries and services that complement each other close together, resulting in synergistic effects arising from regular face-to-face communications, economies of scale, and reduced transportation time and cost.
2. Commercial Subdistrict. The industrial commercial subdistrict is intended to create, preserve and enhance areas for retail establishments serving the specific needs of the M-4 industrial employment area. The subdistrict is similar to the C-1 neighborhood commercial district, although the type and scale of uses permitted are limited to those that will directly support allowed uses within the M-4 industrial employment area. The area is not intended to serve pass-by traffic or provide for the general commercial needs of the community. The intent is to allow uses that complement the area while limiting or eliminating those uses that would have detrimental impact on the overall district.
Potential adverse impacts of industrial activity on adjacent uses are minimized by design and development standards as required by NMC 15.220.090. Large industrial sites and planned unit developments are configured and designed to minimize use-to-use conflicts within the industrial districts, as well as conflicts between industrial uses and those allowed in other districts. The M-4 district is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) and commercial (COM) designations of the comprehensive plan.
N. M-5 Craft Industrial District. The purpose of the M-5 craft industrial district is to create, preserve and enhance areas that provide a mix of commercial and light industrial uses, particularly small-scale craft industrial uses with an integrated commercial component. The district is intended to complement nearby commercial areas by providing opportunities for production spaces while minimizing off-site impacts. The M-5 district is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) and mixed use (MIX) designations of the comprehensive plan.
O. CF Community Facilities District. The purpose of the CF community facilities district is to provide for appropriate development of community facilities, primarily by public agencies or nonprofit organizations. It encourages the preservation of natural resources and open space resources inventoried in the comprehensive plan. The CF district is intended to be consistent with the parks (P) and public/quasi-public (PQ) designations in the comprehensive plan. It may also be consistent with any other designation of the comprehensive plan as determined by the city council.
P. I Institutional District. The I institutional district is intended to support and promote institutional uses. The district provides for the establishment and growth of large institutional campuses as well as accessory and compatible uses. The institutional district is intended to be consistent with the public/quasi-public (PQ) designation of the comprehensive plan.
Q. AR Airport Residential District. The purpose of the AR airport residential district is to encourage and support the continued operation and vitality of Sportsman Airpark and to take advantage of the transportation options it provides by allowing airport-related residential uses. The AR district is intended to be consistent with the airport residential (AR) designation in the comprehensive plan. Maximum overall density shall be 8.8 units per gross buildable acre in the district, calculated as follows:
1. Single-family detached dwellings and duplex dwellings shall count as a single dwelling unit for density calculation.
2. Triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings and cottage cluster projects shall be exempt from density calculation and shall be subject only to the minimum lot sizes in NMC 15.405.010.
R. AI Airport Industrial District. The purpose of the AI airport industrial district is to encourage and support the continued operation and vitality of Sportsman Airpark by allowing airport-related industrial uses, and as such to promote economic development for the City of Newberg and Yamhill County. The AI airport industrial district is intended to recognize those areas devoted to or most suitable for the immediate operational facilities necessary for commercial and noncommercial aviation. It is also intended to provide areas for those activities directly supporting or dependent upon aircraft or air transportation when such activities, in order to function, require or benefit from a location within or immediately adjacent to primary flight operations and passengers or cargo service facilities. It is further intended to provide appropriate locations for airport-related light industrial uses that are compatible with and benefit from air transportation. The AI district is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) and public/quasi-public (PQ) designations in the comprehensive plan.
S. M-E Mixed Employment District. The M-E mixed employment district is intended to create a mix of light industrial and limited commercial uses that provide employment opportunities for the City of Newberg while also creating a high-quality urban environment. This designation can provide a buffer between industrial uses with a high degree of external impact and other uses such as residential and recreational areas. The M-E designation is intended to be consistent with the industrial (IND) and mixed use (MIX) designations of the comprehensive plan. [Ord. 2930 § 4 (Exh. A-3), 1-6-25; Ord. 2913 § 2 (Exh. B § 8), 4-17-23; Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 9 – 12), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 11 – 13), 6-7-21; Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 9-16-13.]
Subdistricts of each of the use districts may be established. The parent residential district requirements shall apply to those respective subdistricts except those regulations pertaining to lot area per dwelling unit or density.
A. Suffix Numbers Noting Density. Suffix numbers, including but not limited to the following examples, shall be noted on the zoning map indicating the maximum number of dwelling units permitted per gross acre. The following are examples of suffixes for subdistricts and their density equivalents:
Suffix | Density Maximum |
|---|---|
5/A | 5 dwelling units per gross acre |
6/A | 6 dwelling units per gross acre |
7.5/A | 7-1/2 dwelling units per gross acre |
.33/A | 1 dwelling unit per three gross acres |
Note: Duplex dwellings count as a single dwelling per lot for the purpose of calculating compliance with the maximum density standards. Triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings and cottage cluster projects shall be exempt from density calculation and shall be subject only to the minimum lot sizes in NMC 15.405.010.
As further examples of subdistricts:
1. The subdistrict of an R-1 district which permits five dwelling units per gross acre is R‑1‑5/A.
2. The subdistrict of an R-1 district which permits one dwelling unit per five gross acres is R‑1-.2/A.
B. AO Airport Overlay Subdistrict. An airport overlay subdistrict may be applied within any zoning district. The subdistrict shall be designated by the suffix AO added to the symbol of the parent district. The AO symbol shall be added to the zoning map for properties affected by the airport imaginary surfaces. Except as may otherwise be limited by this code, all uses permitted in the parent zone shall be allowable in the AO subdistrict.
C. CC Civic Corridor Overlay Subdistrict. The CC subdistrict is intended to emphasize the civic and historic character of that portion of downtown Newberg generally bounded by Sherman Street on the north, Blaine Street on the west, 5th Street on the south and Howard and School Streets on the east and as depicted on the zoning map. The subdistrict overlay may be applied within any zoning district. The subdistrict shall be designated by the suffix CC added to the symbol of the parent district.
D. H Historic Landmarks Overlay Subdistrict. The historic landmarks overlay subdistrict may be created within any zoning district. The overlay shall be designated by the suffix H added to the symbol of the parent district. All uses permitted in the parent zone shall be allowable in the H overlay zone except as otherwise may be limited by this code.
E. IO Institutional Overlay Subdistrict. The institutional overlay subdistrict may be created within any zoning district. The overlay shall be designated by the suffix IO added to the symbol of the parent district. All uses permitted in the parent zone shall be allowable in the IO overlay zone except as otherwise may be limited by this code.
F. RD Riverfront Overlay Subdistrict. The riverfront overlay subdistrict may be applied to R-1, R-2, R-3, M-1, M-2, M-3, M-E, C-1, C-4, and CF zoning districts. This subdistrict may be applied to lands south of Ninth Street to the Willamette River. The overlay shall be designated by the suffix RD added to the symbol of the parent district. All uses permitted in the parent zone shall be allowable in the RD overlay zone except as otherwise may be limited in this code. Where provisions of the subdistrict are inconsistent with the parent district, the provisions of the subdistrict shall govern.
G. SC Stream Corridor Overlay Subdistrict. The stream corridor overlay subdistrict may be created within any zoning district. The stream corridor subdistrict is applied to areas which are classified as Statewide Goal 5 resources. The overlay shall be designated by the suffix SC added to the symbol of the parent district. The SC subdistrict provides additional land use regulations which govern properties located within the subdistrict. Where the provisions of the subdistrict are inconsistent with the parent district, the provisions of the subdistrict shall govern.
H. SP Specific Plan Subdistrict. The SP subdistrict identifies the area in which a specific plan has been approved. The subdistrict overlay may be applied within any zoning district. The subdistrict shall be designated by the suffix SP added to the symbol of the parent district. Uses allowed in the parent district may be limited or expanded under the approved specific plan.
I. LU Limited Use Overlay Subdistrict. The limited use overlay subdistrict identifies an area where special use restrictions or standards apply. These restrictions or standards are defined in the ordinance creating the LU subdistrict and may include prohibiting uses otherwise allowed in the underlying zone, requiring conditional use permits for certain uses that are otherwise permitted outright, or creating special standards, such as special setbacks or height restrictions. The limited use overlay subdistrict may be applied within any zoning district.
J. Bypass Interchange (BI) Overlay. The bypass interchange overlay shall apply to lands within the city limits and within approximately one-quarter mile of the end of ramps of the East Newberg and Oregon 219 interchanges to the bypass. The bypass interchange overlay may be applied in combination with any zoning district. The overlay shall be designated by the suffix BI added to the symbol of the parent district. All uses permitted in the parent zone shall be allowed within the bypass interchange overlay except as specifically limited by this code. [Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 12), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B § 14), 6-7-21; Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2602, 9-20-04; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02; Ord. 2561, 4-1-02; Ord. 2537, 11-6-00; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.123.]
Any variance or permit of any kind and any nonconforming use existing pursuant to any repealed district classification may continue under the applicable new district classification but shall not in any manner be extended or enlarged in time or rights, except as provided in NMC 15.205.010 et seq. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.124.]
The location and geographical boundaries of various districts and subdistricts shall be shown on a map or maps setting forth the district and subdistrict classifications applicable to the land and property contained in the zoning map. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.125.]
The zoning map may, for convenience of use and for purposes of more readily identifying locations within such zoning map, be subdivided into units; and such parts and units may be separately employed for identification purposes when amending the zoning map or for any official reference to the zoning map. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.126.]
Where uncertainty exists as to the boundaries of any district as shown on any zoning map or part of a zoning map, the following rules shall apply:
A. Where such boundaries are indicated as approximately following street lines, alley lines or lot lines, such lines shall be construed to be such boundaries.
B. In the case of unsubdivided property and where a zone boundary divides a lot, the locations of such boundaries, unless the same are indicated by dimensions, shall be determined by the use of the scale appearing on such zoning map.
C. Where a public street or alley is officially vacated, the zoning regulations applicable to abutting property on each side of the centerlines shall apply up to the centerline of such vacated street or alley on each respective side.
D. Areas of dedicated streets or alleys and railroad rights-of-way, other than those designated on the zoning map as being classified in one of the districts provided in this code, shall be deemed to be unclassified and, in the case of railroad rights-of-way, permitted to be used solely for the purpose of accommodating tracks, signals, and other operative devices and the movement of rolling stock. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.127.]
A. Defined and Categorized Uses. Chapter 15.305 NMC lists the allowable uses in each zoning district. The uses listed are of two types:
1. Defined Uses. Defined uses are those uses that fit a specific definition contained in the definition section under NMC 15.05.030. For example, a “family child care home” is a specific defined use that is different than other day care type uses.
2. Use Categories. Use categories are used to describe land uses and activities that may be known by several common names, but are organized on the basis of common functional, product, or physical characteristics. For example, beauty salons, tanning salons, and body art studios are classified into a general category, “personal services.” Uses are assigned to the category whose description most closely describes the nature of the primary use. The “characteristics” subsection of each use category describes the characteristics of each use category. Developments may have more than one primary use. Developments may also have one or more accessory uses.
B. Interpretation. When a use’s category is not clearly identifiable, the director, through a Type I procedure, determines the applicable use category or similar use. The following is considered to determine what use category the use is in, and whether the activities constitute primary uses or accessory uses:
1. The description of the activity(ies) in relationship to the characteristics of each use category;
2. The relative amount of site or floor space and equipment devoted to the activity;
3. Relative amounts of sales from each activity;
4. The customer type for each activity;
5. The relative number of employees in each activity;
6. Hours of operation;
7. Building and site arrangement;
8. Vehicles used with the activity;
9. The relative number of vehicle trips generated by the activity;
10. How the use advertises itself; and
11. Whether the activity would function independently of the other activities on the site.
C. Developments with Multiple Primary Uses. When all the primary uses of a development fall within one use category, then the development is assigned to that use category. For example, a development that contains a grocery store, a gift shop, and a pharmacy would be classified in the general retail sales category because all the primary uses are in that category. When the primary uses of a development fall within different use categories, each primary use is classified in the applicable category and is subject to the regulations for that category.
D. Accessory Uses. The “accessory uses” subsection lists common accessory uses that are allowed by right in conjunction with the use unless stated otherwise in the regulations. Also, unless otherwise stated, they are subject to the same regulations as the primary use. Typical accessory uses are listed as examples with the categories.
E. Use of Examples. The “examples” subsection of each use category provides a list of examples of uses that are included in the use category. The names of uses on the lists are generic. They are based on the common meaning of the terms and not on what a specific use may call itself. For example, a use whose business name is “wholesale liquidation,” but that sells mostly to consumers, would be included in the general retail sales category rather than the wholesale and industry sales category. This is because the actual activity on the site matches the description of the general retail sales category.
F. Exclusions. The “exclusions” subsection of each use category indicates uses that are classified not included in that particular use category. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following agricultural uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Horticulture.
B. Livestock and poultry farming.
C. Home gardening.
D. Home livestock and poultry raising. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following residential uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Dwelling, single-family detached.
B. Dwelling, single-family attached.
D. Manufactured dwelling park.
E. Mobile home park.
F. Manufactured home subdivision.
G. Dwelling, duplex.
H. Dwelling, triplex.
I. Dwelling, quadplex.
J. Dwelling, townhouse.
K. Dwelling, cottage.
L. Cottage cluster project.
Q. Dormitory.
R. Home occupation.
S. Live/work unit. [Ord. 2930 § 4 (Exh. A-3), 1-6-25; Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 13), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B § 15), 6-7-21; Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. This category includes the care, supervision and guidance on a regular basis of a child, unaccompanied by a parent, guardian or custodian, during a part of the 24 hours of the day, with or without compensation. It also may include care or supervision of an adult during part of the 24 hours of the day where lodging is not provided.
B. Accessory Uses. Play areas.
C. Examples. Preschools, adult day care centers.
D. Exclusions.
2. Child care which does not require state registration or certification, such as babysitting.
3. Accessory day care that is provided primarily for the children of workers at the site is considered an accessory use.
4. Schools, primary or secondary.
5. Residential care homes and residential care facilities. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. The group care facility category includes licensed facilities that provide residential care alone or in conjunction with treatment or training or a combination thereof for 16 or more individuals who need not be related. Staff persons required to meet licensing requirements shall not be counted in the number of facility residents, and need not be related to each other or to any resident of the residential facility.
B. Accessory Uses. Personal service uses, recreational facilities, dining facilities, or retail sales for use of tenants, employees, or tenant visitors.
C. Examples. Nursing homes, continuing care retirement facilities, addiction treatment centers, sanitariums.
D. Exclusions. Residential care homes, residential care facilities, and prisons are separate use categories. Assisted living facilities are classified as multiple-family dwellings. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. A medical institution that provides medical and surgical care to patients on an inpatient or emergency basis, which may be in addition to outpatient care.
B. Accessory Uses. Personal service uses, dining facilities, or retail sales for use of patients, employees, or patient visitors.
C. Examples. Urgent care centers, medical practitioners who schedule office hours regularly to provide emergency care during nighttime hours.
D. Exclusions. Medical offices are a separate use category. Animal care. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Religious institutions and places of worship primarily provide meeting areas for religious activities.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses include Sunday school facilities, parking, caretaker’s housing, one transitional housing unit, and group living facilities such as convents. A transitional housing unit is a housing unit for one household where the average length of stay is less than 60 days. Religious schools, when accessory to a religious institution.
C. Examples. Examples include churches, temples, synagogues, and mosques.
D. Exclusions. Religious schools are included in schools. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Private clubs, lodges, and meeting halls provide meeting areas that are restricted to those with membership in the host organization, or to individuals or organizations renting the space for special events. The activities may either be religious or nonreligious. The activities may be nonprofit or for profit, though for-profit activities are limited to those with membership or prospective membership in the organization renting the space.
B. Accessory Uses. Kitchens and dining areas for the use of the host organization or the individuals or organizations renting the facility.
C. Examples. Fraternal lodges, grange halls, wedding halls.
D. Exclusions. Religious institutions and places of worship are a separate category; however, a private club, lodge, or meeting hall may be used for religious activities. Community services and commercial educational services are separate categories, though meeting halls may be rented for these types of uses. Meeting halls that are accessory to another use, such as a meeting room for tenants of an apartment complex, are accessory to that primary use. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. This category includes public and private schools, secular or parochial, at the primary, elementary, middle, junior high, or high school level that provide state mandated basic education primarily to minors.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses include play areas, cafeterias, recreational and sport facilities, auditoriums, and before- or after-school day care, and administrative offices.
C. Examples. Examples include public and private daytime schools, boarding schools and military academies.
D. Exclusions.
1. Preschools are classified as day care uses.
2. Commercial music, dancing, tutoring, art or similar schools are classified as commercial educational services. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. This category includes public and private schools that provide postsecondary education primarily for adults, usually working toward a degree or certificate.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses include cafeterias, student dormitories, recreational and sport facilities, auditoriums, student book stores, and administrative offices.
C. Examples. Examples include public and private universities and community colleges.
D. Exclusions. Commercial music, dancing, tutoring, art or similar schools are classified as commercial educational services. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Commercial educational services uses are conducted in an office or studio setting and generally focusing on serving students with supplemental education, enrichment, and/or tutoring, where a fee is usually charged for services.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include incidental retail (e.g., sale of instructional materials) or other amenities primarily for the use of employees and customers.
C. Examples. Examples include tutoring centers, computer classes, after-school math and reading centers, arts and crafts classes, music and dancing school.
D. Exclusions. Schools, primary and secondary, and colleges are separate use categories. Preschools are classified as day care uses. Uses conducting lessons in the home of the provider are classified as home occupations. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following parks and open space use is defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Golf course. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Open spaces provide outdoor space for natural feature preservation, or for walking, sitting, watching, or observing. Most of the area is left in native vegetation. Open spaces may be publicly or privately owned, and public access may be restricted or prohibited.
B. Accessory Uses. Trails, viewing platforms, interpretive displays, benches, a single picnic table, including those with covers, not in close proximity to other such tables.
C. Examples. Nature preserves, stream corridors.
D. Exclusions. Parks are a separate use category. Active recreational facilities such as playgrounds or ballfields, pavilions or picnic areas including multiple tables or facilities in close proximity are classified as parks. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Park uses provide areas for outdoor recreation, whether passive or active. Parks may be privately or publicly operated, but no admission fee is charged.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include pavilions, club houses, maintenance facilities, concessions, caretaker’s quarters, and parking.
C. Examples. Playgrounds, community sports fields, public squares, picnic pavilions.
D. Exclusions. Commercial recreational uses are a separate category. Open spaces without access or with only trails or observation areas are classified as open space. Recreational facilities accessory to a school, church, or public community center use, regardless of whether admission is charged, are part of the primary use. Golf courses are a separate use. [Ord. 2780 § 1 (Exh. A § 1), 4-6-15; Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Community services are uses of a public, nonprofit, or charitable nature generally providing a local service to people of the community. Generally, they provide the service on the site or have employees at the site on a regular basis. The service is ongoing, not just for special events. Community centers or facilities that have membership provisions are open to the general public to join at any time (for instance, any senior citizen could join a senior center). The use may also provide special counseling, education, or training of a public, nonprofit or charitable nature.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include offices, meeting areas, food preparation areas, parking, health and therapy areas, day care uses, and athletic facilities.
C. Examples. Examples include libraries, museums, senior centers, community centers, publicly owned swimming pools, youth club facilities, social service facilities, vocational training for the physically or mentally disabled, soup kitchens, and surplus food distribution centers.
D. Exclusions.
1. Private lodges, clubs, and meeting rooms are a separate use category. Private or commercial athletic, health clubs, or museums are classified as commercial recreation.
2. Parks are a separate category.
3. Uses that provide lodging to individuals. These may be classified as dormitories, residential care homes, residential care facilities, or other uses depending on the nature of the lodging provided.
4. Public safety facilities are classified as emergency services. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Emergency services uses are facilities with personnel or equipment staged for quick response in case of emergency. The facility is operated by a public agency or private franchise agency.
B. Accessory Uses. Jails for short-term detention associated with a police station. Emergency vehicle and equipment storage or repair.
C. Examples. Police stations, fire stations, ambulance stations, and emergency highway safety equipment storage yards.
D. Exclusions. Emergency shelters are classified under community services. Utility maintenance yards are classified under utility distribution plant or yard. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following transportation uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Transportation facilities and improvements.
B. Transit center.
C. Parking facility.
D. Airport.
E. Landing field.
F. Heliport.
G. Helipad.
The following utility uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Basic utilities.
B. Utility distribution plant or yard.
C. Wastewater treatment plant.
D. Telecommunication facility. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Medical offices provide medical or surgical care to patients within the office. Care is provided by or under the direction of a government licensed medical practitioner. Services are provided on an outpatient basis only. Regular office hours are during the day with only occasional nighttime emergency care.
B. Accessory Uses. Sale or rental of goods associated with the medical care.
C. Examples. Offices for licensed doctors, dentists, osteopaths, massage therapists, naturopathic physicians, outpatient laboratories where the patient testing is largely conducted on site.
D. Exclusions.
1. Hospitals and urgent care centers are classified under hospitals.
2. Uses that provide exclusive care and planned treatment or training for psychiatric, alcohol, or drug problems, where patients are residents of the program, are classified as residential care homes, residential care facilities, or group care facilities, depending on the nature of the facility.
3. Medical laboratories other than outpatient laboratories are classified as commercial service or industrial service uses depending on the nature of the laboratory.
4. Personal care by someone other than a licensed medical practitioner is included in personal services.
5. Veterinary, animal, and pet care is included either as commercial service or industrial service depending on the nature of the use. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Local business offices are office uses that serve the local area. General public visits to the office may be frequent. There is little or no outdoor storage of equipment and materials. Vehicles regularly on site are limited to passenger and light duty vehicles. No manufacturing occurs on site. Materials on site are mostly hand carried.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory retail sales of items associated with the business are allowed.
C. Examples. Offices for attorneys, real estate agents, accountants, insurance agents, travel agents. Government offices.
D. Exclusions. Medical offices, personal services, and traded sector industrial offices are separate uses. Banks are commercial service uses. Office uses may be accessory to other uses, such as manufacturing, school, or church uses. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following commercial sales and rental uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Temporary merchant. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. General retail sales uses sell or rent goods to the general public. Items are sold indoors, or, if outdoors, are limited to small items that do not require machinery to load to customers. Most items for sale are stored on or picked up from the site. Operators may be commercial or nonprofit entities.
B. Accessory Uses. Indoor manufacturing of small items primarily to be sold on site, such as retail bakeries or art studios, provided the floor area devoted to such production is less than the floor area devoted to retail sales. Repair of items sold, such as bicycles or vacuums. Wholesale sales of items that are primarily sold retail. Outdoor display for sale of two or fewer vehicles, or of bulky items requiring machinery to load occupying less than 1,000 square feet display area.
C. Examples. Pharmacies, department stores, secondhand stores, pawn shops, art sales.
D. Exclusions. Bulk outdoor retail, wholesale and industry sales, and retail convenience sales. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Bulk outdoor sales uses sell or rent large items to the general public from stock displayed or stored in whole or in part outdoors. Large items include vehicles and materials that require forklifts, tow trucks, or other loading equipment to load to customers. Sales may include sale of other items indoors or outdoors.
B. Accessory Uses. Indoor manufacturing of small items primarily to be sold on site. Repair of items sold, such as automobile repair. Wholesale sales of items that are primarily sold retail.
C. Examples. Automobile sales, RV sales, boat sales, bark chip sales, automobile rental, self-moving truck rental, retail lumber yard.
D. Exclusions. Retail indoor sales, wholesale and industry sales. Outdoor vehicle sales with two or fewer vehicles displayed is general retail sales. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Convenience retail sales uses sell items to the general public that mostly are used or consumed the same day. Store size is limited to a specific floor area established by the zoning district. Items are sold predominantly indoors.
B. Accessory Uses. Eating and drinking (non-alcohol-related).
C. Examples. Mini-marts.
D. Exclusions. Retail sales – general. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Uses in this category prepare and package food and beverages for retail sale or consumption on site, and for shipment for sales at other locations.
B. Accessory Uses. Drive-up service windows. Note that drive-up service windows require a conditional use permit in some zones. Entertainment.
C. Examples. Processing of food and related products, catering establishments. Small-scale wineries, breweries, and distilleries with tasting rooms on site. Retail bakeries. Chocolate shops. Coffee roaster or tea manufacturers with tasting rooms and/or retail area on site.
D. Exclusions. Wholesale bakeries, wineries, breweries, and distilleries with no or smaller retail or dining components are classified as light manufacturing uses. Restaurants or retail shops that also produce food or beverages, where dining or customer areas comprise the majority of the floor area, or all food is sold “take-out,” such as some brew pubs and bakeries, are classified as eating and drinking establishment or general retail sales. Manufacturing uses with no retail sales component are classified as light manufacturing uses. [Ord. 2930 § 4 (Exh. A-3), 1-6-25; Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Eating and drinking establishments provide customers ready to consume food or drink for purchase. These establishments often provide tables and seating for the customers, and may provide take-out or delivery service. Eating and drinking establishments are of two types:
1. Alcohol-related are those establishments that serve alcohol and where minors are prohibited by law in any portion of the customer area.
2. Non-alcohol-related are those establishments that do not serve alcohol, or that do serve alcohol but minors are not prohibited by law in any portion of the customer area.
B. Accessory Uses. Drive-up service windows. Note that drive-up service windows require a conditional use permit in some zones. Entertainment. Bakeries, wineries, breweries, distilleries and similar food production areas provided the area devoted to production and storage is less than the floor area devoted to dining and retail sales, and the food is offered for sale on site.
C. Examples. Alcohol-related uses include bars, night clubs, taverns, and tasting rooms. Non-alcohol-related uses include restaurants, take-out food service, and soda fountains.
D. Exclusions. Nonprofit membership-only clubs are classified in private clubs, lodges, and meeting halls. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following commercial services uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
A. Temporary merchant. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Personal service uses are engaged primarily in physical aesthetic services or nonmedical treatment to individuals at the site.
B. Accessory Uses. Retail sale of products associated with the service is permitted, such as sale of hair care products at a beauty salon.
C. Examples. Beauty salons, barber shops, tanning salons, body art salons.
D. Exclusions. Personal services exclude medical offices. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Commercial service establishments provide services to the general public for compensation. Customers typically come to the site to receive the service. Items that are brought in and serviced are predominantly small, hand carried items. Outdoor storage of materials on site is limited to small (under 400 square feet), fenced and screened areas. The establishments use passenger or light duty vehicles at the site; larger vehicles rarely visit the site. Operators may include government or nonprofit organizations.
B. Accessory Uses. Retail sale of items related to the service.
C. Examples. Banks, post offices, photocopy stores, dry cleaning and laundry services, mortuaries, small animal clinics and hospitals, sewing machine, vacuum, small appliance or jewelry repair shops, tailor shops, photography studios.
D. Exclusions. Outpatient medical laboratories are classified as medical office uses. Commercial kennels. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Commercial vehicle service uses repair and service passenger vehicles, light duty vehicles and recreational vehicles for the general public. This includes fueling and washing services.
B. Accessory Uses. Convenience retail uses.
C. Examples. Automobile service stations, auto repair, auto transmission, radiator, or electrical repair, car washes, towing businesses.
D. Exclusions. Servicing primarily to medium and heavy duty vehicles, farm equipment, and industrial vehicles is classified as industrial vehicle service. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Indoor commercial recreation uses provide entertainment, recreation, and fitness activities for spectator or participants, within buildings. Fees usually are charged for admission or participation.
B. Accessory Uses. Eating and drinking establishments and retail sales for spectators or participants. Outdoor commercial recreation uses occupying less than 10 percent of the site.
C. Examples. Theaters, skating rinks, billiard halls, bowling alleys, dance halls, indoor miniature golf courses, arcades, athletic clubs, gyms.
D. Exclusions. Recreational facilities accessory to a school or church use, regardless of whether admission is charged. Motor-vehicle-related commercial recreation uses are a separate category. Temporary events of less than two weeks’ duration are regulated as exhibitors under Chapter 5.10 NMC. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Outdoor commercial recreation uses provide entertainment, recreation, and fitness activities for spectators or participants outdoors. Fees usually are charged for admission or participation.
B. Accessory Uses. Eating and drinking establishments and retail sales for spectators or participants.
C. Examples. Drive-in theaters, sports stadiums, race tracks, outdoor driving ranges, amusement parks, outdoor miniature golf courses.
D. Exclusions. Recreational facilities accessory to a school or church use, regardless of whether admission is charged. Golf courses are a separate use. Vehicle-related commercial recreation use is a separate category. Temporary events of less than two weeks’ duration are regulated as exhibitors under Chapter 5.10 NMC. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Motor-vehicle-related commercial recreation uses provide entertainment or recreation with motorized vehicles for spectators and/or participants.
B. Accessory Uses. Eating and drinking establishments and retail sales for spectators or participants.
C. Examples. Car or motorcycle racing tracks, drag strips, go cart tracks, remote control vehicles.
D. Exclusions. Noncommercial remote control vehicle tracks open for public use or accessory to park use. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The following commercial lodging uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
B. Bed and breakfast establishment.
D. Recreational vehicle park. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
[Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Traded sector industry offices are corporate offices for traded sector industries that design, research, or create a product where the manufacturing is done at a different facility, or the product is intangible or intellectual. It may include offices for management of corporations or sales of products where the primary market is beyond the local region. General public visits to the office are very infrequent.
B. Accessory Uses. On-site testing or modeling, where such manufacturing comprises less than 20 percent of the floor area.
C. Examples. Offices for architects, surveyors, engineers, financial institutions, insurance companies, manufacturing designers, software companies and Internet based businesses where the clientele served by the office are largely beyond the local region, call centers, technical support centers, movie studios, television or radio station studios.
D. Exclusions.
1. Local business offices, medical offices, personal services, commercial services are separate uses.
2. Office uses accessory to on-site manufacturing are classified under the primary use. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Industrial service uses provide services to other businesses or industries. Services often are provided off site at the customer location. Services to the general public are allowed, but general public visits to the site are infrequent. Items to be serviced may be brought in and out by truck, trailer or forklift. Materials may be stored in warehouses, or outside in enclosed areas. Trailers and medium or heavy duty vehicles may be used and stored on site.
B. Accessory Uses. Sale of items related to the service is permitted.
C. Examples. Plumbing, heating and cooling services, construction contractors, building or landscape maintenance services, large animal veterinary clinics/hospitals, laboratories, farm implement repair, medium and heavy duty vehicle repair.
D. Exclusions. Commercial vehicle service and commercial service are separate uses. Truck stops. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Wholesale sales uses sell goods or merchandise to retailers, to industrial, commercial, institutional, or other professional business users, or to other wholesalers and related subordinated services. Items are only occasionally sold directly to the general public.
B. Accessory Uses. Retail sales of items to business people visiting the site.
C. Examples. Wholesale lumber yards, construction materials stores primarily serving contractors, construction equipment rental yards, wholesale nursery sales, agricultural machinery sales, agricultural supply stores.
D. Exclusions. Livestock sales. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Warehouse, storage and distribution uses involve the storage, or movement of goods for themselves or other firms. Goods are generally delivered to other firms or the final consumer, except for some will-call pickups. It includes data centers that store and distribute electronic data. There is little on-site sales activity with the customer present.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include offices, truck fleet parking and maintenance areas, rail spur or lead lines, docks, and repackaging of goods.
C. Examples. Examples include separate warehouses used by retail stores such as furniture and appliance stores; household moving and general freight storage; cold storage plants, including frozen food lockers; storage of weapons and ammunition; major wholesale distribution centers; truck, marine, or air freight terminals; bus barns; parcel services; major post offices; grain terminals; the stockpiling of sand, gravel, or other aggregate materials; contractors equipment storage; and data centers.
D. Exclusions.
1. Uses that involve the transfer or storage of solid or liquid wastes are classified as waste-related uses.
2. Self-service storage is a separate use category. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Self-service storage uses provide separate storage areas for individual or business uses. The storage areas are designed to allow private access by the tenant for storing personal property.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include security and leasing offices. Living quarters for one resident manager per site are allowed. Other living quarters are subject to the regulations for residential uses. Use of the storage areas for sales, service and repair operations, or manufacturing is not considered accessory to the self-service storage use. The rental of trucks or equipment is also not considered accessory to a self-service storage use.
C. Examples. Examples include single-story and multistory facilities that provide individual storage areas for rent. These uses are also called mini-warehouses. RV storage.
D. Exclusions. A transfer and storage business where there are no individual storage areas or where employees are the primary movers of the goods to be stored or transferred is in the warehouse, storage and distribution category. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Light manufacturing uses involve manufacturing, processing, fabrication, packaging, or assembly of goods. These types of firms are involved in the secondary processing and assembly of materials and components into finished products, generally for the wholesale market, for transfer to other plants, or to order for firms or consumers. The external impact from these uses is generally less than heavy manufacturing. Outdoor storage and processing of goods and materials is less than 10 percent of the site. Transportation needs are often met by truck. Goods are generally not displayed or sold on site, but if so, they are a subordinate part of sales. Relatively few customers come to the manufacturing site (typically fewer than five per day per 1,000 square feet of floor area).
B. Accessory Uses. Retail sales of goods produced on site, provided the floor area devoted to retail sales is small (less than 10 percent of the floor area, up to 2,000 square feet).
C. Examples. Instrument and machinery manufacturers, food processors, furniture manufacturers, wineries, wholesale bakeries.
D. Exclusions. Heavy manufacturing is a separate category. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Heavy manufacturing is a use that involves manufacturing, processing, fabrication, packaging, or assembly of large volumes of raw materials into refined products. These types of firms have significant external impacts. Outdoor storage and processing of goods and materials may exceed 10 percent of the site. Transportation needs are often met by both truck and rail. Goods are generally not displayed or sold on site, but if so, they are a subordinate part of sales. Relatively few customers come to the manufacturing site (typically fewer than five per day per 1,000 square feet of floor area).
B. Accessory Uses. Retail sales of goods produced on site, provided the floor area devoted to retail sales is small (less than 10 percent of the floor area, up to 2,000 square feet), and on-site sales represent less than 10 percent of total product sales.
C. Examples. Asphalt and concrete plants, paper mills, steel mills, abattoirs.
D. Exclusions. Uses that involve storage of materials without any processing. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Waste-related uses receive solid or liquid wastes from others for disposal on the site or for transfer to another location, collect sanitary wastes, or manufacture or produce goods or energy from the biological decomposition of organic material. Waste-related uses also include uses that receive hazardous wastes from others and are subject to the regulations of OAR 340-100-110, Hazardous Waste Management.
B. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include recycling of materials, offices, and repackaging and transshipment of byproducts.
C. Examples. Examples include sanitary landfills, limited use landfills, waste composting, energy recovery plants, portable sanitary collection equipment storage and pumping, and hazardous waste collection sites, automobile wrecking yards.
D. Exclusions.
1. Disposal of clean fill, as defined in OAR 340-093-0030, is considered a fill, not a waste-related use.
2. Sewer pipes that serve a development are considered a basic utility.
3. Wastewater treatment plants are a separate use. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
A. Characteristics. Uses in this category are involved in the manufacturing, processing, fabrication, packaging or assembly of goods, with an associated public commercial component on site. Uses in this category can also include involvement of manufacturing and selling of artisan goods such as leather, glass cutlery, paper, ceramic, textile, yard, or similar products on site.
B. Accessory uses. Retail sales, display and consumption of goods produced on site.
C. Examples. Weaving or production of textiles or apparel. Woodworking, including furniture and cabinet makers. Manufacture or assembly of machinery, equipment, instruments, including musical instruments, vehicles, appliances, precision items, and other electrical items. Production of artwork and toys. Art studios, furniture makers and metalwork manufacturers with retail areas on site.
D. Exclusions. Uses are distinct from light manufacturing because of the larger commercial component. Uses are also distinct from retail, food, and beverage uses as they do not include food or beverage uses. Manufacturing uses with no retail sales component are classified as light manufacturing uses. [Ord. 2930 § 4 (Exh. A-3), 1-6-25.]
The following residential uses are defined in NMC 15.05.030:
B. Accessory use. [Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-16-13.]
The zoning use table under NMC 15.305.020 identifies the land uses that are allowed in the various zoning districts. The specific land use categories are described in Chapter 15.303 NMC.
The table identifies each use as one of the following:
P | Permitted Use. The use is a permitted use within the zone. Note that the use still may require design review, building permits, or other approval in order to operate. |
C | Conditional Use. A conditional use permit is required for the use. See Chapter 15.225 NMC. |
S | Special Use. The use is subject to specific standards as identified within this code. The applicable section is included in the last column of the table. |
(#) | A note indicates specific limits on the use. These notes are listed at the bottom of the table. |
X |
If none of the codes above are indicated, then the use is not permitted within the zone. [Ord. 2935 § 1 (Exh. A-1), 2025; Ord. 2763 § 1 (Exh. A § 6), 9-16-13.]
# | R-1 | R-2 | R-3 | R-4 | RP | C-1 | C-2 | C-3 | C-4 | M-E | M-1 | M-2 | M-3 | M-4-I | M-4-C | M-5 | CF | I | AR | AI | Notes and Special Use Standards | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
100 | AGRICULTURAL USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Def. | P | P | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) |
| |
Def. | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X |
| |
Def. | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
| |
Def. | S | S |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| S |
| NMC Title 6 | |
200 | RESIDENTIAL USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Def. | P(2) | P | P(3) |
| P |
| C(4) | C(5) |
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(6) |
| Subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 | |
Def. | Dwelling, townhouse | P | P | P(3) |
| P |
| C(4) | C(5) |
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(6) |
| NMC 15.415.050(B); subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 |
Def. | Manufactured home on individual lot | S(2) | S | S(3) | P(7) | S |
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P(6) |
| NMC 15.445.050 – 15.445.070; subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 |
Def. |
| S | S | S |
|
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 15.445.075 – 15.445.160 | |
Def. |
| S | S | S |
|
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 15.445.075 – 15.445.160 | |
Def. | Manufactured home subdivision |
| S |
| S |
|
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 15.445.075 – 15.445.160 |
Def. | P(2) | P | P | C | P |
| C(4) | P(8)/C(5) |
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(6) |
| Subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 | |
Def. | Dwelling, triplex | P | P | P |
| P |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(6) |
| NMC 15.415.050(A); subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 |
Def. | Dwelling, quadplex | P | P | P |
| P |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(6) |
| NMC 15.415.050(A); subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 | |
Def. | Cottage cluster project | P | P | P |
| P |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(6) |
| NMC 15.415.050(C); subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 |
Def. | C | P | P | C | P |
| C(4) | P(8)/C(5) |
| X |
|
|
|
|
| P(8) |
| P |
|
| Subject to lot or development site area requirements of NMC 15.405.010 | |
Def. | S | S | S |
| S |
| C | C |
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| S | S |
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article V | |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
| P(9) | P(10) | P(8)/C(5) | P(11) | X | C | C |
|
|
| P(10) |
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X | P | P | P | C |
| P |
|
|
| P(12) | Limited to one per lot, and allowed whenever the use requires the on-site residence of such person. | |
Def. |
| C | P |
| P |
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
|
| |
Def. | Home occupation (no more than one outside paid employee) | S | S | S(13) | S | S | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) | X | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) |
| S(13) | S | S | S(13) | NMC 15.445.500 |
Def. | Home occupation (more than one outside paid employee) | C | C | C(13) | C | C | C(13) | C(13) | C(13) | C(13) | X | C(13) | C(13) | C(13) | C(13) | C(13) |
| C(13) | C | C | C(13) | NMC 15.445.500 |
Def |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| S |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| S |
|
|
|
| NMC 15.415.080 | |
300 | INSTITUTIONAL AND PUBLIC USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
310 | INSTITUTIONAL CARE AND HOUSING |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Def. | P | P | P(13) | P(13) | P | P(13) | P(13) | P(13) | P(13) | X |
|
|
|
|
| P(13) |
| P | P(13) |
| ORS Chapter 657A | |
312 | P | P | P | C | P | P | P | P |
| P | P | P | C | C | P | P |
| P |
| P(14) | ORS Chapter 657A | |
Def. | Residential care home (5 or fewer people) | P | P | P(13) | P(13) | P | P(13) | P(13) | P(13) | P(13) | X |
|
|
|
|
| P(13) |
| P | P(13) |
| ORS 197.665 |
Def. | Residential care facility (6 – 15 people) | C | P | P | C | P |
| C | C |
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
| ORS 197.665 |
315 | Group care facility (16+ people) | C | C | C |
| C |
| C |
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
|
|
316 | C | C | C |
| C |
| P | P |
| C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X | C | C | C | C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
320 | ASSEMBLY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
321 | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | X |
| P(29) |
|
|
| P | C | P |
|
|
| |
322 |
|
| C | C |
|
| P | P | C | X |
|
|
|
|
| P |
| P |
|
|
| |
330 | SCHOOLS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
330 | School, primary or secondary | P | P | P |
| P |
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
| C |
|
|
|
|
331 | P | P | P |
| P | P | P | P(15) |
| P(15) |
|
|
|
|
| P(15) | C | P |
|
|
| |
332 | C | C | C |
| C | P | P | P |
| P |
|
|
|
|
| P |
| C |
|
|
| |
340 | PARKS AND OPEN SPACES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
341 | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
| |
342 | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | X |
|
|
| P(16) |
| P | P(17) | P |
|
|
| |
Def. | P | P | P |
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
|
|
|
|
|
| P(17) |
|
|
|
| |
350 | PUBLIC SERVICES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
351 | C | C | C | C | P |
| P | P | P | P |
|
|
|
|
| P | C | P |
|
|
| |
352 | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | X | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
| C | C |
| C | C | P | P | C | C | C |
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | X | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | ORS Chapter 97.46 | |
360 | TRANSPORTATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Def. | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P | P | X | P | P | P |
|
| P |
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
| P |
| C | C | P | P(18) | C | P | P | P | P |
| P | P(18) |
| P |
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
| C | C |
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
| |
Def. | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | P |
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| C | X |
|
|
|
|
|
| C |
|
|
|
| |
| Pilings, piers, docks, and similar in-water structures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| C | X |
|
|
|
|
|
| C |
|
|
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
| P | P | P |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
| C | P | C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. | Telecommunication facility incorporated into existing structure/utility pole and no taller than 18 feet above existing structure/utility pole | C | C | C | C | C | S | S | S | S | S | S | S | S | S | S | S |
| S |
|
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article IV |
Def. | Telecommunication facility, including radio towers and transmitters, which are 100 feet or less in height, except those incorporated into an existing structure no taller than 18 feet above that structure |
|
|
|
|
| C | C | C |
| C | C | S(19) | S(19) | P | C | C |
| C |
|
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article IV |
Def. | Telecommunication facility, including radio towers and transmitters, which are over 100 feet |
|
|
|
|
| C | C | C |
| C | C | C | C | C | C | C |
| C |
|
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article IV |
400 | COMMERCIAL USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
410 | COMMERCIAL OFFICES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
411 |
|
| C |
| P | P(20) | P | P(21) |
| P |
|
|
|
|
| P(21) |
| P |
|
|
| |
412 |
|
|
|
| P(22) | P(20) | P | P(21) |
| P |
|
|
|
|
| P(21) |
|
|
|
|
| |
420 | COMMERCIAL SALES AND RENTALS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
421 |
|
|
|
|
| P(20) | P | P(15)/(21) | P | P |
| P(23) |
|
|
| P(15)/(21) |
|
|
|
|
| |
422 |
|
|
|
|
|
| P | C |
| P |
| P |
|
|
| P |
|
|
|
|
| |
423 |
|
|
|
|
| P(20) | P | P(21) | P | X |
| P(24) |
|
| P(25) | P(21) |
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
| S | S(21) |
| S |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 5.15.050 et seq. | |
425 |
|
|
|
|
| S | S |
| P |
|
|
|
|
| S/C |
|
|
|
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article VIII | ||
430 | EATING AND DRINKING ESTABLISHMENTS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
430 | Eating and drinking – Alcohol-related |
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(21) | P | P |
|
|
|
|
| P(21) |
|
|
|
| Requires liquor license |
430 | Eating and drinking – Non-alcohol-related |
|
|
|
|
| P(20) | P | P(21) | P | P | P | P |
|
|
| P(21) |
|
|
| C(26) |
|
440 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
441 |
|
|
|
| P | P(20) | P | P(21) | P | P |
|
|
|
|
| P(21) |
|
|
|
|
| |
442 |
|
|
|
|
| P(20) | P | P(21) |
| P |
|
|
|
|
| P(21) |
|
|
|
|
| |
443 |
|
|
|
|
|
| P | C |
| X | P(27) | P |
|
| P(28) | P |
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
| C | C |
| X | C | P | P | C | C | C |
|
|
|
|
| |
450 | COMMERCIAL RECREATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
451 |
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(15) |
| P | P(29) | P(29) |
|
|
| P(15)/(29) |
|
|
|
|
| |
452 |
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
| X |
| C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
453 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
| C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| C(33) |
| ||
460 | COMMERCIAL LODGING |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Def. | S | S | S | S | S | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) | S(13) | X |
|
|
|
|
| S(13) |
|
|
|
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article VII | |
Def. | Bed and breakfast (2 or fewer rooms) | C | S | S |
| S | S | S | S | S | X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 15.445.010 |
Def. | Bed and breakfast (3 or more rooms) | C | C | C |
| C | C | S | S | S | X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 15.445.010 |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(15) | P | P |
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
|
| C(26) |
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
| C |
| C | X | C | C | C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NMC 15.445.170 | |
500 | INDUSTRIAL USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
501 |
|
|
|
| P(30) | P(30) | P | P |
| P | P | P |
| P |
| P |
|
|
| P(33) |
| |
502 |
|
|
|
|
|
| C |
|
| P |
| P | P | P |
| C |
|
|
| P(33) |
| |
503 |
|
|
|
|
|
| C(31) |
|
| P | P(31) | P | P | P |
| C(31) |
|
|
| P(33) |
| |
504 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P(32) | P | P | P |
| P(41) |
|
|
| P(33) |
| ||
505 |
|
|
|
|
|
| P |
|
| X | P | P | P | P |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
506 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P | P | P | P | P |
| P |
|
|
| P(33) |
| |
507 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
| P(34) | P | C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X |
|
| C | C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Def. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| S/C |
|
|
|
| Chapter 15.445 NMC, Article IX | |
600 | MISCELLANEOUS USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Def. | Accessory building and use incidental to other permitted uses in the zone | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
|
| Uses similar to permitted uses in the zone and not defined or categorized | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P |
|
| Uses similar to conditional uses in the zone and not defined or categorized | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C |
|
| X | X | X | X | X | P(35) | P(35) | P(35) | P(35) | X | X | X | X | X | X | P(35) | X | X | X | X |
| |
| X | X | X | X | X | X | P(38) | X | X | P(37) | P(37) | P(37) | P(37) | P(37) | X | P(37) | X | X | X | X |
| |
| P(36) | P(36) | P(36) | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | X |
| |
| Medical marijuana wholesaler | X | X | X | X | X | X | C(31)/(38) | X | X | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | X | P(38) | X | X | P(38) | X |
|
| Recreational marijuana processor | X | X | X | X | X | X | C(38) | X | X | P(37) | P(37) | P(37) | P(37) | P(37) | X | P(38) | X | X | X | X |
|
| Recreational marijuana producer (indoor) | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | P | P | P | P | P | X | C | X | X | X | X |
|
| Recreational marijuana producer (outdoor) | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | C | C | C | C | C | X | X | X | X | X | X |
|
| Recreational marijuana retailer | X | X | X | X | X | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | X | X | X | X | X | X | P(38) | X | X | X | X |
|
| Recreational marijuana wholesaler | X | X | X | X | X | X | C(31)/(38) | X | X | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | P(38) | X | X | X | X | P(38) | X |
|
| X | X | X | X | X | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | X | P | X | X |
| |
| Marijuana research certificate | X | X | X | X | X | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | X | P | X | X |
|
Key: |
|
|
P: Permitted use |
| |
C: Conditional use – Requires a conditional use permit | X: Prohibited use | (#): See notes for limitations |
Notes.
(1) Limited to sites with preexisting agricultural uses, including at time of annexation.
(2) Limited to one per lot as a permitted use. More than one per lot allowed only through a conditional use permit or planned unit development, subject to density limits of NMC 15.405.010(B).
(3) Permitted on individual lots created prior to November 17, 1992. Homes on individual lots created on or after November 17, 1992, will only be permitted through the planned unit development process.
(4) The permitted density shall be stated on the conditional use permit.
(5) The dwelling units must front onto Hancock Street. No more than 30 percent of a single street frontage of a block may be occupied by residential uses. Contiguous residential street frontage must be less than 60 lineal feet. Density and parking standards for allowable dwelling units must be met.
(6) One single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling, or up to four townhouses or cottage dwellings per lot with the addition of a tie-down or hangar for an airplane. At a minimum, a paved tie-down or hangar shall be provided on the property, or the property shall include permanent rights to a private hangar within the subdivision. See Chapter 15.336 NMC.
(7) The homes are not subject to the development standards set forth in NMC 15.445.050 through 15.445.070.
(8) The units must be located on the same lots as another use permitted or conditionally permitted in the C-3 or M-5 zone and may not occupy the first floor storefront area (the portion of the building closest to the primary street), except on E/W Second Street where dwelling units are permitted to occupy the first floor of a building. There shall be no density limitation. Private parking areas or garages are not required for dwelling units located within buildings in existence prior to and including June 30, 1999. Parking shall be provided for all new dwelling units within any building constructed after June 30, 1999, in private parking areas or garages on the basis of one parking space for each dwelling unit.
(9) Permitted on the ground floor, one per lot in conjunction with any other use permitted or conditional use in the C-1 zone. On upper floors, dwelling units are unlimited and one parking space per dwelling unit is required.
(10) Permitted above any permitted use in the C-2 or M-5 zone. There shall be no density limitation. Parking shall be provided in private parking areas or garages on the basis of one parking space for each dwelling unit.
(11) The units must be located on the same lot as another use permitted or conditionally permitted in the C-4 district and may not occupy the first-floor storefront area (the portion of the building closest to the primary street). There shall be no density limitation. Parking shall be provided for all new dwelling units in private parking areas or garages on the basis of a maximum of one parking space for each dwelling unit.
(12) One residence of area not more than 40 percent of the area of the hangar floor, up to a maximum of 1,500 square feet, for an airport caretaker or security officer on each separate parcel.
(13) Permitted in existing dwelling units only. New dwelling units may not be created for this use unless the dwelling unit would otherwise be allowed.
(14) Allowed exclusively for employers or employees of businesses located within this district.
(15) Facility over 40,000 square feet gross floor area requires a conditional use permit.
(16) Allowed in areas designated in industrial area plans.
(17) Limited to facilities owned or operated by a public agency.
(18) Parking garages are a conditional use, and must have first floor street frontage of 40 feet or less for ingress or egress. First floor development must be commercial.
(19) A conditional use permit is required if the facility is less than 2,000 feet from the nearest telecommunication facility.
(20) Businesses in the C-1 zone that have hours of operation between 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. require a conditional use permit.
(21) Drive-up service windows accessory to an existing business on the site with walk-in customer service, such as a drive-up bank window, are allowed only with a conditional use permit. Otherwise, drive-up service windows, except those in service on April 1, 2002, are prohibited. Changes in use will not be allowed.
(22) Retail sales of goods on site not allowed.
(23) Limited to secondhand stores.
(24) Store size is limited to 2,000 square feet gross floor area.
(25) Store size is limited to 5,000 square feet gross floor area.
(26) Use must demonstrate that it is compatible with airport operations.
(27) Limited to service stations.
(28) Limited to card lock fueling only. Retail services are limited to self-vending services.
(29) Permitted provided the structure is designed for easy conversion to industrial use, including not having fixed seating.
(30) Limited to 10,000 square feet maximum floor area.
(31) Allowed indoors only.
(32) Allowed indoors only. Outdoor use requires a conditional use permit.
(33) Must be aviation-related. See Chapter 15.332 NMC.
(34) Limited to expansion or change of existing heavy manufacturing uses.
(35) Shall not be located at the same address as a state-registered marijuana grow site, or within 1,000 feet of the real property comprising a public park, a public elementary or secondary school for which attendance is compulsory under ORS 339.020 or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school, teaching children as described in ORS 339.030(1)(a). Distance is measured in a straight line in a radius extending for 1,000 feet or less in any direction from the closest point anywhere on the boundary line of the real property comprising an existing public park, public elementary or secondary school or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school to the closest point of the premises of a dispensary. The premises consist of the dispensary building, or the portion of the building used for a dispensary. Shall not be located within 1,000 feet of another medical marijuana dispensary. Operating hours are limited to the hours between 9:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.
(36) Allows up to 12 mature plants; indoor operations only.
(37) Indoor use only.
(38) The use is not allowed within 1,000 feet of the real property comprising a public park, a public elementary or secondary school for which attendance is compulsory under ORS 339.020 or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school, teaching children as described in ORS 339.030(1)(a). Distance is measured in a straight line in a radius extending for 1,000 feet or less in any direction from the closest point anywhere on the boundary line of the real property comprising an existing public park, public elementary or secondary school or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school to the closest point of the premises of a recreational processor, wholesaler or retailer, or medical marijuana processor and wholesaler.
(39) One-thousand-foot separation between retailer to retailer premises and 1,000-foot separation between retailer to dispensary premises.
(40) Operating hours limited to the hours between 9:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.
(41) Must be a rail-oriented use and/or property. [Ord. 2935 § 1 (Exh. A-1), 2025; Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25; Ord. 2930 § 4 (Exh. A-3), 1-6-25; Ord. 2928 § 1 (Exh. A-1 § 2), 9-3-24; Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 14), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B § 16), 6-7-21; Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2857 § 1 (Exh. A §§ 1, 2), 3-16-20; Ord. 2851 § 1 (Exh. A § 1), 1-21-20; Ord. 2840 § 1 (Exh. A § 1, Att. 1), 10-15-18; Ord. 2832 § 1 (Exh. A, Att. 1), 7-2-18; Ord. 2820 § 1 (Exh. A § 1, Att. 1), 9-18-17; Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 1), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 2), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 2), 4-4-16; Ord. 2793 § 2 (Exh. A § 1), 2-1-16; Ord. 2780 § 1 (Exh. A § 2), 4-6-15; Ord. 27631 § 1 (Exh. A § 6), 9-16-13.]
# | R-1/ | R-1/ | R-1/ | R-1/ | R-1/ | R-2/ | R-2/ | R-2/ | R-3/ | SD/ | SD/ | R-3/ | RP/ | RP/ | AO | ARO | C-1/ | C-2/ | C-2/ | C-2/ | C-3/ | C-4/ | SD/ | SD/ | SD/ | CC | CF/ | IO | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
600 | MISCELLANEOUS USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | (5) | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | X | P(4) | P(4) | P(4) | P(4) | P(4) | (5) | P(4) | P(4) | P(4) | X | (5) | X | |
| X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | (5) | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | X | X | X | X | (5) | X | |
| C | C | C | C | C | C | C | (5) | (5) | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | (5) | C | C | C | C | (5) | C | |
| Medical marijuana wholesaler | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | (5) | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | X | X | X | X | (5) | X |
| Recreational marijuana processor | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | (6) | X |
| Recreational marijuana producer (indoor) | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | (6) | X |
| Recreational marijuana producer (outdoor) | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | (6) | X |
| Recreational marijuana retailer | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | (6) | P(1) | P(1) | P(1) | X | (6) | X |
| Recreational marijuana wholesaler | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | X | X | X | (6) | X |
| X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | P | P | P | P | P | (6) | P | P | P | P | (6) | X | |
| Marijuana research certificate | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | (6) | X | P | P | P | P | P | (6) | P | P | P | P | (6) | P |
# | M-1/ | M-E/ | M-1/ | M-2/ | SD/ | FHO | II | AIO | H | SC | BI | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
600 | MISCELLANEOUS USES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| X | (5) | (5) | (5) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | |
| P | (5) | (5) | (5) | P | X | X | X | X | X | (5) | |
| C | (5) | (5) | (5) | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | |
| Medical marijuana wholesaler | P(1) | (5) | (5) | (5) | P(1) | X | P(1) | X | X | X | (5) |
| Recreational marijuana processor | P | (6) | (6) | (6) | P | X | X | X | X | X | (6) |
| Recreational marijuana producer (indoor) | P | (6) | (6) | (6) | P | X | P | X | X | X | (6) |
| Recreational marijuana producer (outdoor) | C | (6) | (6) | (6) | C | X | C | X | X | X | (6) |
| Recreational marijuana retailer | X | (6) | (6) | (6) | X | X | X | X | X | X | (6) |
| Recreational marijuana wholesaler | P(1) | (6) | (6) | (6) | P(1) | X | P(1) | X | X | X | (6) |
| P | (6) | (6) | (6) | P | X | P | P | X | X | (6) | |
| Marijuana research certificate | P | (6) | (6) | (6) | P | X | P | P | X | X | (6) |
Key: |
|
|
P: Permitted use |
| |
C: Conditional use – Requires a conditional use permit | X: Prohibited use | (#): See notes for limitations |
Notes.
(1) The use is not allowed within 1,000 feet of the real property comprising a public park, a public elementary or secondary school for which attendance is compulsory under ORS 339.020 or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school, teaching children as described in ORS 339.030(1)(a). Distance is measured in a straight line in a radius extending for 1,000 feet or less in any direction from the closest point anywhere on the boundary line of the real property comprising an existing public park, public elementary or secondary school or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school to the closest point of the premises of a recreational retailer or wholesaler, or medical marijuana wholesaler.
(2) One-thousand-foot separation between retailer to retailer premises and 1,000-foot separation between retailer to dispensary premises.
(3) Operating hours limited to the hours between 9:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.
(4) Shall not be located at the same address as a state-registered marijuana grow site, or within 1,000 feet of the real property comprising a public park, a public elementary or secondary school for which attendance is compulsory under ORS 339.020 or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school, teaching children as described in ORS 339.030(1)(a). Distance is measured in a straight line in a radius extending for 1,000 feet or less in any direction from the closest point anywhere on the boundary line of the real property comprising an existing public park, public elementary or secondary school or a private or parochial elementary or secondary school to the closest point of the premises of a dispensary. The premises consist of the dispensary building, or the portion of the building used for a dispensary. Shall not be located within 1,000 feet of another medical marijuana dispensary. Operating hours are limited to the hours between 9:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.
(5) See NMC 15.305.020, Zoning use table – Use districts, for districts where medical marijuana dispensaries, processors, grow sites, and wholesalers are allowed or prohibited.
(6) See NMC 15.305.020, Zoning use table – Use districts, for districts where recreational marijuana processors, producers (indoor and outdoor), retailers, wholesalers, and marijuana laboratories and research certificates are allowed or prohibited.
[Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2840 § 1 (Exh. A § 2, Att. 2), 10-15-18; Ord. 2820 § 1 (Exh. A § 2, Att. 2), 9-18-17; Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 2), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 3), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 3), 4-4-16; Ord. 2793 § 3 (Exh. A § 2), 2-1-16.]
Code reviser’s note: Section 25 of Ordinance 2763 provides:
SECTION 25: Grace period for previously permitted or conditional uses. Where an applicant demonstrates that a particular use was a permitted or conditional use on a specific property immediately prior to adoption of this ordinance, but that the use is no longer either a permitted or conditional use on that property due to this ordinance, the applicant may establish the use as either a permitted or conditional use, as provided in the prior code, provided the use is legally commenced prior to January 1, 2018.
A. The Springbrook district is intended to provide for a mixture of residential uses, commercial uses, hospitality/public uses, and light industrial uses. This mixture will provide for flexibility and innovation in design.
B. This chapter serves as a roadmap for development applications within the Springbrook district. This chapter explains the relationship between the Springbrook master plan document and the Newberg development code. Applicants should use this chapter to determine the applicable procedures and standards for development within the Springbrook district. [Ord. 2678 § 4 (Exh. 6(1)), 9-4-07; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.425.]
Development within this zone shall be governed by a master plan approved and accepted by the city council, which ensures internal compatibility of use activities as well as compatibility with adjacent uses. Development within the Springbrook district shall follow the applicable standards set forth in this chapter, and those standards set forth in the “Development Standards Matrix” in the Springbrook master plan, codified in NMC 15.326.025. [Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25; Ord. 2678 § 4 (Exh. 6(1)), 9-4-07; Ord. 2619, 5-16-05; Ord. 2499, 11-2-98; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.426.]
DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS | LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL | MID-RISE RESIDENTIAL | NEIGHBORHOOD COMMERCIAL | EMPLOYMENT | VILLAGE | HOSPITALITY | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ALLOWED USE* |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
| |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||||
|
|
Post Office Museum Library |
| |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
Post Office Museum Library School |
Post Office Museum Library |
|
|
Train Depot Post Office Museum Library |
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||
PROHIBITED USE | Home Occupation Signs | Home Occupation Signs | Drive-throughs, outside storage; temporary storage allowed | Outside storage or processing of materials | Drive-throughs, outside storage; temporary storage allowed | – | ||||||||||||
NEWBERG ZONE DISTRICT MODELED AFTER ** | R-1 | R-2 and R-3 | C-1 | M-1, but office is not allowed | C-3 | No comparison | ||||||||||||
BUILDING AND SITE STANDARDS | ||||||||||||||||||
R-1 | 45 feet, limited to three stories | C-1 | M-1 | C-3 | Five stories or 75 feet | |||||||||||||
LOT REQUIREMENTS | ||||||||||||||||||
FRONT YARD SETBACK | Minimum 15 feet, except minimum 10 feet for porches and similar entry features Minimum 20 feet for garage | R-3 | C-1 | No minimum | No minimum setback. No maximum setback, if area between building and property line contains public space or landscaping | Minimum 20 feet or equal to height of building, if adjacent to residential uses | ||||||||||||
INTERIOR YARD SETBACKS | R-1 | R-3 | 10 feet if abutting residential zones | M-1 | C-3 | Minimum 20 feet | ||||||||||||
SETBACKS AND YARD RESTRICTIONS AS TO SCHOOLS, CHURCHES, PUBLIC BUILDINGS | – | – | – | – | Does not apply | – | ||||||||||||
MINIMUM LOT AREA | Minimum 2,900 square feet, except: Minimum 1,500 square feet for attached dwelling units Minimum 4,500 square feet for triplex dwellings Minimum 7,000 square feet for quadplex dwellings and cottage clusters | Minimum 1,800 square feet, except: Minimum 1,500 square feet for attached dwelling units Minimum 4,500 square feet for triplex dwellings Minimum 6,000 square feet for quadplex dwellings and cottage clusters | C-1 | M-1 | C-3 (Minimum 1,800 square feet) | Minimum 5,000 square feet | ||||||||||||
MINIMUM LOT DIMENSIONS | The standard city lot frontage requirement applies Minimum lot width shall be 32 feet, except minimum 20 feet for middle housing dwelling units | The standard city lot frontage requirement applies | The standard city lot frontage requirement applies | The standard city lot frontage requirement applies | The standard city lot frontage requirement applies | The standard city lot frontage requirement applies | ||||||||||||
LOT COVERAGE AND PARKING COVERAGE REQUIREMENTS | (1) Maximum lot coverage: 55%, except 60% for attached dwelling units (2) Maximum parking lot coverage: 30% (3) Maximum combined lot parking lot coverage: 65%, except 70% for attached dwelling units | (1) Maximum lot coverage: 80% if parking is located in an underground structure; otherwise 60% (2) Maximum parking lot coverage: 35%, unless parking is located in an underground structure (3) Maximum combined lot coverage: 80% | Does not apply | Does not apply | Does not apply | Does not apply | ||||||||||||
ADDITIONAL DESIGN STANDARDS | ***Additional standards apply for middle housing developments | – | Development shall meet the design standards of the C-2 zone, or alternate standards developed in a design standard accepted by the city specific for this area A minimum of 20,000 square feet of retail space shall be developed in this area | – | – | – | ||||||||||||
LANDSCAPE AND OUTDOOR AREAS | ||||||||||||||||||
REQUIRED MINIMUM STANDARDS | Private area requirements based upon use will apply Area requirements: Min. 15% | Private area requirements based upon use will apply Area requirements: Min. 15% | Area requirements: Min. 15% | Area requirements: Min. 15% | C-3 | Private area requirement based upon use will apply Area requirements: Min. 15% | ||||||||||||
EXEMPTIONS | Landscape monument signs, as indicated on the gateway features plan and gateway features concepts are exempt from this standard | Landscape monument signs, as indicated on the gateway features plan and gateway features concepts are exempt from this standard | Landscape monument signs, as indicated on the gateway features plan and gateway features concepts are exempt from this standard | Landscape monument signs, as indicated on the gateway features plan and gateway features concepts are exempt from this standard | Landscape monument signs, as indicated on the gateway features plan and gateway features concepts are exempt from this standard | Landscape monument signs, as indicated on the gateway features plan and gateway features concepts are exempt from this standard | ||||||||||||
SIGN REQUIREMENTS | Assume R-1 zone for applying standards in these sections | Assume R-3 zone for applying standards in these sections | Assume C-1 zone for applying standards in these sections | Assume “Other Zone” or “All Zone” for applying standards in these sections | Assume C-3 zone for applying standards in these sections | Assume “Other Zone” or “All Zone” for applying standards in these sections | ||||||||||||
OFF-STREET PARKING REQUIREMENTS | ||||||||||||||||||
REQUIRED OFF-STREET PARKING | R-1 | “Other Zones” | C-1 | “Other Zones” | Parking studies will be required to be submitted with each phase of development in the village district in order to ensure the parking provided is sufficient for the proposed use or uses | “Other Zones” | ||||||||||||
PARKING SPACES REQUIRED | Requirements based on use apply | Requirements based on use apply | Requirements based on use apply | Requirements based on use apply | Requirements based on use apply | Requirements based on use apply | ||||||||||||
PARKING REQUIREMENTS FOR USES NOT SPECIFIED | Uses not listed in table determined through Type I procedure | Uses not listed in table determined through Type I procedure | Uses not listed in table determined through Type I procedure | Uses not listed in table determined through Type I procedure | Uses not listed in table determined through Type I procedure | Uses not listed in table determined through Type I procedure | ||||||||||||
* Uses not identified herein shall be reviewed and if found to be similar to the allowed uses shall be approved through a Type I process.
** When the model zone requirement applies, the zone is listed in the table, otherwise an alternative standard is stated.
*** Middle housing development standards within the Springbrook District west of Hess Creek:
1. Quadplex dwellings may be constructed as attached or detached dwellings.
2. Entry Orientation. At least one main entrance for each duplex, triplex, or quadplex structure must meet the standards. Any detached structure with more than 50 percent of its street-facing facade separated from the street property line by a dwelling is exempt from meeting these standards.
a. The entrance must be within eight feet of the longest street-facing wall of the dwelling unit; and minimum of 50 percent of units must be oriented to the common courtyard.
b. The entrance must either:
i. Face the street;
ii. Be at an angle of up to 45 degrees from the street; or
iii. Face a common open space that is adjacent to the street and is abutted by dwellings on at least two sides; or
iv. Open onto a porch. The porch must:
(A) Be at least 25 square feet in area; and
(B) Have at least one entrance facing the street or have a roof.
3. Windows. A minimum of 15 percent of the area of all street-facing facades must include windows or entrance doors. Facades separated from the street property line by a dwelling are exempt from meeting this standard.
4. Garages and Off-Street Parking Areas. Garages and off-street parking areas shall not be located between a building and a public street (other than an alley), except in compliance with the standards of this section.
a. The garage or off-street parking area is separated from the street property line by a dwelling; or
b. The combined width of all garages and outdoor on-site parking and maneuvering areas does not exceed a total of 50 percent of the street frontage.
5. Driveway separation for quadplex and duplex lots may be reduced to 22 feet.
6. Shared driveways for middle housing may be provided within an access easement 24 feet wide with a 16-foot paved surface.
[Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25.]
Except as expressly modified by the Springbrook master plan, the standards of the Newberg development code shall apply. In the case of a conflict between the Springbrook master plan (as implemented through this code) and the Newberg development code, the Springbrook master plan shall supersede. [Ord. 2678 § 4 (Exh. 6(1)), 9-4-07. Code 2001 § 151.427.]
Proposed development applications and land divisions within the Springbrook district shall follow the established City of Newberg approval process, as set forth below:
A. Site Design Review.
1. Applicability. All new development proposals are subject to the Type I and II site design review procedures set forth in NMC 15.220.020.
2. Requirements. Development proposals subject to site design review shall follow the application requirements set forth in NMC 15.220.030.
3. Criteria. All proposals subject to site design review are subject to the criteria set forth in the Newberg development code, subject to the exceptions set forth in the “Development Standards Matrix” in the Springbrook master plan.
a. All multi-unit residential development shall follow the standards set forth in NMC 15.220.060.
b. The requirements of NMC 15.220.070 and NMC 15.220.080 (additional requirements for development in the C-2 and C-3 districts) shall not apply to development within the hospitality or village districts.
B. Land Division.
1. Applicability. All land division proposals will follow the Type II procedure identified in NMC 15.100.030.
2. Requirements and Criteria.
a. Partition applications shall meet the criteria set forth in NMC 15.235.030 and 15.235.050, Type II process and criteria.
b. Subdivision applications shall meet the criteria set forth in NMC 15.235.030 and 15.235.050, Type II, or NMC 15.235.030(F) and 15.235.050(B) for middle housing land divisions, unless otherwise set forth in the “Development Standards Matrix” in the Springbrook master plan with the following exceptions:
i. Subdivisions within the Springbrook district are subject to the lot area and dimensional requirements set forth in the Springbrook master plan.
ii. Subdivisions within the Springbrook district are not subject to development standards otherwise administered by the site design review process in this section. [Ord. 2912 § 1 (Exh. A § 11), 5-1-23; Ord. 2678 § 4 (Exh. 6(1)), 9-4-07. Code 2001 § 151.429.]
Development proposals within the Springbrook district shall meet the private standards established by the property owner. Due to the special nature and coordinated approach of the Springbrook district, it is expected that such design standards will far exceed those that would otherwise be required for development. The applicant shall submit the design guidelines for city review and acceptance. The director may require modifications to the handbook prior to acceptance. After acceptance, the applicant shall provide written documentation to the City of Newberg demonstrating that each standard has been met. Compliance will be certified by the review authority through the Type I administrative process. The certification process shall exclude requirements of the City of Newberg development code and comprehensive plan. Conditions shall not be placed on certification approvals required by this section. [Ord. 2678 § 4 (Exh. 6(1)), 9-4-07. Code 2001 § 151.430.]
A. The following modifications to the master plan shall follow the Type I administrative procedure identified in NMC 15.100.020:
1. Land use district boundary modifications prior to development within that phase of no more than one acre that adjust a boundary no more than 50 feet.
B. The following modifications to the master plan shall follow a Type II procedure identified in NMC 15.100.030:
1. Land use district boundary modifications prior to development within that phase greater than one acre and less than five acres that adjust a boundary no more than 100 feet.
2. Modifications to the “Trip Cap” established with approval of the master plan.
C. The following modifications to the master plan shall follow a Type III procedure identified in NMC 15.100.050 and be processed pursuant to OAR Chapter 660, Division 18, Post-Acknowledgment Amendments. In approving such modifications, the planning commission must find the modification conforms to the applicable comprehensive plan policies and statewide planning goals:
1. Modifications other than those noted above.
2. Modifications to the Springbrook district boundary. [Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25; Ord. 2678 § 4 (Exh. 6(1)), 9-4-07. Code 2001 § 151.431.]
The purpose of the City of Newberg AI airport industrial district is to encourage and support the continued operation and vitality of Sportsman Airpark by allowing airport-related industrial uses, and as such to promote economic development for the City of Newberg and Yamhill County. The AI airport industrial district is intended to recognize those areas devoted to or most suitable for the immediate operational facilities necessary for commercial and noncommercial aviation. It is also intended to provide areas for those activities directly supporting or dependent upon aircraft or air transportation when such activities, in order to function, require or benefit from a location within or immediately adjacent to primary flight operations and passengers or cargo service facilities. It is further intended to provide appropriate locations for airport-related light industrial uses that are compatible with and benefit from air transportation. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.]
A. In the AI airport industrial district, the following buildings and uses are permitted as hereinafter specifically provided.
B. The buildings and uses are subject to the general provisions and exceptions set forth in this code:
1. Customary and usual aviation-related activities, including but not limited to takeoffs and landings; aircraft hangars and tie-downs; construction and maintenance of airport facilities; fixed- based operator facilities; and other activities incidental to the normal operation of an airport, including operation of fixed-wing aircraft, helicopters, hot air balloons, and gyrocopters.
2. Emergency medical flight services, including activities, aircraft, accessory structures, and other facilities necessary to support emergency transportation for medical purposes. Emergency medical flight services do not include hospitals, medical offices, medical labs, medical equipment sales, and other similar uses.
3. Law enforcement and firefighting activities, including aircraft and ground-based activities, facilities and accessory structures necessary to support federal, state or local law enforcement or land management agencies engaged in law enforcement or firefighting activities. Law enforcement and firefighting activities include transport of personnel, aerial observation, and transport of equipment, water, fire retardant and supplies.
4. Search and rescue operations, including aircraft and ground-based activities that promote the orderly and efficient conduct of search- or rescue-related activities.
5. Flight instruction, including activities, facilities, and accessory structures located at airport sites that provide education and training directly related to aeronautical activities. Flight instruction includes ground training and aeronautic skills training, including schools for flight attendants, ticket agents or similar personnel.
6. Aircraft service, maintenance and training, including activities, facilities and accessory structures provided to teach aircraft service and maintenance skills and to maintain, service, refuel or repair aircraft or aircraft components.
7. Aircraft rental, including activities, facilities and accessory structures that support the provision of aircraft for rent or lease to the public.
8. Aircraft sales and the sale of aeronautic equipment and supplies, including activities, facilities and accessory structures for the storage, display, demonstration and sales of aircraft and aeronautic equipment and supplies to the public.
9. Aerial mapping and surveying.
10. Air cargo warehousing and distribution facilities.
11. Aircraft and aircraft component manufacturing or assembly.
12. Aviation and space technology development and research.
13. Aircraft or air transportation businesses.
14. A business that owns an aircraft, keeps it at their industrial site, and relies on the aircraft as an important tool or platform for their work.
15. A business activity that relies on regular use of a general aviation aircraft by the business or its clients.
16. Auto rental agencies.
17. Day care and recreational facilities exclusively for employers and employees of businesses located within this district.
18. Greenways, including but not limited to bicycle and pedestrian paths.
19. Public and semi-public buildings, structures and uses that provide necessary services to an airport, such as fire stations, pump stations and water storage.
20. Schools relating to airport operation.
21. Snack shop for airport clientele with a total floor area no larger than 800 square feet.
22. One residence of area not more than 40 percent of the area of the hangar floor, up to a maximum of 1,500 square feet, for an airport caretaker or security officer on each separate parcel.
23. Manufacturing, assembling, testing, repairing, packaging and distribution of precision testing optics; precision testing equipment; components, devices, equipment, instruments and systems of an electronic or electromagnetic nature, such as coils, tubes, semi-conductors and similar components; communications, navigation, transmission and reception equipment, control equipment and systems; data processing equipment and systems; electronic parts and components; metering instruments; telecommunications equipment; and scientific instruments; upon demonstration that the use is dependent upon or benefits from air transportation.
a. An industrial use is dependent upon air transportation if it requires a location at or adjacent to an airport to be economically viable. Economic viability is measured by determining whether the use or activity would suffer an economic disadvantage if not located at or adjacent to an airport. Considerations include the percentage of business done with air cargo; the industry’s dependence on air transportation by staff, management, sales, personnel, vendors, or clientele; the industry’s site size requirements; and the industry’s interest in locating in a nonmetropolitan area of the state.
b. Industrial uses shall be considered dependent upon air transportation where:
i. More than 10 percent of the products produced would be shipped through air cargo; or
ii. More than 30 percent of gross sales would be with customers located out of state; or
iii. The business owns an aircraft, keeps it at their industrial site, and relies on the aircraft as an important tool or platform for their work; or
iv. Sales or service of the product requires a rapid response that can best be achieved through air transport; or
v. The use would suffer an economic disadvantage if not located at or adjacent to an airport.
24. Private streets that function as taxiways are allowed within the AI district and may include gates for safety purposes with designs approved by the fire marshal, at the limit of the taxiways. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.1.]
In addition to the buildings and uses permitted conditionally listed in NMC 15.305.020, the planning commission may grant a conditional use permit for any of the following buildings and uses in accordance with a Type III procedure:
A. Motels, hotels, and gift shops, upon demonstration that they are compatible with airport operations.
B. Cafeterias and restaurants, upon demonstration that they are compatible with airport operations.
C. Aeronautic recreational and sporting activities, including activities, facilities and accessory structures at airports that support recreational usage of aircraft and sporting activities that require the use of aircraft or other devices used and intended for use in flight. Aeronautic recreation and sporting activities authorized under this subsection include, but are not limited to, fly-ins; glider flights; ultralight aircraft flights; displays of aircraft; and aeronautic flight skills contests. [Amended during 11/13 supplement; Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.2.]
The airport industrial overlay subdistrict is intended to support the continued operation and vitality of Sportsman Airpark by addressing potential land use conflicts with adjacent development. It also addresses how properties in the area could be converted to airport industrial district. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.3.]
A. Avigation Easement. When a subdivision plan or partition is required for any property within the AIO subdistrict, the property owner shall dedicate an avigation easement to the city over and across that property. The easement shall hold the city, public and airfield harmless from any damages caused by noise, fumes, dust, fuel, fuel particles, or other effects that may be caused by the operation of aircraft taking off, landing, or operating on or near the airfield, not including the physical impact of aircraft or parts of aircraft.
B. Notification of Buyers. No person shall sell, nor offer for sale, any property within the AIO subdistrict unless the prospective buyer has been notified of the fact that the property is within the AIO subdistrict. When property ownership is transferred, the property deed shall be amended to note that the property is within the airport industrial overlay subdistrict.
C. Agree to Noise Abatement. No person shall sell, nor offer for sale, any property within the AIO subdistrict unless the prospective buyer agrees to follow Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association
(AOPA) standard noise abatement procedures, or the most recent noise abatement procedures established at the airport.
D. CC&Rs. The applicant for a subdivision or design review in the AIO subdistrict shall provide a copy of the CC&Rs in conformance to the requirements listed above. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.4.]
Property within the airport industrial overlay subdistrict may be converted to the airport industrial district at the request of the applicant concurrent with and through the approval of a subdivision with the AIO subdistrict. Property may also be converted to the airport industrial district through the zone change process (NMC 15.302.030). [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.5.]
All uses, activities, facilities and structures allowed in the AI airport industrial district and the AR airport residential district shall comply with the requirements of the airport overlay (AO) subdistrict. In the event of a conflict between the requirements of these districts and those of the airport overlay (AO) subdistrict, the requirements of the overlay subdistrict shall control. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.448.6.]
The purpose of the City of Newberg AR airport residential district is to encourage and support the continued operation and vitality of Sportsman Airpark and to take advantage of the transportation options it provides by allowing airport-related residential uses. Average overall density shall be 8.8 units per gross acre. [Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B § 17), 6-7-21; Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.449.1.]
A. In the AR airport residential district, the following buildings and uses are permitted, as hereinafter specifically provided.
B. The buildings and uses are subject to the general provisions and exceptions set forth in this code:
1. Residential airpark development, meaning one single-family, duplex, triplex, or quadplex dwelling, or up to four townhouse or cottage dwellings per lot with the addition of a tie-down or hangar for an airplane. At a minimum, a paved tie-down or hangar shall be provided on the property, or the property shall include permanent rights to a private hangar within the subdivision.
2. Accessory uses and structures.
3. Aircraft hangar. No aircraft hangar shall be constructed on any parcel or lot without at least one dwelling, except if it is provided with permanent rights to a nearby airpark residence as per subsection (B)(1) of this section. An aircraft hangar cannot be used as a dwelling.
4. Customary and usual aviation-related activities, including but not limited to takeoffs and landings; construction and maintenance of airport facilities; and other activities incidental to the normal operation of an airport.
5. Greenways, including but not limited to bicycle and pedestrian paths.
6. Public and semi-public buildings, structures and uses that provide necessary services to an airport, such as fire stations, pump stations and water storage.
7. Transportation facilities and improvements.
8. Private streets that function as taxiways are allowed in the AR district and may include gates with designs approved by the fire marshal, at the limit of the taxiways.
9. Accessory dwelling unit. [Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 15), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B § 18), 6-7-21; Ord. 2832 § 1 (Exh. A), 7-2-18; Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.449.2.]
The airport residential overlay subdistrict is intended to support the continued operation and vitality of Sportsman Airpark by addressing potential land use conflicts with adjacent residential development. It also addresses how properties in the area could be converted to the airport residential district. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.449.4.]
A. Avigation Easement. When a subdivision plan or partition is required for any property within the ARO subdistrict, the property owner shall dedicate an avigation easement to the city over and across that property. The easement shall hold the city, public and airfield harmless from any damages caused by noise, fumes, dust, fuel, fuel particles, or other effects that may be caused by the operation of aircraft taking off, landing, or operating on or near the airfield, not including the physical impact of aircraft or parts of aircraft.
B. Notification of Buyers. No person shall sell, nor offer for sale, any property within the ARO subdistrict unless the prospective buyer has been notified of the fact that the property is within the ARO subdistrict. When property ownership is transferred, the property deed shall be amended to note that the property is within the airport residential overlay subdistrict.
C. Agree to Noise Abatement. No person shall sell, nor offer for sale, any property within the ARO subdistrict unless the prospective buyer agrees to follow Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA) standard noise abatement procedures, or the most recent noise abatement procedures established at the airport.
D. CC&Rs. The applicant for a subdivision or design review in the ARO subdistrict shall provide a copy of the CC&Rs in conformance to the requirements listed above. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.449.5.]
A. Due to the complexity and intermixing of roads, taxiways, and constructing hangars in an airport residential district, properties within the district may not be able to be developed to the density otherwise allowed. Thus, the applicant for a subdivision or partition within the ARO district may transfer allowed dwelling unit density to other property within the ARO subdistrict and reduce minimum lot sizes such that the overall dwelling density complies with that of a conventionally developed R-2 zoned property.
B. Lot coverage may be calculated using the entire site area of both the donor and recipient area, excluding public and private street and alley areas. The following dimensional requirements shall be applicable in the R-2 district in order to accommodate the density transfer provision of this section:
1. Front yard setback, 10 feet.
2. Garage front yard setback, 18 feet.
3. Interior yard setback, three feet.
4. Non-alley rear yard setback, five feet.
5. Alley rear yard setback, three feet.
6. Maximum lot depth to lot width ratio is 3:1.
7. The minimum lot width shall be 28 feet. [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.449.6.]
Property within the airport residential overlay subdistrict may be converted to the airport residential district at the request of the applicant concurrent with and through the approval of a subdivision with the ARO subdistrict. Property may also be converted to the airport residential district through the zone change process (NMC 15.302.030). [Ord. 2647, 6-5-06. Code 2001 § 151.449.7.]
A. In order to carry out the provisions of this airport overlay subdistrict, there are created and established certain zones which include all of the land lying beneath the airport imaginary surfaces as they apply to Sportsman Airpark in Yamhill County. Such zones are shown on the current airport overlay zone map and the displaced threshold approach surface map, prepared by the Newberg engineering department (see Appendix B, Maps 2 and 3).
B. Further, this overlay zone is intended to prevent the establishment of air space obstructions in airport approaches and surrounding areas through height restrictions and other land use controls as deemed essential to protect the health, safety and welfare of the people of the City of Newberg and Yamhill County. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.450.]
The following uses are permitted:
A. Single-family dwellings, mobile homes, duplex dwellings, triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings, cottage cluster projects and multifamily dwellings, when located greater than 3,000 feet from the displaced threshold and when authorized in the primary zoning district, provided the landowner signs and records in the deed and mortgage records of Yamhill County a hold harmless agreement and aviation and hazard easement and submits them to the airport sponsor and the community development department.
B. All uses permitted in the primary zoning district, provided the use does not create the following:
1. Electrical interference with navigational signals or radio communication between the airport and aircraft.
2. Visual interference which would make it difficult for pilots to distinguish between airport lights or other lighting.
3. Impairment of visibility.
4. Bird strike hazards.
5. Endangerment or interference with the landing, taking off or maneuvering of aircraft intending to use the airport.
6. Population densities which exceed the following limitations:
Distance from the Displaced Threshold | |
|---|---|
Less than 1,500 ft. | 125 sq. ft. |
1,501 – 2,000 ft. | 30 sq. ft. |
Greater than 2,000 ft. | 15 sq. ft. |
C. Roadways, parking areas and storage yards located in such a manner that vehicle lights will not make it difficult for pilots to distinguish between landing lights and vehicle lights or result in glare, or in any way impair visibility in the vicinity of the landing approach. Approach surfaces must clear these by a minimum of 15 feet. [Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 16), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B § 19), 6-7-21; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.451.]
The following uses are conditional uses and shall be processed through the Type III procedure:
A. All uses permitted as conditional uses within the primary zoning district, provided the use does not create the following:
1. Electrical interference with navigational signals or radio communication between the airport and aircraft.
2. Visual interference which would make it difficult for pilots to distinguish between airport lights or other lighting.
3. Impairment of visibility.
4. Bird strike hazards.
5. Endangerment or interference with the landing, taking off or maneuvering of aircraft intending to use the airport.
6. Population densities which exceed the standards listed in NMC 15.340.020(B)(6).
B. Any use, building, or structure which is otherwise permitted and is within the height limits of the displaced threshold approach surface but exceeds the height limits of the airport approach safety zone. The sole criteria for approval of such uses are as follows:
1. The use shall not create any of the conditions or hazards listed in subsection (A) of this section.
2. The landowner shall sign and record in the deed and mortgage records of Yamhill County a hold harmless agreement and avigation and hazard easement and submit them to the airport sponsor and the planning and building director or designee.
3. The use, building or structure shall be marked with lights as required by the State Aeronautics Division. The lights shall be installed and maintained by the applicant. [Ord. 2733 Att. A, 2-7-11; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.452.]
A. Development Permits. An application for a development permit for any permitted use within the airport approach safety zone or the displaced threshold approach surface zone which is subject to site design review as required by NMC 15.220.010 et seq. and shall include the following information:
1. The boundaries of the airport imaginary surfaces as they relate to property boundary lines; and
2. The location and height of all existing and proposed buildings, structures, utility lines and roads; and
3. A statement from the Oregon Aeronautics Division indicating whether the proposed use will interfere with operation of the landing facility.
B. FAA Notice Required. To meet the requirements of Federal Aviation Regulations Part 77, FAA Form 7460-1, Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration, must be submitted for any construction or alteration of greater height than an imaginary surface extending outward and upward at a slope of 50 to one for a horizontal distance of 10,000 feet from the nearest point of the nearest runway of the airport. Notice is not required for construction or alteration that is shielded by existing structures or terrain as defined in Section 77.15 of Part 77 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.453.]
A. To meet the standards and reporting requirements established in FAA Regulations, Part 77, no structure shall penetrate into the airport imaginary surfaces as defined in this code except as provided in NMC 15.340.030(B).
B. High density public uses as defined in this code shall not be permitted in the airport approach safety zone or the displaced threshold approach surface zone.
C. Following July 1990, if FAA funds are used by the city to improve or enhance the airport, new structures, buildings and dense uses shall be prohibited in the runway protection zone consistent with federal requirements.
D. Whenever there is a conflict in height limitations prescribed by this overlay zone and the primary zoning district, the lowest height limitation fixed shall govern; provided, however, that the height limitations here imposed shall not apply to such structures customarily employed for aeronautical purposes.
E. No glare-producing materials shall be used on the exterior of any structure located within the airport approach safety zone.
F. In noise-sensitive areas (within 1,500 feet of an airport or within established noise contour boundaries of 55 Ldn and above for identified airports) where noise levels are a concern, a declaration of anticipated noise levels shall be attached to any building permit or development approval. In areas where the noise level is anticipated to be 55 Ldn and above, prior to issuance of a building permit for construction of noise-sensitive land use (real property normally used for sleeping or normally used as schools, churches, hospitals, or public libraries) the permit applicant shall be required to demonstrate that the indoor noise level will not exceed 55 Ldn. The director will review building permits for noise-sensitive developments. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.454.]
The purpose of the stream corridor (SC) overlay subdistrict is to implement the goals and policies of the comprehensive plan relating to open space, scenic, and natural resources which are intended to “. . . ensure that adequate land shall be retained in permanent open space use and that natural scenic and historic resources are protected.” Furthermore, this subdistrict is intended to “. . . protect, conserve, enhance, and maintain the Willamette River Greenway.” The subdistrict allows for a balance of protection of open space, scenic and natural resources and environmentally sensitive development. The designation of lands within this subdistrict is used to provide reasonable regulation of development in or adjacent to stream corridors. This subdistrict does not provide for or authorize public access to private properties designated within this subdistrict. Additionally, the provisions of this subdistrict do not provide measures for the public acquisition of private property. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.465.]
The regulations of this chapter apply to the portion of any lot or development site which is within an SC overlay subdistrict. Unless specifically exempted by NMC 15.342.040, these regulations apply to the following:
A. New structures, additions, accessory structures, decks, addition of concrete or other impervious surfaces;
B. Any action requiring a development permit by this code;
C. Changing of topography by filling or grading;
D. Installation or expansion of utilities including but not limited to phone, cable TV, electrical, wastewater, storm drain, water or other utilities;
E. Installation of pathways, bridges, or other physical improvements which alter the lands within the stream corridor overlay subdistrict. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.466.]
The delineated stream corridor overlay subdistrict is described by boundary lines delineated on the City of Newberg zoning map indicated with an SC symbol. The boundaries of the SC areas were established by an ecologist analyzing several environmental values including erosion potential, wildlife habitat, riparian water quality protection, floodplain water quality protection, natural condition, and ecological integrity. This information is contained in more detail in a document titled “City of Newberg, Stream Corridors as a Goal 5 Resource.” This document includes a Goal 5 ESEE (economic, social, environment and energy consequences) analysis and was the basis for the preparation of this chapter. The boundaries of the SC overlay subdistrict are typically located at a logical top of bank, or where no obvious top of bank exists, are located at a distance 50 feet from the edge of the wetland. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.467.]
The following public or private uses and activities are exempt from the regulations of this chapter:
A. Emergency procedures or emergency activities undertaken by public or private parties which are necessary for the protection of public health, safety and welfare.
B. Maintenance and repair of buildings, structures, yards, gardens or other activities or uses that were in existence prior to the effective date of the ordinance codified in these regulations.
C. Alterations of buildings or accessory structures which do not increase building coverage.
D. The expansion of an existing structure, building, improvements, or accessory structures, provided the expansion is located completely outside of the stream corridor delineation boundary.
E. The following agricultural activities lawfully in existence as of December 4, 1996:
1. Mowing of hay, grass or grain crops.
2. Tilling, discing, planting, seeding, harvesting and related activities for pasture, trees, food crops or business crops; provided, that no additional lands within the stream corridor boundary are converted to these uses.
F. Operation, maintenance and repair of existing irrigation, drainage ditches, ponds, wastewater facilities, stormwater detention or retention facilities, and water treatment facilities.
G. Normal and routine maintenance of existing streets and utilities.
H. Normal and routine maintenance of any public improvement or public recreational area.
I. Measures to remove or abate hazards and nuisances including but not limited to removal of fallen, hazardous or diseased trees.
J. Roadway and related improvements associated with a final alignment of the Newberg bypass road project.
K. Maintenance and repair of existing railroad trackage and related improvements.
L. Airport Area.
1. The removal or pruning of trees or other vegetation located within the airport overlay subdistrict, as established on the City of Newberg zoning map, that either exceed the height limits established by the overlay subdistrict or are otherwise demonstrated to pose a threat to the health, safety, welfare, and general operation of the airport.
2. The removal of undergrowth, within 500 feet east and west of the runway and 1,000 feet south of the runway, as necessary to maintain the safe operation of the airport facilities and activities.
M. Utilities installed above or below existing street rights-of-way.
N. Utility services using an existing pole or installation of other utilities where no more than 100 square feet of ground area is disturbed, no native trees are removed, and the area is replanted to preconstruction conditions using native plants selected from the Newberg plant list.
O. Utility services within existing access roads or other previously improved areas where the utility service can be installed without expanding the previously improved area.
P. The removal of any plant identified on the Newberg plant list as a nuisance plant such as Himalayan blackberry, English ivy, periwinkle, poison oak, or Scotch broom.
Q. The planting or propagation of any plant identified as native on the Newberg plant list.
R. The planting or propagation of any nonnative plant; provided, that the area to be planted covers less than 10 percent of the total site area within the SC overlay subdistrict and does not include any nuisance plants as identified on the Newberg plant list. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.468.]
The following uses shall be processed as a Type I decision and shall be approved by the director upon submittal of a plan indicating compliance with the accompanying criteria and the restoration standards indicated in NMC 15.342.060.
A. The expansion of an existing single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling, structure, building, improvements, or accessory structures inside the corridor delineation boundary, including any expansion associated with conversion of an existing single-family dwelling into a duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling; provided, that the following criteria have been satisfied:
1. The expansion of a single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling, structure or improvement (including decks and patios); provided, that it is located no closer to the stream or wetland area than the existing structure or improvement;
2. The coverage of all structures within the SC overlay subdistrict on the subject parcel shall not be increased by more than 1,000 square feet of the coverage in existence as of December 4, 1996;
3. The disturbed area is restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.060; and
4. No portion of the improvement is located within the 100-year flood boundary.
B. Private or public service connection laterals and service utilities extensions where the disturbed area shall be restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.060.
C. Private or public sidewalks, stairs and related lighting where the disturbed area is restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.060.
D. Bicycle and pedestrian paths; provided, that the area is restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.060.
E. Temporary construction access associated with authorized Type I uses. The disturbed area associated with temporary construction access shall be restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.060.
F. The removal of nonnative vegetation (such as blackberries) by mechanical means; provided, that the site is restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.060.
G. Single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwellings or structures which are nonconforming to the standards of this chapter may be rebuilt in the event of damage due to fire or other natural hazard; provided, that the single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling or structure is placed within the same foundation lines. [Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 17, 18), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 20, 21), 6-7-21; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.469.]
A plan shall be approved only if the following standards can be met. This shall be shown on a plan submitted along with a Type I application.
A. Disturbed areas, other than authorized improvements, shall be regraded and contoured to appear natural. All fill material shall be native soil. Native soil may include soil associations commonly found within the vicinity, as identified from USDA Soil Conservation Service, Soil Survey of Yamhill Area, Oregon.
B. Replanting shall be required using a combination of trees, shrubs and grasses. Species shall be selected from natives on the Newberg plant list.
C. Removed trees over six inches in diameter, as measured at breast height, shall be replaced at a ratio of three new trees for every one removed. All trees replaced pursuant to this section shall have an average caliper measurement of a minimum of one inch. Additional trees of any caliper may be used to further enhance the mitigation site.
D. All disturbed areas, other than authorized improvements, shall be replanted to achieve 90 percent cover in one year.
E. All disturbed areas shall be protected with erosion control devices prior to construction activity. The erosion control devices shall remain in place until 90 percent cover is achieved.
F. Except as provided below, all restoration work must occur within the SC overlay subdistrict and be on the same property. The director may authorize work to be performed on properties within the general vicinity or adjacent to the overlay subdistrict; provided, that the applicant demonstrates that this will provide greater overall benefit to the stream corridor areas. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.470.]
The installation, construction or relocation of the following improvements shall be processed as a Type II decision. The proposal shall be accompanied by a plan as identified in NMC 15.342.080 and conform to the mitigation standards contained in NMC 15.342.090.
A. Public or private street crossings, sidewalks, pathways, and other transportation improvements that generally cross the stream corridor in a perpendicular manner.
B. Bridges and other transportation improvements that bridge the wetland area.
C. Railroad trackage crossings over the SC overlay subdistrict that bridge the wetland area.
D. Water, wastewater, and stormwater systems already listed within approved City of Newberg master infrastructure plans.
E. New single-family or duplex dwellings which meet all of the following requirements:
1. The lot was created prior to December 4, 1996, is currently vacant, has at least 75 percent of the land area located within the SC overlay subdistrict and has less than 5,000 square feet of buildable land located outside the SC overlay subdistrict.
2. No more than one single-family or duplex dwelling and its expansion is permitted on the property, which shall occupy a coverage area not to exceed 1,500 square feet in area.
3. The single-family or duplex dwelling shall be sited in a location which minimizes the impacts to the stream corridor.
4. The improvements and other work are not located within the 100-year flood boundary.
F. Reduced front yard setback. Properties within the SC subdistrict may reduce the front yard setback for single-family or duplex dwellings or additions where the following requirements are met:
1. The reduction in the front yard setback will allow no less than five feet between the property line and the proposed structure.
2. The reduction in the setback will allow the footprint of the proposed dwelling or addition to be located entirely out of the SC overlay subdistrict.
3. Two 20-foot-deep off-street parking spaces can be provided which do not project into the street right-of-way.
4. Maximum coverage within the stream corridor subdistrict shall not exceed 1,500 square feet.
G. Temporary construction access associated with authorized Type II uses. The disturbed area associated with temporary construction access shall be restored pursuant to NMC 15.342.090.
H. Grading and fill for recreational uses and activities, which shall include revegetation, and which do not involve the construction of structures or impervious surfaces.
I. Public parks.
J. Stream corridor enhancement activities which are reasonably expected to enhance stream corridor resource values and generally follow the restoration standards in NMC 15.342.060. [Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 22, 23), 6-7-21; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.471.]
In addition to the design review plan submittal requirements, all applicants for Type II activities within the SC overlay subdistrict shall submit the following information:
A. A site plan indicating all of the following existing conditions:
1. Location of the boundaries of the SC overlay subdistrict.
2. Outline of any existing features including, but not limited to, structures, decks, areas previously disturbed, and existing utility locations.
3. Location of any wetlands or water bodies on the site and the location of the stream centerline and top of bank.
4. Within the area to be disturbed, the approximate location of all trees that are more than six inches in diameter at breast height must be shown, with size and species. Trees outside the disturbed area may be individually shown or shown as crown cover with an indication of species type or types.
5. Topography shown by contour lines at five-foot vertical intervals or less.
6. Photographs of the site may be used to supplement the above information but are not required.
B. Proposed development plan including all of the following:
1. Outline of disturbed area including all areas of proposed utility work.
2. Location and description of all proposed erosion control devices.
3. A landscape plan prepared by a landscape architect, or other qualified design professional, shall be prepared which indicates the size, species, and location of all new vegetation to be planted. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.472.]
The following mitigation requirements apply to Type II activities. The plans required pursuant to NMC 15.342.080 shall be submitted indicating the following mitigation requirements will be met.
A. Disturbed areas, other than authorized improvements, shall be regraded and contoured to appear natural. All fill material shall be native soil. Native soil may include soil associations commonly found within the vicinity, as identified from USDA Soil Conservation Service, Soil Survey of Yamhill Area, Oregon.
B. Replanting shall be required using a combination of trees, shrubs and grass. Species shall be selected from the designated Newberg native plant list, “Guide for Using Willamette Valley Native Plants Along Your Stream” (Linn Soil and Water Conservation District, June 2005), or as approved by the director, except that ash species (Fraxinus spp.) and other species that are susceptible to invasive species including emerald ash borer (Agrilus planipennis) are prohibited. Planting shall be as follows:
1. At least eight species of plants shall be used.
2. At least two species must be trees and two species must be shrubs.
3. No more than 50 percent of any seed mix used can be grass.
4. A minimum of one tree and three shrubs shall be used for every 500 square feet of planting area.
5. Areas to be replanted must be completed at the time of final inspection or completion of the work, except as otherwise allowed by this code.
6. Existing vegetation that can be saved and replanted is encouraged, although not required.
C. Removed trees over six inches in diameter, as measured at breast height, shall be replaced as follows:
1. Trees from six to 18 inches in diameter shall be replaced with a minimum of three new trees for every tree removed.
2. Trees over 18 inches but less than 30 inches shall be replaced with a minimum of five trees for every tree removed.
3. Trees over 30 inches shall be replaced with a minimum of eight trees for every tree removed.
4. All trees replaced pursuant to this section shall have an average caliper measurement of a minimum of one inch. Additional trees of any size caliper may be used to further enhance the mitigation site.
D. All disturbed areas, other than authorized improvements, shall be replanted to achieve 90 percent cover in one year. The director may require a bond or other form of security instrument to insure completion of the restoration plan. The director shall authorize the release of the bond or other security instrument when, after one year, the restoration site has achieved the purposes and standards of this section.
E. All disturbed areas shall be protected with erosion control devices prior to construction activity. The erosion control devices shall remain in place until 90 percent cover is achieved.
F. Except as provided below, all restoration work must occur within the SC overlay subdistrict and be on the same property. The director may authorize work to be performed on properties within the general vicinity or adjacent to the overlay subdistrict; provided, that the applicant demonstrates that this will provide greater overall benefit to the stream corridor areas. [Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.473.]
A. Exceptions. Except as provided in NMC 15.342.040, 15.342.050, and 15.342.070, uses and activities otherwise allowed under the applicable base zone regulations shall be processed as a Type III. The applicant shall submit a stream corridor impact report (SCIR) and meet the criteria set forth in NMC 15.342.140:
1. If the application of this chapter would prohibit a development proposal by a public agency or public utility, the agency or utility may apply for an exception pursuant to this section.
2. The expansion of a single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling, including expansion associated with the conversion of an existing single-family dwelling into a duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling, is permitted within the SC overlay subdistrict, provided:
a. The single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling shall occupy a coverage area not to exceed a maximum of 1,500 square feet in area; and
b. The single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwelling shall be placed in a location which is located no closer to the wetland.
3. The expansion of any existing use or structure, other than single-family, duplex, triplex or quadplex dwellings, that is otherwise permitted within the base zoning district. The hearing body may authorize the expansion of an existing non-single-family use, provided the following criteria are met:
a. The expansion is limited to no more than 1,500 square feet of coverage;
b. The proposal does not pose an unreasonable threat to the public health, safety or welfare on or off the development proposal site;
c. Any alterations to a delineated stream corridor shall be the minimum necessary to allow for the reasonable use of the property;
d. The development conforms to the regulations of the Newberg development code; and
e. The expansion shall be placed in a location which is no closer to the wetland.
B. Variance. A variance to the standards of this chapter may be granted under the Type III process. A variance to this chapter shall be processed as a Type III procedure and shall only be subject to the following criteria:
1. A stream corridor impact report (SCIR) shall be submitted which meets the criteria indicated in NMC 15.342.140; and
2. The proposed development will result in equal or greater conservation of the identified resources and functional values on the site and will, on balance, be consistent with the purpose of the applicable regulation.
C. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require a hearing body to approve a request for a Type III permit under this section. [Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 19), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 24, 25), 6-7-21; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.474.]
The following activities or uses are prohibited within this subdistrict:
A. Except as provided in NMC 15.342.040(R), the planting or propagation of any plant identified as a nuisance plant as determined by a qualified botanist or indicated as a nuisance plant on the Newberg plant list.
B. The removal of native trees that are greater than six inches in diameter at breast height, except as is otherwise permitted within this chapter.
C. Any use dealing with hazardous substances or materials, including but not limited to gas service stations.
D. Public pathways, except those in conjunction with public lands, public parks or public easements that have been acquired by other than eminent domain.
E. Recreational marijuana producer and recreational marijuana processor.
F. Recreational marijuana wholesalers, laboratories, research certificates and retailers.
G. Recreational marijuana dispensaries. [Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 3), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 4-4-16; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.475.]
For residential development proposals on lands which contain the SC overlay subdistrict, a transfer of density shall be permitted within the development proposal site. The following formula shall be used to calculate the density that shall be permitted for allowed residential use on the property:
A. Step 1. Calculate expected maximum density. The expected maximum density (EMD) is calculated by multiplying the acreage of the property by the density permitted within the Newberg comprehensive plan.
B. Step 2. The density that shall be permitted on the property shall be equal to the EMD obtained in Step 1, provided:
1. The density credit can only be transferred to that portion of the development site that is not located within the designated stream corridor; and
2. The minimum lot size required for residential dwellings, in the base zone, shall not be reduced by more than 20 percent; and 3. The maximum dwelling units per net acre of buildable land, outside the SC boundary, shall not be increased by more than 20 percent; and
4. The types of residential uses and other applicable standards permitted in the zone shall remain the same; and
5. All other uses shall comply with applicable standards and criteria of the Newberg development code. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.476.]
A. Type II Process. The manager shall authorize an adjustment to the delineated stream corridor by a maximum of 15 percent of the corridor width as measured from the centerline of the stream to the upper edge of the stream corridor boundary (from the boundary location originally adopted as part of this chapter), provided the applicant demonstrates that the following standards are met:
1. The location of the delineated stream corridor boundary is not reduced to less than 50 feet from the edge of a wetland or 100-year flood elevation, whichever is higher; and
2. The lands to be eliminated do not contain sloped areas in excess of 20 percent; and
3. The lands to be eliminated do not significantly contribute to the protection of the remaining stream corridor for water quality, stormwater control and wildlife habitat; and
4. A stream corridor impact report which complies with the provisions of this chapter is provided; and
5. The line to be adjusted has not been previously adjusted from the boundary location originally adopted as part of this chapter.
B. Type III Process. The applicant may propose to amend the delineated stream corridor boundary through a Type III quasi-judicial zone change proceeding consistent with the provisions of this code (see standard zone change criteria). [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.477.]
A stream corridor impact report (SCIR) is a report which analyzes impacts of development within delineated stream corridors based upon the requirements of this section. The director shall consult with a professional with appropriate expertise to evaluate the report prepared under this section, in order to properly evaluate the conclusions reached in it. If outside consulting services are required to review the report, the cost of such review shall be paid by the applicant. By resolution, the city council shall establish a maximum fee which will be paid by the applicant.
A. Application Requirements. In addition to required materials for the site design review application, a stream corridor impact report (SCIR) must be submitted. The SCIR shall be conducted and prepared by experienced professionals who are knowledgeable and qualified to complete such a report. The qualifications of the person or persons preparing each element of the analysis shall be included with the SCIR. The SCIR shall include the following:
1. Physical Analysis. The analysis shall include, at a minimum, a description of the soil types, geology, and hydrology of the site plus related development limitations. The analysis shall include development recommendations including grading procedures, soil erosion control measures, slope stabilization measures, and methods of mitigating hydrologic impacts. For projects which affect possible wetlands, a copy of the state wetland inventory map pertaining to the site shall be provided. Notice of the proposal shall be given to the Oregon Division of State Lands and the Army Corp of Engineers.
2. Ecological Analysis. The analysis shall include, at a minimum, an inventory of plant and animal species occurring on the site, a description of the relationship of the plants and animals with the environment, and recommended measures for minimizing the adverse impacts of the proposed development on unique and/or significant features of the ecosystem, including but not limited to migratory and travel routes of wildlife.
3. Enhancement Proposal. The applicant must propose a stream corridor or wetland enhancement to be completed along with the proposed development. The enhancement shall increase the natural values and quality of the remaining stream corridor lands located on the lot.
B. SCIR Review Criteria. The following standards shall apply to the issuance of permits requiring an SCIR, and the SCIR must demonstrate how these standards are met in a manner that meets the project purpose.
1. Where possible, the applicant shall avoid the impact altogether.
2. Impact on the stream corridor shall be minimized by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action, by using appropriate technology, or by taking affirmative steps to avoid, reduce or mitigate impacts.
3. The impacts to the stream corridor will be rectified by restoring, rehabilitating, or creating comparable resource values on the site or within the same stream corridor.
4. The remaining resource values on the stream corridor site shall be protected and enhanced, with consideration given to the following:
a. Impacts to wildlife travel and migratory functions shall be maintained to the maximum extent possible; and
b. Native vegetation shall be utilized for landscaping to the extent practicable; and
c. The stream bed shall not be unnecessarily or detrimentally altered.
5. The fill shall primarily consist of natural materials such as earth or soil aggregate, including sand, gravel, rock, and concrete. Culverts, bridges, reinforced retaining walls, or other similar structures which require manmade structural materials shall be permitted.
6. The amount of fill used shall be the minimum required to practically achieve the project purpose.
7. If the fill or grading is within a designated floodway, the proposed action shall maintain the flood storage capacity of the site.
8. The proposed fill or grading shall not significantly increase existing hazardous conditions or create significant new hazardous conditions related to geology, hydrology, or soil erosion.
9. Stream turbidity shall not be significantly increased by any change in a watercourse that results from the fill. Measures shall be taken to minimize turbidity during construction.
10. The removal of trees over six inches in diameter shall be minimized to the extent possible to provide the necessary improvements authorized by this chapter. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.478.]
An approval for development in the stream corridor overlay (SC) subdistrict shall be valid for two years from the effective date of the decision. A complete application for public improvement plan review or building permit including all required plans and plan review fees must be submitted within this time period or the approval shall terminate. The director under a Type I procedure may grant extensions for up to 12 months each, not to exceed five years if the applicant files a request in writing prior to the expiration of the approval and demonstrates compliance with the following:
A. The land use designation of the property has not been changed since the initial design review approval; and
B. The applicable standards in this code which applied to the project have not changed. [Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25.]
A. It is the purpose of this chapter to promote the public health, safety, and general welfare, and to minimize public and private losses due to flood conditions in specific areas by provisions designed:
1. To protect human life and health;
2. To minimize expenditure of public money and costly flood control projects;
3. To minimize the need for rescue and relief efforts associated with flooding and generally undertaken at the expense of the general public;
4. To minimize prolonged business interruptions;
5. To minimize damage to public facilities and utilities such as water and gas mains, electric, telephone and sewer lines, streets, and bridges located in areas of special flood hazard;
6. To help maintain a stable tax base by providing for the sound use and development of areas of special flood hazard so as to minimize future flood blight areas;
7. To ensure that potential buyers are notified that property is in an area of special flood hazard; and
8. To ensure that those who occupy the areas of special flood hazard assume responsibility for their actions.
B. In order to accomplish its purposes, this chapter includes methods and provisions for:
1. Restricting or prohibiting uses which are dangerous to health, safety, and property due to water or erosion hazards, or which result in damaging increases in erosion or in flood heights or velocities;
2. Requiring that uses vulnerable to floods, including facilities which serve such uses, be protected against flood damage at the time of initial construction;
3. Controlling the alteration of natural floodplains, stream channels, and natural protective barriers, which help accommodate or channel flood waters;
4. Controlling filling, grading, dredging, and other development which may increase flood damage;
5. Preventing or regulating the construction of flood barriers which will unnaturally divert flood waters or may increase flood hazards in other areas;
6. Coordinating and supplementing the provisions of the State Building Code with local land use and development ordinances. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.481.]
A. Lands to Which This Chapter Applies. This chapter shall apply to all areas of special flood hazard within the jurisdiction of Newberg, Oregon, as designated in the Flood Insurance Study for Yamhill County and Incorporated Areas and on the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) flood insurance rate maps (FIRM) dated March 2, 2010.
B. Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard. The areas of special flood hazard identified by the Federal Insurance Administration in a scientific and engineering report entitled “The Flood Insurance Study for Yamhill County, Oregon and Incorporated Areas,” dated March 2, 2010, with accompanying flood insurance maps are hereby adopted by reference and declared to be a part of this chapter. The Flood Insurance Study is on file at Newberg City Hall. The best available information for flood hazard area identification as outlined in subsection (F)(1) of this section shall be the basis for regulation until a new flood insurance rate map is issued which incorporates the data utilized under subsection (F)(1) of this section.
C. Penalties for Noncompliance. No affected structure or land shall hereafter be constructed, located, extended, converted, or altered without full compliance with the terms of this chapter and other applicable regulations. Violations of the provisions of this chapter by failure to comply with any of its requirements (including violations of conditions and safeguards established in connection with conditions) are subject to enforcement. Nothing herein contained shall prevent the City of Newberg from taking such other lawful action as is necessary to prevent or remedy any violation.
D. Relation to Other Regulations. Most areas of special flood hazard in Newberg are within the existing stream corridor subdistrict, the Willamette Greenway, or in wetlands or waterways subject to federal and state regulations. Therefore, it is expected that floodplain development and use of these regulations will be rare. This chapter should not be read as allowing development that is otherwise restricted or prohibited by other city, state, or federal laws.
E. Warning and Disclaimer of Liability. The degree of flood protection required by this chapter is considered reasonable for regulatory purposes and is based on scientific and engineering considerations. Larger floods can and will occur on rare occasions. Flood heights may be increased by manmade or natural causes. This chapter does not imply that land outside the areas of special flood hazard or uses permitted within such areas will be free from flooding or flood damages. This chapter shall not create liability on the part of the City of Newberg, any officer or employee of the city, or the Federal Insurance Administration, for any flood damages that result from reliance on this chapter or any administrative decision lawfully made hereunder.
F. Duties of the Local Administrator. The director is hereby appointed to administer and implement this chapter by granting or denying floodplain development permit applications in accordance with its provisions. The director’s duties are outlined below:
1. Information to Be Obtained and Maintained.
a. Where base flood elevation data is provided through the Flood Insurance Study, FIRM, or required as in NMC 15.343.030(B), obtain and record the actual elevation (in relation to mean sea level) of the lowest floor (including basements and below-flood grade crawlspaces) of all new or substantially improved affected structures, and whether or not the affected structure contains a basement.
b. For all new or substantially improved floodproofed affected structures where base flood elevation data is provided through the Flood Insurance Study, FIRM, or as required in NMC 15.343.030(B):
i. Verify and record the actual elevation (in relation to mean sea level); and
ii. Maintain the floodproofing certifications.
c. Maintain for public inspection all records pertaining to the provisions of this chapter.
d. When base flood elevation data has not been provided (A and V zones) in accordance with subsection (B) of this section, Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard, the director shall obtain, review, and reasonably utilize any base flood elevation and floodway data available from a federal, state or other source, in order to administer NMC 15.343.040(B), Specific Standards, and NMC 15.343.060, Floodways.
2. Alteration of Watercourses.
a. Notify adjacent communities, the Department of Land Conservation and Development and other appropriate state and federal agencies, prior to any alteration or relocation of a watercourse, and submit evidence of such notification to the Federal Insurance Administration.
b. Require that maintenance is provided within the altered or relocated portion of said watercourse so that the flood carrying capacity is not diminished.
3. Interpretation of FIRM Boundaries. Make interpretations, where needed, as to exact location of the boundaries of the areas of special flood hazard (for example, where there appears to be a conflict between a mapped boundary and actual field conditions). The person contesting the location of the boundary shall be given a reasonable opportunity to appeal the interpretation as provided in NMC 15.343.030(E). [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.482.]
A. Floodplain Development Permit Required. Any person shall obtain a floodplain development permit before constructing or developing within any area of special flood hazard established in NMC 15.343.020(B). The permit shall be for all affected structures including manufactured homes, as set forth in NMC 15.05.030, and for all floodplain development including fill and other activities, also as set forth in NMC 15.05.030.
B. Application for Floodplain Development Permit. Application for a floodplain development permit shall be made on forms furnished by the planning and building department and may include but not be limited to plans in duplicate drawn to scale showing the nature, location, dimensions, and elevations of the area in question; existing or proposed affected structures, fill, storage of materials, drainage facilities, and the location of the foregoing. Specifically, the following information is required:
1. Elevation, in relation to mean sea level, of the lowest floor (including basement) of all affected structures;
2. Elevation in relation to mean sea level of floodproofing in any affected structure;
3. Certification by a registered professional engineer or architect that the floodproofing methods for any nonresidential affected structure meet the floodproofing criteria in NMC 15.343.040(B); and
4. Description of the extent to which a watercourse will be altered or relocated as a result of proposed floodplain development.
C. Floodplain Development Permit Application Review. The director shall review all floodplain development permit applications. Floodplain development permits shall be reviewed as part of the review of applicable design review, building permit application, grading permit application, other application, or as a Type I review if no other application is concurrent. The review shall determine:
1. That the permit requirements and conditions of this chapter have been satisfied.
2. That all necessary permits have been obtained from those federal, state, or local governmental agencies from which prior approval is required.
3. That if the floodplain development is located in the floodway, the encroachment provisions of NMC 15.343.060(A) are met.
D. Floodplain Development Variance Procedure.
1. Procedure.
a. Any person proposing floodplain development may request a variance to the provisions of this section. The application shall be on forms and include such information as determined by the director. Variance requests shall be processed as a Type II land use action.
b. The decision shall be based upon the criteria established in subsection (D)(3) of this section.
c. Those aggrieved by the decision of the director may appeal the decision to the planning commission.
d. The director shall report any variances to the Federal Insurance Administration upon request.
e. Any applicant to whom a variance is granted shall be given written notice that the affected structure will be permitted to be built with a lowest floor elevation below the base flood elevation and that the cost of flood insurance will be commensurate with the increased risk resulting from the reduced lowest floor elevation.
2. Eligibility.
a. A variance from the elevation standard may be issued for new construction and substantial improvements.
b. Variances as interpreted in the National Flood Insurance Program are based on the general zoning law principle that they pertain to a physical piece of property; they are not personal in nature and do not pertain to the structure, its inhabitants, economic or financial circumstances. They primarily address small lots in densely populated residential neighborhoods. As such, variances from the flood elevations should be quite rare. Generally, the only condition under which a variance from the elevation standard may be issued is for new construction and substantial improvements to be erected on a lot of one-half acre or less in size contiguous to and surrounded by lots with existing structures constructed below the base flood level. As the lot size increases the technical justification required for issuing the variance increases.
c. Variances may be issued for nonresidential buildings in very limited circumstances to allow a lesser degree of floodproofing than watertight or dry-floodproofing, where it can be determined that such action will have low damage potential, complies with all other variance criteria, and otherwise complies with NMC 15.343.040(A)(1) through (3), General Standards.
d. Variances shall not be issued within a designated floodway if any increase in flood levels during the base flood discharge would result.
e. The review body may approve variances for the reconstruction, rehabilitation, or restoration of structures listed on the National Register of Historic Places or the Statewide Inventory of Historic Properties, notwithstanding the application may not meet all the criteria set forth in subsection (D)(3) of this section.
3. Criteria. The review body may approve, approve with conditions, or deny a floodplain development variance, provided all the following criteria are met:
a. Exceptional hardship would result to the applicant if the variance were not granted.
b. Granting of a variance will not result in increased flood heights, additional threats to public safety, extraordinary public expense, nuisances, victimization of the public, or conflict with existing local laws or ordinances.
c. No reasonable alternative location(s) exists which is not subject to flooding or erosion that may accommodate the proposed use.
d. The variance is the minimum necessary, considering the flood hazard, to afford relief.
e. The characteristics are compatible with neighboring development.
E. Appeal Procedure.
1. Appeal Board. The planning commission shall hear and decide appeals when it is alleged there is an error in any requirement, decision, or determination made by the director in the enforcement or administration of this section. Those aggrieved by the decision of the planning commission may appeal such decision to the city council.
2. Appeal Procedures. Appeals shall follow the Type III procedures outlined in NMC 15.100.160.
3. Scope of Review. The planning commission shall follow the scope of review procedures established in NMC 15.100.180. The decision shall follow the procedures in NMC 15.100.190. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.483.]
A. General Standards. In all areas of special flood hazard, the following standards are required:
1. Anchoring.
a. All new construction and substantial improvements shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral movement of the affected structure.
b. All manufactured homes must likewise be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral movement, and shall be installed using methods and practices that minimize flood damage. Anchoring methods may include, but are not limited to, use of over-the-top or frame ties to ground anchors (reference FEMA’s “Manufactured Home Installation in Flood Hazard Areas” guidebook for additional techniques).
2. Construction Materials and Methods.
a. All new construction and substantial improvements shall be constructed with materials and utility equipment resistant to flood damage.
b. All new construction and substantial improvements shall be constructed using methods and practices that minimize flood damage.
c. Electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing, and air-conditioning equipment and other service facilities shall be designed and/or otherwise elevated or located so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components during conditions of flooding.
3. Utilities.
a. All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the system.
b. New and replacement sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the systems and discharges from the systems into flood waters.
c. On-site waste disposal systems, if allowed, shall be located to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during flooding consistent with the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality.
4. Tentative Subdivision and Partition Plat Proposals.
a. Where floodplain development is proposed or reasonably likely, all tentative subdivision and partition plat proposals shall be consistent with the need to minimize flood damage.
b. All tentative subdivision and partition plat proposals shall have public utilities and facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical, and water systems located and constructed to minimize or eliminate flood damage.
c. All tentative subdivision and partition plat proposals shall have adequate drainage provided to reduce exposure to flood damage.
d. For any proposed affected structure, proposed subdivision or partition, and other proposed floodplain development which contains at least 50 lots or five acres (whichever is less), flood elevation data shall be provided.
5. Review of Building Permits. Where elevation data is not available either through the Flood Insurance Study, FIRM, or from another authoritative source (NMC 15.343.020(F)(1)(d)), applications for building permits shall be reviewed to assure that proposed construction will be reasonably safe from flooding. The test of reasonableness is a local judgment and includes use of historical data, high water marks, photographs of past flooding, etc., where available. Failure to elevate at least two feet above grade in these zones may result in higher insurance rates.
6. AH Zone Drainage. Adequate drainage paths are required around structures on slopes to guide floodwaters around and away from proposed affected structures. AH zones are areas that have a one percent annual chance of shallow flooding, usually in the form of a pond, with an average depth ranging from one to three feet.
B. Specific Standards. In all areas of special flood hazard where base flood elevation data has been provided (Zones A1 – 30, AH, and AE) as set forth in NMC 15.343.020(B), Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard or NMC 15.343.020(F)(1)(d), use of other base flood data (in A and V zones), the following provisions are required:
1. Residential Construction.
a. New construction and substantial improvement of any residential affected structure shall have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated to a minimum of one foot above the base flood elevation.
b. Fully enclosed areas below the lowest floor that are subject to flooding are prohibited, or shall be designed to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls by allowing for the entry and exit of floodwaters. Designs for meeting this requirement must be either be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect or must meet or exceed the following minimum criteria:
i. A minimum of two openings having a total net area of not less than one square inch for every square foot of enclosed area subject to flooding shall be provided.
ii. The bottom of all openings shall be no higher than one foot above grade.
iii. Openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, or other coverings or devices; provided, that they permit the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters.
2. Nonresidential Construction.
a. New construction and substantial improvement of any commercial, industrial or other nonresidential affected structure shall either have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated at or above the base flood elevation; or, together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities, shall:
i. Be floodproofed so that below the base flood level the affected structure is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water;
ii. Have structural components capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and effects of buoyancy;
iii. Be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect that the design and methods of construction are in accordance with accepted standards of practice for meeting provisions of this subsection based on their development and/or review of the structural design, specifications and plans. Such certifications shall be provided to the official as set forth in NMC 15.343.020(F)(1);
iv. Nonresidential affected structures that are elevated, not floodproofed, must meet the same standards for space below the lowest floor as described in subsection (B)(1)(b) of this section;
v. Applicants floodproofing nonresidential buildings shall be notified that flood insurance premiums will be based on rates that are one foot below the floodproofed level (e.g., a building floodproofed to the base flood level will be rated as one foot below).
a. All manufactured homes to be placed or substantially improved on sites:
i. Outside of a manufactured home park or subdivision;
ii. In a new manufactured home park or subdivision;
iii. In an expansion to an existing manufactured home park or subdivision; or
iv. In an existing manufactured home park or subdivision on which a manufactured home has incurred “substantial damage” as the result of a flood;
shall be elevated on a permanent foundation such that the finished floor of the manufactured home is elevated to a minimum 18 inches (46 centimeters) above the base flood elevation and be securely anchored to an adequately designed foundation system to resist flotation, collapse and lateral movement.
b. Manufactured homes to be placed or substantially improved on sites in an existing manufactured home park or subdivision within Zones A1 – 30, AH, and AE on the community’s FIRM that are not subject to the above manufactured home provisions be elevated so that either:
i. The finished floor of the manufactured home is elevated to a minimum of 18 inches (46 centimeters) above the base flood elevation; or
ii. The manufactured home chassis is supported by reinforced piers or other foundation elements of at least equivalent strength that are no less than 36 inches in height above grade and be securely anchored to an adequately designed foundation system to resist flotation, collapse, and lateral movement.
a. Recreational vehicles placed on sites are required to either:
i. Be on the site for fewer than 180 consecutive days;
ii. Be fully licensed and ready for highway use, on its wheels or jacking system, be attached to the site only by quick disconnect type utilities and security devices, and have no permanently attached additions; or
iii. Meet the requirements of subsection (B)(3) of this section and the elevation and anchoring requirements for manufactured homes.
5. Below-Flood Grade Crawlspaces.
a. Below-flood grade crawlspaces are allowed subject to the following standards as found in FEMA Technical Bulletin 11-01, Crawlspace Construction for Buildings Located in Special Flood Hazard Areas:
i. The building must be designed and adequately anchored to resist flotation, collapse, and lateral movement of the affected structure resulting from hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads, including the effects of buoyancy. Hydrostatic loads and the effects of buoyancy can usually be addressed through the required openings stated in subsection (B)(5)(a)(ii) of this section. Because of hydrodynamic loads, crawlspace construction is not allowed in areas with flood velocities greater than five feet per second unless the design is reviewed by a qualified design professional, such as a registered architect or professional engineer. Other types of foundations are recommended for these areas.
ii. The crawlspace is an enclosed area below the base flood elevation (BFE) and, as such, must have openings that equalize hydrostatic pressures by allowing the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters. The bottom of each flood vent opening can be no more than one foot above the lowest adjacent exterior grade.
iii. Portions of the building below the BFE must be constructed with materials resistant to flood damage. This includes not only the foundation walls of the crawlspace used to elevate the building, but also any joists, insulation, or other materials that extend below the BFE. The recommended construction practice is to elevate the bottom of joists and all insulation above BFE.
iv. Any building utility systems within the crawlspace must be elevated above BFE or designed so that floodwaters cannot enter or accumulate within the system components during flood conditions. Ductwork, in particular, must either be placed above the BFE or sealed from floodwaters.
v. The interior grade of a crawlspace below the BFE must not be more than two feet below the lowest adjacent exterior grade.
vi. The height of the below-flood grade crawlspace, measured from the interior grade of the crawlspace to the top of the crawlspace foundation wall, must not exceed four feet at any point. The height limitation is the maximum allowable unsupported wall height according to the engineering analyses and building code requirements for flood hazard areas.
vii. There must be an adequate drainage system that removes floodwaters from the interior area of the crawlspace. The enclosed area should be drained within a reasonable time after a flood event. The type of drainage system will vary because of the site gradient and other drainage characteristics, such as soil types. Possible options include natural drainage through porous, well-drained soils and drainage systems such as perforated pipes, drainage tiles or gravel or crushed stone drainage by gravity or mechanical means.
viii. The velocity of floodwaters at the site should not exceed five feet per second for any crawlspace. For velocities in excess of five feet per second, other foundation types should be used. For more detailed information refer to FEMA Technical Bulletin 11-01. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.484.]
In areas where a regulatory floodway has not been designated, no new construction, substantial improvements, or other floodplain development (including fill) shall be permitted within Zones A1 – 30 and AE on the community’s FIRM, unless it is demonstrated that the cumulative effect of the proposed floodplain development, when combined with all other existing and anticipated floodplain development, will not increase the water surface elevation of the base flood more than one foot at any point within the community. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.485.]
Located within areas of special flood hazard established in NMC 15.343.020(B) are areas designated as floodways. Since the floodway is an extremely hazardous area due to the velocity of floodwaters which carry debris, potential projectiles, and erosion potential, the following provisions apply:
A. Encroachments are prohibited unless evidence is provided by a registered professional civil engineer demonstrating that encroachments shall not result in any increase in flood levels during the occurrence of the base flood discharge.
B. If subsection (A) of this section is satisfied, all new construction and substantial improvements shall comply with all applicable flood hazard reduction provisions of NMC 15.343.040, Provisions for flood hazard reduction.
C. Projects for stream habitat restoration may be permitted in the floodway, provided:
1. The project qualifies for a Department of the Army, Portland District, Regional General Permit for Stream Habitat Restoration (NWP-2007-1023); and
2. A qualified professional (a registered professional engineer; or staff of NRCS, the county, or fisheries, natural resources, or water resources agencies) has provided a feasibility analysis and certification that the project was designed to keep any rise in 100-year flood levels as close to zero as practically possible given the goals of the project; and
3. No affected structures would be impacted by a potential rise in flood elevation; and
4. An agreement to monitor the project, correct problems, and ensure that flood carrying capacity remains unchanged is included as part of the local approval.
D. New installations of manufactured dwellings are prohibited (2002 Oregon Manufactured Dwelling and Park Specialty Code). Manufactured dwellings may only be located in floodways according to one of the following conditions:
1. If the manufactured dwelling already exists in the floodway, the placement was permitted at the time of the original installation, and the continued use is not a threat to life, health, property, or the general welfare of the public; or
2. A new manufactured dwelling is replacing an existing manufactured dwelling whose original placement was permitted at the time of installation and the replacement home will not be a threat to life, health, property, or the general welfare of the public and it meets the following criteria:
a. As required by 44 CFR Chapter 1, Subpart 60.3(d)(3), it must be demonstrated through hydrologic and hydraulic analyses performed in accordance with standard engineering practices that the manufactured dwelling and any accessory buildings, accessory affected structures, or any property improvements (encroachments) will not result in any increase in flood levels during the occurrence of the base flood discharge;
b. The replacement manufactured dwelling and any accessory buildings or accessory affected structures (encroachments) shall have the finished floor elevated a minimum of 18 inches (46 centimeters) above the BFE as identified on the flood insurance rate map;
c. The replacement manufactured dwelling is placed and secured to a foundation support system designed by an Oregon professional engineer or architect and approved by the authority having jurisdiction;
d. The replacement manufactured dwelling, its foundation supports, and any accessory buildings, accessory affected structures, or property improvements (encroachments) do not displace water to the degree that they cause a rise in the water level or divert water in a manner that causes erosion or damage to other properties;
e. The location of a replacement manufactured dwelling is allowed by local ordinances; and
f. Any other requirements deemed necessary by the director as having jurisdiction. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.486.]
Shallow flooding areas appear on FIRMs as AO zones with depth designations. The base flood depths in these zones range from one to three feet above ground where a clearly defined channel does not exist, or where the path of flooding is unpredictable and where velocity flow may be evident. Such flooding is usually characterized as sheet flow. In these areas, the following provisions apply:
A. New construction and substantial improvements of residential affected structures and manufactured homes within AO zones shall have the lowest floor (including basement) elevated above the highest grade adjacent to the building a minimum of one foot above the depth number specified on the FIRM (at least two feet if no depth number is specified).
B. New construction and substantial improvements of nonresidential affected structures within AO zones shall either:
1. Have the lowest floor (including basement) elevated above the highest adjacent grade of the building site, one foot or more above the depth number specified on the FIRM (at least two feet if no depth number is specified); or
2. Together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities, be completely floodproofed to or above that level so that any space below that level is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water and with structural components having the capability of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and effects of buoyancy. If this method is used, compliance shall be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect as in NMC 15.343.040(B)(2)(a)(iii).
C. Require adequate drainage paths around affected structures on slopes to guide floodwaters around and away from proposed structures.
D. If allowed, recreational vehicles placed on sites within AO zones on the community’s FIRM either:
1. Be on the site for fewer than 180 consecutive days; and
2. Be fully licensed and ready for highway use, on its wheels or jacking system, be attached to the site only by quick disconnect type utilities and security devices, and have no permanently attached additions; or
3. Meet the requirements of this section and the elevation and anchoring requirements for manufactured homes. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.487.]
Construction of new critical facilities shall be, to the extent possible, located outside the limits of the special flood hazard area (SFHA) (100-year floodplain). Construction of new critical facilities shall be permissible within the SFHA if no feasible alternative site is available. Critical facilities constructed within the SFHA shall have the lowest floor elevated three feet above BFE or to the height of the 500-year flood, whichever is higher. Access to and from the critical facility should also be protected to the height utilized above. Floodproofing and sealing measures must be taken to ensure that toxic substances will not be displaced by or released into floodwaters. Access routes elevated to or above the level of the base flood elevation shall be provided to all critical facilities to the extent possible. [Ord. 2719 § 2 (Exh. B), 3-1-10. Code 2001 § 151.488.]
The purpose of the H overlay zone is to:
A. Safeguard the historic landmarks, buildings and sites representing significant elements of Newberg history;
B. Promote the historic, educational, cultural, economic and general welfare of the public through the preservation, restoration and protection of these buildings, structures, sites, and objects of historic interest within the city;
C. Foster civic pride in the accomplishments of the past;
D. Protect and enhance the city’s attractions to tourists and visitors;
E. Carry out the provisions of the Land Conservation and Development Commission Goal 5. [Ord. 2764 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 10-7-13; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.490.]
The historic preservation commission shall review applications for landmark designation, alteration, new construction, and demolition requiring Type III review as outlined in this chapter. In conducting a Type III review, the commission shall have all powers and duties of the planning commission. The notice, review, and appeal provisions of this code that apply to Type III planning commission reviews shall apply equally to Type III historic preservation commission review. In cases where an application requires both historic preservation commission and planning commission review, such as for a modification to a landmark for a conditional use, the two commissions may hold a combined hearing. However, the two commissions shall make separate decisions. [Ord. 2764 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 10-7-13.]
A. Institution of Proceedings. The owner(s) of record may initiate the proceedings for designation of a historic landmark. Initiation of an application by a property owner is voluntary and landmark designation may not occur without an owner’s consent. Applications for designation shall be made available by the director. No fee shall be charged for the application.
B. Application Information. The following information shall be provided for designation or modification of a historic landmark:
1. Site plan indicating the existing and/or proposed building or buildings.
2. Architectural elevations or pictures of the structure and, if appropriate, elevations of any proposed additions or revisions.
3. Information regarding the age and historic character of the landmark. Where available, information indicating its association with historic events, former residents or users of the landmark, and the period or style of the landmark.
C. Designation Procedure Type III. Designation of an (H) historic landmarks subdistrict will be treated as a zoning map amendment and shall be processed under the Type III procedure. The designation of a site-specific historic landmark shall be processed under a Type III procedure and reviewed by the historic preservation commission. Sites or buildings identified as historic landmarks shall be subject to this chapter.
D. Designation Criteria. If the building, structure, site, or object is currently listed in the National Register of Historic Places of the United States of America, the property or properties shall be designated as a local landmark. In addition, landmarks shall include those buildings, structures, sites, or objects which have been identified as landmarks in the historic resources element of the comprehensive plan. The following criteria will be used by the historic preservation commission and city council in considering other properties:
1. The evaluation criteria used in the 1990 historic resources evaluation shall be considered. Any or all of the criteria may be satisfied for designation:
a. The landmark is associated with natural history, historic people, or with important events in national, state or local history. The age of a specific building shall be considered but shall not be deemed sufficient in itself to warrant designation as a significant historic resource.
b. The landmark embodies distinguishing characteristics of architectural specimens inherently valuable for a study of a period, style, or method of construction.
c. The landmark is a notable work of a master builder, designer or architect, or the structure represents a rarity of type, style, or design in the community.
d. The landmark retains a high degree of original design, crafting, materials, and original site features.
e. The landmark contributes to the immediate environment and the character of the neighborhood or city.
2. The proposed landmark will serve the purpose of this section as stated in NMC 15.344.010.
3. The economic, social, environmental, and energy consequences of conflicting uses shall be considered.
E. Designation Removal. Request for removal of a historic landmark designation may be made by the property owner and shall follow the same procedures as required for inclusion by this code. The historic preservation commission is not obligated to remove a historic landmark designation if the landmark still meets the criteria contained in subsection (D) of this section. If a historic landmark designation is removed from the register, the historic preservation commission or city council is authorized to require that all city fees that were waived during the time period that the landmark was designated be repaid to the city prior to the landmark designation being removed. [Ord. 2764 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 10-7-13; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.491.]
A. Exterior Alterations.
1. Application Process. Application for permit approval shall be made to the director. The application shall include site plans, floor plans, elevations, materials, textures, and other information deemed necessary by the director to determine the appropriateness of the alterations of the designated landmark.
2. Director Review of Minor Alterations Type I.
a. The director shall approve minor alteration requests through the Type I procedure if there is no significant change in appearance, or in original material integrity, from the existing structure or site. The director’s approval may include conditions to ensure compatibility. Minor alterations meeting the following standards shall be approved and shall be documented by written findings:
i. The proposed alteration duplicates or restores the affected exterior features and materials as determined from historic photographs, original building plans, or other evidence of original features or materials;
ii. The proposed alteration results in new siding, roofing, or foundation skirting which matches materials used on the structure or is typical in terms of material and texture for the style of the landmark;
iii. The proposed alteration results in the replacement of gutters and downspouts, or the addition of gutters and downspouts, using materials that match or appear to match those typically used on similar-style buildings;
iv. The proposed alteration results in a new foundation that does not raise or lower the building elevation, provided the foundation materials and/or craftsmanship do not contribute to the historical and architectural significance of the landmark;
v. The proposed alteration results in the application of storm windows made with wood, bronze or flat-finished anodized aluminum, or baked enamel frames which complement or match the color detail and proportions of the building;
vi. The proposed alteration results in replacement of existing sashes with new sashes, when using material which is consistent with the original historic material and appearance;
vii. The proposed alteration results in modifications to the porch which imitate or restore railings, posts, steps, and skirting which were typical for the style of the landmark;
viii. The proposed alteration results in construction of a wood fence in the front yard which was typical for the style of the landmark. Solid wood fences shall be permitted along side and rear property boundaries;
ix. The proposed alteration results in the installation of permanent air conditioning or heating facilities, including solar panels, which do not result in the destruction or removal of original architectural features. If possible, facilities should be located in such a manner that they are not readily visible from the public right-of-way, excluding alleys;
x. The proposed alteration results in new awnings or signage which were typical for the style of the landmark.
b. The historic preservation commission may develop additional standards to guide the director in determining what constitutes a significant change.
3. Historic Preservation Commission Review Criteria and Guidelines Type III. Excluding routine maintenance and minor alterations subject to director review, requests to alter a designated landmark in such a manner as to affect its exterior appearance shall be reviewed for permit approval by the historic preservation commission using the Type III procedure. The historic preservation commission, in considering applications for permit approval for any alteration, shall base their decision on substantial compliance with the following criteria and guidelines:
a. The historic character of a property shall be retained and preserved. The removal of historic materials or alteration of features and spaces that characterize a property shall be avoided. Specific design elements which must be addressed include:
i. Average Setback. When a new structure is being constructed on an infill lot, the front yard setback shall be the same as the buildings on either side. When the front setbacks of the adjacent buildings are different, the front setback of the new structure shall be an average of the two.
ii. Architectural Elements. The design shall incorporate architectural elements of the city’s historic styles, including Queen Anne, colonial revival, Dutch colonial revival, and bungalow styles. Ideally, the architectural elements should reflect and/or be compatible with the style of other nearby historic structures. Typical design elements which should be considered include, but are not limited to, “crippled hip” roofs, Palladian-style windows, roof eave brackets, roof dormers, and decorative trim boards.
iii. Building Orientation. The main entrance of the new structure shall be oriented to the street. Construction of a porch is encouraged but not required. Such a porch shall be at least six feet in depth.
iv. Vehicle Parking/Storage. Garages and carports shall be set back from the front facade of the primary structure and shall relate to the primary structure in terms of design and building materials.
v. Fences. Fences shall be built of materials which are compatible with the design and materials used in the primary structure.
b. Each property shall be recognized as a physical record of its time, place, and use. Changes that create a false sense of historical development, such as adding conjectural features or architectural elements from other buildings, shall not be undertaken.
c. Most properties change over time; those changes that have acquired historic significance in their own right shall be retained and preserved.
d. Distinctive features, finishes, and construction techniques or examples of craftsmanship that characterize a historic property shall be preserved to the extent possible.
e. Deteriorated historic features shall be repaired rather than replaced. Where the severity of deterioration requires replacement of a distinctive feature, the new feature shall reasonably match the old in design, color, texture, and other visual qualities and, where possible, materials. Replacement of missing features shall be substantiated by documentary, physical, or pictorial evidence.
f. Chemical or physical treatments, such as sandblasting, that cause extensive damage to historic materials shall not be used. The surface cleaning of structures, if appropriate, shall be undertaken using the gentlest means possible.
g. Significant archeological resources affected by a project shall be protected and preserved. If such resources must be disturbed, mitigation measures shall be undertaken.
h. New additions, exterior alterations, or related new construction shall not destroy the historic character of the property. The new work shall be differentiated from the old and shall be compatible with the massing, size, scale, and architectural features to protect the historic integrity of the property and its environment.
i. New additions and adjacent or related new construction shall be undertaken in such a manner that if removed in the future, the essential form and integrity of the historic property and its environment would be unimpaired.
B. New Construction Type III Review Criteria.
1. Review Required. If an application is made to build a new building on a landmark site, the historic preservation commission shall review the request through the Type III procedure to assure the plans are compatible with any existing landmark structures on the site. No new structure or major public improvement shall be constructed without review pursuant to the following criteria.
2. Review Criteria. Designs shall be compatible with any existing landmark structures on the site in terms of size, scale, material and character. Contemporary designs shall not be discouraged when they do not destroy significant historical, architectural, or cultural material. Review criteria shall include consideration of the guidelines listed in subsection (A)(3) of this section.
C. Demolition and Moving Review.
1. Building Director Review Type I. The building director shall issue a permit for moving or demolition if any of the following conditions exist:
a. The building is not a designated landmark. If the landmark is pending review under NMC 15.344.020, no permit shall be issued; and/or
b. The landmark has been damaged beyond reasonable repair through fire, flood, wind or other acts of God, vandalism, or neglect, and poses an immediate threat to public safety. For any demolition or moving which does not comply with the above criteria, it shall be referred to the historic preservation commission under the Type III procedure.
2. Historic Preservation Commission Review Process Type III. The process and public notice for review of a demolition permit shall be conducted under the Type III procedure. Unless extended by mutual consent of the applicant and the historic preservation commission, the historic preservation commission shall complete any review within 45 days of the date the city received a complete application, with the intent that the historic preservation commission and applicant seek alternatives such as sale, salvage, relocation or donation to historic or interested groups, not simply to delay the demolition or moving.
3. Review Criteria. In reviewing an application for a demolition permit or moving permit, the commission shall consider the purpose of this chapter as stated in NMC 15.344.010 and the criteria used in the original designation of the landmark as stated in NMC 15.344.020(D).
D. City Council Review of Dangerous Structures. The city council may order the removal or demolition of any structure determined to be dangerous to life, health, or property.
E. Documentation. In the event of the demolition or moving of a landmark, building, structure, site or object, the history of such landmark shall be documented and kept on file with the city. [Ord. 2764 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 10-7-13; Ord. 2505, 2-1-99; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.492.]
A. When the applicant has demonstrated an economic hardship as a result of the provisions of this code, the commission or city council may relax the requirements of the ordinance, provided the relaxation is consistent with the purpose of this chapter as stated in NMC 15.344.010. Any relaxation of requirements shall be the minimum necessary to alleviate the economic hardship. In determining whether an exception due to economic hardship is justified, the commission or city council shall consider the following factors:
1. Estimated cost of rehabilitation;
2. Estimated market value of property in current condition and after proposed construction;
3. Potential income from property if income-producing;
4. Any other economic information deemed relevant to the decision; and
5. Economic, social, environmental, and energy consequences of the exception.
B. The applicant shall provide adequate documentation to justify an economic hardship. The information shall be provided on a form available from the director. [Ord. 2764 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 10-7-13; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.493.]
A. Signs. One sign no larger than 200 square inches is permitted in addition to other permitted signs.
B. Maintenance. Nothing in this code shall be construed to prevent the ordinary maintenance or repair of any exterior architectural features which does not involve a change in design, material or the outward appearance of such feature, nor to prevent the construction, reconstruction, alteration or demolition of such feature which the city’s building director shall certify is required by the city’s building and development codes. Maintenance and repair actions include, but are not limited to:
1. Repair of siding, roofing, foundations, and gutters or downspouts when required due to deterioration, with materials that match the original materials or are in character with materials typically used on similar-style buildings;
2. Painting and related preparation;
3. Water quality protection actions;
4. Installation of air conditioners, provided the units are removable and no architectural alterations are necessary;
5. Site maintenance such as pruning, landscaping maintenance, brush clearing and removal of debris;
6. Temporary removals of roofs or other access obstructions for purposes of repair or maintenance of interior components of industrial or power generation facilities. [Ord. 2764 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 10-7-13; Ord. 2521, 11-15-99; Ord. 2499, 11-2-98; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.494.]
The purpose of the SP subdistrict is to allow the development and approval of specific plans in the city. A specific plan is a master plan applied to one or more parcels in order to coordinate and direct development in terms of transportation, utilities, open space, and land use. The purpose is also to streamline the development process and encourage development according to the specific plan. Specific plans are intended to promote coordinated planning concepts and pedestrian-oriented mixed use development. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.505.]
A. Initiation. The process to establish a specific plan shall be initiated by the city council. The planning commission or interested property owners may submit requests to the city council to initiate the specific plan process. If owners request initiation of a specific plan process, the city council may require an application fee to be paid to cover the cost of creating the plan.
B. Steering Committee. The city council shall appoint a steering committee to guide development of the plan. The steering committee shall include persons representing affected property owners, neighbors, and the community at large.
C. Draft Plan. The steering committee shall develop a draft plan which shall be submitted to the planning commission and city council for review, modification, and approval.
D. Specific Plan. A specific plan shall include text and a diagram or diagrams which specify all of the following in detail:
1. Plan objectives: a narrative shall set forth the goals and objectives of the plan.
2. Site and context: a map of the site and context shall indicate existing land use, slope, and natural features.
3. The distribution, location, and extent of the uses of land, including open space and parks, within the area covered by the plan (land use plan).
4. The proposed distribution, location, and extent of major components of public and private transportation, wastewater, water, drainage and other essential facilities proposed to be located within the area covered by the plan and needed to support the land uses described in the plan.
5. Standards and criteria by which development will proceed and standards for conservation, development and utilization of natural resources, where applicable.
6. The plan shall identify the existing property ownership.
7. A circulation/transportation plan shall be included which identifies the proposed street pattern, including pedestrian pathways and bikeways. Design standards and street cross-sections shall be included.
E. Type III Hearings and Decisions. The planning commission shall hold a public hearing on the plan using a Type III procedure and shall make a recommendation to the city council. The city council shall have final approval authority. The hearing process to be followed shall be the same as that set forth for zoning map amendments pursuant to NMC 15.302.010 et seq. If the specific plan affects land outside the city limits, provisions and procedures required under the urban growth management agreement with Yamhill County shall also be met. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.506.]
Adoption of the specific plan and its related subdistrict shall be based on compliance with the zone change criteria of NMC 15.302.010 et seq. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.507.]
A. Overlay Subdistrict. The specific plan shall be implemented as a zoning overlay subdistrict. If the plan applies to land outside the city limits, the SP specific plan zoning subdistrict classification shall indicate where the SP overlay zone will be applied upon annexation. The specific plan shall be adopted as an exhibit to the SP overlay zone subdistrict and the SP overlay plan district.
B. New Construction. New construction subject to site design review or building permit review shall meet the special development and design standards of the specific plan.
C. Priority of Standards and Procedures. Unless otherwise noted, the standards and procedures of the specific plan overlay subdistrict shall supplement and supersede standards and procedures of this code. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.508.]
Amendments to the specific plan may be either major or minor amendments.
A. Minor and Major Amendments.
1. Major amendments are those which result in any of the following:
a. A change in land use.
b. A change in the circulation/transportation plan that requires a major street (collector or arterial) to be eliminated or to be located in such a manner as to not be consistent with the specific plan.
c. A change in the development standards.
d. A change in the planned residential density.
e. A change not specifically listed under the major and minor amendment definitions.
2. Minor amendments are those which result in any of the following:
a. Changes related to street trees, street furniture, fencing, or signage that were approved as part of the specific plan.
b. A change in the circulation/transportation plan that requires a local street, easement, or pathway to be shifted more than 50 feet in any direction.
c. A change in the utility plan other than what would be necessary for authorized adjustment of lot lines.
B. Major Amendment – Type III Procedure. A major amendment to a specific plan shall be processed as a Type III comprehensive plan amendment. The amendment shall meet the criteria of NMC 15.346.030. In addition, findings must demonstrate that the change will not adversely affect the purpose, objectives, or functioning of the specific plan.
C. Minor Amendment – Type II Procedure. A minor amendment to a specific plan may be approved by the director through a Type II procedure. The director’s decision shall include findings that demonstrate that the change will not adversely affect the purpose, objectives, or functioning of the specific plan.
D. Authorized Adjustment of Lot Lines – Type I Procedure. As part of the final platting process, the director is authorized to grant adjustments to proposed lot lines consistent with flexible density standards (if included) as part of the specific plan subdistrict. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.509.]
To encourage platting in conformance with the specific plan, the following modifications to street, subdivision, and development standards may be granted by the director through the Type I procedure:
A. Temporary Dead-Ends. The director may authorize temporary cul-de-sacs or vehicle turnarounds where a through street will eventually be provided. Due to their temporary nature, the dimensions and improvement requirements for these cul-de-sacs and turnarounds may vary from standards set forth in the subdivision ordinance.
B. Temporary Street Improvements. Three-quarter-width streets may be provided temporarily to access lots where a full street will eventually be provided when all abutting lots are developed, unless otherwise approved as a half-street by the director and fire chief.
C. Tracts. Tracts of land which do not meet specific plan density requirements may be created and developed when it is demonstrated that the tracts can be developed in accordance with the specific plan in the future. If construction occurs on the tract, it shall be done in a manner that will meet specific plan development standards when full improvements are provided. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.510.]
Development standards for specific plans are listed below. The standards shall be utilized in conjunction with the specific plan adopted as an exhibit to the SP overlay subdistrict. This section is intended to be amended as new specific plans are adopted.
A. The Northwest Newberg Specific Plan.
1. Report Adopted. The northwest Newberg specific plan final report, dated August 1994 and amended June 7, 2021, is adopted by reference. The development standards listed in this section shall take precedence over those listed in the report. If ambiguity exists, this code shall govern.
2. Permitted Uses and Conditional Uses. The permitted and conditional uses allowed under the SP subdistrict shall be the same as those uses permitted in the base zoning districts. An exception to this is the commercial zone, which may be located on either side (north or south) of the extension of Foothills Drive. Such commercial area must be located in one node of not more than five acres in size and not split by a public street. This alternative is indicated as Appendix B of the northwest Newberg specific plan.
3. Street and Pedestrian Walkway Standards.
a. Street and public walkway standards are as follows:
| Paved Surface | |
|---|---|---|
Local street | 60' | 32' |
Collector street | 74' | 36' |
16' | 6' |
b. Five-foot bike lanes shall be provided along collector streets. Five-foot sidewalks shall be provided along local and collector streets. A six-foot-wide planter strip shall separate the sidewalk and the local street. A 12-foot-wide planter strip shall separate the sidewalk and the collector street. Local streets shall be designed as through streets. Cul-de-sacs shall be used only if a through street cannot be developed. The regulations for collector street standards may be waived when in the judgment of the director waiving of the standards is warranted based on traffic volume, reduced speed, type of usage and access limitations, pursuant to the City of Newberg transportation system plan.
4. Setbacks. Figures 9 and 10 of the northwest Newberg specific plan identify special setback standards that apply to the property.
a. Area 1 Setbacks – Figure 10. Minimum and maximum front setbacks for structures shall be met in area 1 of the northwest Newberg specific plan. Residential structures shall be no closer nor further from the front property line than as follows:
| Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
Porch | 10' | 25' |
15' | 25' (without porch) | |
Cottage cluster dwelling | 10' | 25' (without porch) |
Garage or carport | 20' | None |
The front of a garage may not be closer to the property line than the front of the residential structure unless each fronts on different streets.
b. Area 2 Setbacks – Figure 10. Special minimum front setbacks for residential structures shall be met in area 2 of the northwest Newberg specific plan. No maximum setback is required. Front setbacks are as follows:
| Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
Porch | 10' | None |
15' | None | |
Cottage cluster dwelling | 10' | None |
Garage or carport | 20' | None |
c. Interior Setbacks. Interior yard setbacks shall be the same as the base zone.
d. Commercial and Institutional Setbacks. Except as set forth in subsection (A)(8) of this section, setbacks for commercial and institutional use shall be set by the base zone or as otherwise required in this code.
5. Street Trees. Street trees shall be required along all streets where designated planter strips and/or raised medians are provided. One tree shall be required for every 40 feet of street frontage or fraction of 40 feet; e.g., a lot with 50 feet of frontage will provide two street trees; a lot with 100 feet of frontage will provide three street trees. Trees shall be provided in accordance with the list of trees included in the specific plan. Trees shall have a minimum of a one-and-one-half or one-and-three-fourths-inch caliper tree trunk and shall be balled and burlapped or boxed.
6. Residential Density. Residential density is governed by the SP overlay subdistrict. The maximum allowed density is set by the number of lots depicted on the land use plan, Figure 6 of the northwest Newberg specific plan. Additional standards follow:
a. Minimum Lot Size.
i. Single-family detached dwellings, duplex dwellings or triplex dwellings: 5,000 square feet.
ii. Townhouse dwellings: 1,500 square feet.
iii. Quadplex dwellings or cottage cluster projects: 7,000 square feet.
b. Maximum Lot Coverage.
i. R-1-SP zone: 40 percent (including garage).
ii. R-2-SP zone: 60 percent (including garage).
c. Maximum Density.
i. LDR districts: set by the specific plan (averages 4.4 dwellings per acre).
ii. MDR districts: 8.8 dwellings per acre.
iii. For the purpose of calculating compliance with the maximum density standard, single-family detached and duplex dwellings count as a single dwelling.
iv. Triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings and cottage cluster projects shall be exempt from the maximum density calculation and shall be subject only to the minimum lot sizes in subsection (A)(6)(a) of this section.
d. Flexible Minimum Density Requirements. The following standards may be applied at the time of platting:
i. Lots for single-family detached dwellings may be increased to 7,500 square feet.
ii. Lot size may be increased above 7,500 square feet for single-family detached dwellings, provided the overall density of the original parent parcel at the time of specific plan approval remains at or above 80 percent of the original planned density. If other parcels have built out at densities exceeding 80 percent of the original planned density, the overall density of the combined parcels may be used for the calculation. For these calculations, the planned density for LDR areas shall be assumed to be 6.5 dwelling units per acre (5,000-square-foot single-family lots) and MDR at 8.8 dwelling units per acre.
7. Building Orientation. All development shall be oriented to a local or collector street. Orientation shall be achieved by the provision of an entry door fronting upon the street with a direct sidewalk connection from the door to the public sidewalk.
8. Commercial Standards. In addition to site review standards, the following standards shall apply to commercial development:
a. Commercial structures shall be set back no further than 20 feet from the Foothills Drive right-of-way. This setback area shall not be used for any type of vehicular access or parking.
b. A minimum of a 300-square-foot plaza or pedestrian seating area at the intersection of Foothills Drive and the adjacent north-south local street shall be provided.
c. All walls adjacent to and visible from the public right-of-way shall include windows. An exception to this standard may be granted by the community development director if the wall is screened.
9. Sign Standards. Freestanding signs shall not exceed five feet in height, 30 square feet in area, and one per street frontage. Wall and window signs shall not exceed one square foot per lineal foot of wall. Roof signs are prohibited. Projecting fin signs shall not exceed 20 square feet in size.
B. Springbrook Oaks Specific Plan.
1. Report Adopted. The Springbrook Oaks specific plan dated August 2, 1999, and amended August 2, 1999, October 16, 2006, August 6, 2018, and June 7, 2021, is adopted by reference. The development standards listed in this section are intended to implement the policies of the Springbrook Oaks specific plan. Development of Springbrook Oaks shall follow the standards of this code section as well as the policies of the plan. If a conflict exists between the Springbrook Oaks specific plan policies and the development code, the Springbrook Oaks specific plan shall govern.
2. Permitted Uses and Conditional Uses. Eight development areas have been established with corresponding zones within the Springbrook Oaks specific plan. The permitted and conditional uses allowed under the SP subdistrict shall be the same as those uses permitted in the base zoning districts. Exceptions to this standard include the following:
a. A golf course shall be permitted within the M-1 area, adjacent to the stream corridor; and
b. Densities and lot sizes shall be in accordance to the standards established in subsection (B)(8)(a) of this section.
c. In addition to the permitted uses in the RP zone, area F-1 permits:
i. Medically related industrial uses, such as medical laboratories, manufacture and wholesale distribution of medical equipment, medical research facilities, and laundries and similar services for medical facilities.
ii. Medically related retail uses, such as a pharmacy, gift shop or cafe (limited to 3,000 square feet), or medical appliance sale and rental store.
iii. Barber and beauty shops.
Area F-1 permits residential uses.
d. Area F-2 does not permit single-family dwellings.
e. Areas shown in the bypass corridor overlay (LUBCO) district are subject to the standards of that overlay.
3. Street and Pedestrian Pathway Standards. Street and pedestrian pathway development standards are established in NMC 15.505.010 et seq. and NMC 15.505.210 et seq.
4. Residential Design. Multiple, nonrepetitive home designs (detached dwelling units) shall be used in the development. No two identical designs shall be located closer than every three lots on any street frontage.
5. Setbacks. Figures 1 and 2 of the Springbrook Oaks specific plan identify special setback standards that apply to the property.
6. Residential, Professional and Industrial Setbacks.
a. Residential.
i. Development Areas A through F Setbacks – Figure 1 of the Springbrook Oaks Specific Plan. Minimum and maximum front setbacks for structures shall be met in development areas A through F of the Springbrook Oaks specific plan. Residential structures shall be no closer nor further from the front property line than as follows:
| Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
Porch | 10' | 25' |
15' | 25' (without porch) | |
Cottage cluster dwelling | 10' | 25' (without porch) |
Garage or carport | 20' | None |
The front of a garage may not be closer to the property line than the front of the residential structure unless each fronts on different streets.
ii. Development Area H Setback – Figure 2 of the Springbrook Oaks Specific Plan. Special minimum front setbacks for residential structures shall be met in development area H of the Springbrook Oaks specific plan. No maximum setback is required. Front setbacks are as follows:
| Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
Porch | 10' | None |
Cottage cluster dwelling | 10' | None |
Garage or carport | 20' | None |
iii. Interior Setbacks. Interior yard setbacks shall be the same as the base zone. An exception to this standard is made for single-family attached housing, where no interior setback is required for the zero lot line. Another exception is development within the R-P zones of area F which may have a five-foot interior setback.
b. Professional and Industrial Setbacks. Except as set forth in subsection (B)(5) of this section, setbacks for professional and industrial developments within development areas A, F, and G of the Springbrook Oaks specific plan shall be set by the base zone or as otherwise required in this code.
c. Building Heights. Building height limits shall be the same as those in the base zone. An exception is for areas F-1 and F-2, which shall have a maximum building height of 50 feet.
7. Street Trees. Street trees shall be provided adjacent to all public rights-of-way abutting or within a subdivision or partition. Street trees shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of NMC 15.420.010(B)(4). Trees shall be selected from the street tree species list authorized by the city council. Preference should be given towards the selection of oak species to maintain the character of the development’s namesake: Springbrook Oaks.
8. Residential Density. Residential density is governed by the SP overlay subdistrict.
a. The following development standards shall be applied to Springbrook Oaks for single-family detached dwellings and duplex dwellings (please refer to Graphic VI for map of development areas A through H of the Springbrook Oaks specific plan). See Appendix A, Figure 20. These standards shall supersede any density or density transfer standards established in the development code.
Area | Zone | Minimum Lot Size (Square Feet) | Minimum Lot Area per Dwelling Unit (Square Feet) | Maximum Density (Dwelling Units per Acre) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
A | C-2 | 5,000 | NA | NA |
B4, 5 | RP | 1,500* | 1,500* | 21.8*1 |
C4, 5 | R-3 | 2,500* | 2,500* | 13.1* |
D4, 5 | R-2 | 3,750* | 3,750 | 8.8 |
E4, 5 | R-2 | 5,000 | 5,000* | 6.6* |
F-14, 5 | RP | 1,500* | 1,500* | 21.8* |
F-24, 5 | RP | 1,500* | None*2 | None*2 |
F-34, 5 | RP | 1,500* | 1,500* | 21.8* |
G | M-1 | 20,000 | NA | NA |
H4, 5 | R-1 | 5,000* | 10,000*3 | 3.3* |
* Different than the standards established elsewhere in the development code. Residential land use only permitted on F-1 area for Yamhill County tax lot 3216-02026.
1 Up to 100 percent of the land zoned RP within area B may be developed for residential use.
2 There is no limit on the number of dwelling units allowed in area F-2.
3 Average lot area per dwelling in any one subdivision.
4 Duplex dwellings are exempt from minimum lot area per dwelling unit. Duplex dwellings count as a single dwelling for the purpose of calculating compliance with the maximum density.
5 Triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings, multifamily dwellings, and cottage cluster projects are permitted on lots meeting the applicable minimum lot areas for the dwelling type in the corresponding zone per NMC 15.405.010(A), and are exempt from the development standards in this table.
b. Density Shifting.
i. A density shift of up to 20 percent is permitted between any two lots or portions of lots of equal acreage within the same or different residential areas (areas B, C, D and E). The shift may be up to 20 percent of total units permitted within the lower density zone regardless of which direction the shifting is occurring. Any such shift shall be approved through a Type I process. An agreement must be drafted and signed by all parties involved.
ii. An example of density shifting is as follows:
Present maximum density permitted by zone | A five-acre lot in area B = 109 units |
| A five-acre lot in area C = 65.5 units |
| (20 percent = 13.1 units) |
Proposed 20 percent shift: | Lot in area B = 122* units |
| Lot in area C = 52* units |
| OR |
| Lot in area B = 95* units |
| Lot in area C = 78* units |
* Rounded down to a whole unit number. | |
c. Increases in density of residential areas B, C, D and E may be permitted in consideration for land designated for public purposes such as schools, neighborhood parks, plazas, and the like (excluding stream corridors). For any given acreage designated for the aforementioned purposes, the density of an equal amount of acreage may be increased 20 percent in another area of Springbrook Oaks which has the same zone type as that of where the public area is located. The density shift may also be directed to a different zone, in a similar manner to the above. For example:
Present maximum density of public land: | A five-acre lot in area D zoned R-2 = 44 units (20 percent = 8.8 units) |
Proposed 20 percent density shift to another five acres in area D zoned R-2 | 44 units + 8.8 units = 52 units* |
| OR |
Proposed 20 percent density shift to another five acres in area B zoned R-3 | 109 units + 8.8 units = 117 units* |
* Rounded down to a whole unit number. | |
d. Any area of land whose allowed density has increased due to a density shift may include a corresponding decrease in the area’s minimum lot size and minimum lot area per dwelling unit.
e. No lot within any given zone may increase density due to a density shift more than once.
f. Maximum lot coverage is described in NMC 15.405.040.
9. Commercial and Industrial Standards. In addition to site review standards, all commercial and industrial development will conform to the covenants, conditions, and restrictions (CC&Rs) approved for the Springbrook Oaks development. A certificate of compliance with these CC&Rs shall be submitted with a design review application for any commercial or industrial development.
10. Sign Standards. Signs must comply with NMC 15.435.010 through 15.435.120.
11. Tree Management Plan. Any proposed development within development area H must follow the approved tree management plan for development area H. The plan shall be developed by a third-party licensed arborist.
12. Permitting Process. Any proposed development shall follow the permit approval process described in NMC 15.100.010 through 15.100.150. Exceptions to this standard are as follows:
a. Proposed subdivisions will be reviewed under the Type II process; and
b. Any proposed development within development areas A through F that meet the building design and development standards in Appendix C (see Springbrook Oaks specific plan) will be reviewed under the Type I process. The applicant shall provide written documentation showing that each development standard has been met.
13. Plan Amendments. Proposed amendments and adjustments to the specific plan will follow the procedure described in NMC 15.346.050. Exceptions to this amendment and adjustment procedure are as follows:
a. Proposed boundary modifications for development areas B through E (see Appendix A, Figure 20) that increase any individual area no more than five percent of its original total acreage will be reviewed under a Type I process. Proposed boundary modifications that change the total acreage of any of the aforementioned development areas more than five percent will be reviewed under a Type III process.
b. Proposed boundary modifications for development areas F and G that move a boundary less than 50 feet and do not change the total acreage in a development area by more than 0.1 acre will be reviewed under a Type I process. Other proposed boundary modifications will be reviewed under a Type III process.
c. Proposed boundary changes for areas A and H will be reviewed under a Type III process.
14. Residential Development Near the Bypass. In order to minimize conflicts between the proposed bypass and proposed residential development in area F, the director shall approve a management plan prior to residential subdivision or development approval in area F. The management plan shall be developed in coordination with the director, ODOT, and the developer. The management plan may require any of the following or other conditions necessary to minimize conflicts:
a. Separation between the bypass and residential development, either within or outside the eventual right-of-way.
b. Specific orientation of buildings.
c. Specific layout of streets, walkways, pedestrian paths, alleys, driveways, open spaces, and sound walls. [Ord. 2913 § 2 (Exh. B § 9), 4-17-23; Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 20 – 24), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 26 – 33), 6-7-21; Ord. 2833 § 1 (Exh. A), 8-6-18; Ord. 2657 § 1, 10-16-06; Ord. 2619, 5-16-05; Ord. 2517, 8-2-99; Ord. 2513, 8-2-99; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.511.]
Middle housing land divisions proposed in either the northwest Newberg specific plan or Springbrook Oaks specific plan areas shall follow the lot requirements set forth in this chapter. [Ord. 2912 § 1 (Exh. A § 12), 5-1-23.]
A. The institutional overlay (IO) subdistrict is intended to provide for the orderly development and expansion of George Fox University, Providence Newberg Hospital, and Friendsview Manor operating within the City of Newberg. The IO subdistrict is designed to incorporate specific regulations and standards that will support the expansion of the institutional uses, while protecting the existing uses of noninstitutionally owned property within the subdistrict until such time as the property may be acquired by the institution with the consent of the property owners. The IO subdistrict focuses primarily on development regulations and processes. Also, the IO subdistrict will provide a process for conversion of lands in the IO subdistrict to the institutional district as contiguous lands are purchased by the institution. The IO subdistrict may be applied to any existing zoning designation. Permitted uses include those permitted by the underlying zoning district and other institutional uses specifically allowed within the IO subdistrict that are compatible with the uses in the underlying zoning. The IO subdistrict is intended to be consistent with the public/quasi-public designation of the comprehensive plan.
B. In addition, the purpose of the subdistrict is to:
1. Preserve and enhance the character of the areas surrounding the institutions, especially residential areas.
2. Provide a process to enhance communication among the institution, neighborhood residents, and city officials concerning institutional change and expansion plans. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.520.]
The uses, procedures, and standards contained within this chapter apply only when the property is purchased by an institution. Development standards of the underlying zone apply to all other parcels within the district boundaries. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.521.]
A. All uses permitted in the underlying primary district.
B. Uses that are directly related to the objectives of the institution and that are owned or operated by the institution that are not already permitted within the district, and may be subject to special conditions and standards including:
1. Group living facilities with a maximum of 10 residents per housing unit.
2. Office and administrative facilities subject to special conditions (NMC 15.348.050(A)).
3. Retail sales and services subject to special conditions (NMC 15.348.050(B)).
C. Where uses in the IO subdistrict and the underlying zone conflict, the IO subdistrict prevails. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.522.]
A. Designation of Overlay Boundary. The IO subdistrict boundary is defined by the institution in cooperation with the city, based on the institution’s needs and acceptable areas for expansion. To amend an established boundary the institution will be required to submit a comprehensive plan amendment in accordance with established city procedures.
1. Procedures for processing development applications and permits for projects within the IO subdistrict will follow existing city procedures. Regulations and standards set forth in NMC 15.348.060 will apply to the development applications in the subdistrict and will supersede other development standards in this code.
2. All new buildings and structures within the IO zone will follow the site design review criteria set forth in NMC 15.220.010 et seq. with the exception of the following:
a. An existing residential or commercial structure is converted to an institutional use permitted under NMC 15.348.030.
b. An existing institutional use is converted to a different institutional use permitted under NMC 15.348.030. [Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25; Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.523.]
The following conditions and limitations are applicable only to IO designated parcels. Development standards of the underlying zone apply to all other parcels within the IO district boundaries.
A. Office and administrative facilities are allowed in residential districts within the IO subdistrict subject to the following requirements:
1. The office use is an accessory use to a permitted institutional district use.
2. The conversion of existing residential housing to office uses shall not substantially change the structure or scale of the building.
B. Retail sales and services are allowed in residential districts within the IO subdistrict subject to the following requirements:
1. The retail sales and service use is an accessory use to a permitted institutional district use.
2. The use is identified as part of the institution’s master plan.
3. Retail and service uses shall be conducted wholly within a completely enclosed building; a restaurant, delicatessen or coffee shop may include an outdoor eating area, provided the area consists of an all-weather surface not greater than 900 square feet in gross floor area and is screened from public rights-of-way and residential areas.
4. Drive-up windows and drive-through restaurant services shall not be permitted. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.524.]
A. Height. The maximum height for all uses will be 45 feet.
B. Setbacks.
1. A minimum 15-foot building setback for all boundary lines of the property will be required for all schools, churches, public and semi-public buildings and other institutional uses in residential districts. IO designated property is not subject to the setback standards identified within NMC 15.410.040.
2. Parking in setbacks will be permitted per NMC 15.420.010(B)(3)(b).
3. No variances are required where existing buildings or site improvements are converted to institutional uses and do not meet these standards.
C. Lot Coverage. Combined maximum lot and parking coverage shall be 80 percent for R-2, R-3 and RP districts.
D. Parking.
1. Group living: one space per three beds (can be reduced by 50 percent if within 400 feet of an institution parking lot).
2. Office: one space per 400 square feet minimum (can be reduced by 50 percent if within 400 feet of an institution parking lot).
E. Landscaping. Exemption to the landscape requirements of NMC 15.420.010 include the following:
1. No street tree improvements will be required for projects along the following streets:
a. River Street between Sheridan Street and Sherman Street.
b. Sherman Street and North Street between Meridian Street and Villa Road.
c. Sheridan Street east of Meridian Street.
d. Center Street between Sheridan Street and Sherman Street.
2. With an approved master plan or functional plan for landscaping of institutional properties within the IO subdistrict, administrative Type I review will be required pursuant to NMC 15.220.010 et seq.
F. Signs. Exemption to the sign requirements of NMC 15.435.010 et seq. include the following: One sign with a maximum size of six square feet may be mounted on a building or erected freestanding on the property and does not require a sign permit; provided, that it meets the vision clearance requirements of NMC 15.410.060 and that it is less than five feet tall. [Ord. 2451, 12-2-96. Code 2001 § 151.525.]
A. The civic corridor overlay subdistrict is designed to emphasize the civic heart of the community and to capitalize on the significant amenity that Newberg’s historic downtown buildings represent. Two buildings which characterize the historic style of Newberg are City Hall, built in 1913, and the library, built in 1912. The important architectural features of this style are illustrated in the figure below.
B. Specific design standards will ensure that new development is consistent with the regional and local historical traditions that these buildings represent. While incorporating historic ornament and detail into new buildings is encouraged, it is recognized that the current cost of such detail may not be feasible. Instead, historical compatibility is better achieved by relating to the vertical proportions of historic facades, the depth and quality of windows and doors, and emulating the simple vertical massing of historical buildings.
C. The CC subdistrict is intended to emphasize the civic and historic character of that portion of downtown Newberg generally bounded by Sherman Street on the north, Blaine Street on the west, 5th Street on the south, and Howard and School Streets on the east and as depicted on the zoning map. The subdistrict overlay may be applied within any zoning district within these boundaries. The subdistrict shall be designated by the suffix CC added to the symbol of the parent district. Permitted uses include those permitted by the underlying zoning district and other uses specifically allowed within the CC subdistrict that are compatible with the uses in the underlying zoning. [Ord. 2744 § 1 (Exh. A), 7-18-11; Ord. 2561, 4-1-02. Code 2001 § 151.526.1.]
The uses, procedures, and standards contained within NMC 15.350.030 through 15.350.060 apply, in addition to the development standards of the underlying zone. Where there is a conflict between the uses and standards of this chapter and those of the base zone, the uses and standards of this chapter shall prevail. [Ord. 2744 § 1 (Exh. A), 7-18-11; Ord. 2561, 4-1-02. Code 2001 § 151.526.2.]
All uses permitted in the underlying primary district are permitted within the CC subdistrict except as follows:
A. In addition to the buildings and uses permitted conditionally in NMC 15.305.020, the planning commission may grant a conditional use permit for any of the following buildings and uses in accordance with a Type III procedure:
1. Facilities which exist for the purpose of providing for the temporary care and/or lodging of adult indigent persons.
2. Hospitals.
B. The following uses are prohibited within the CC subdistrict:
1. Automobile sales, new and used.
2. Car washes, coin-operated or mechanical.
3. Garages, repair.
4. Service stations.
5. Recreational marijuana producer and recreational marijuana processor.
6. Recreational marijuana wholesalers and retailers.
7. Medical marijuana dispensaries and wholesalers. [Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 4), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 4-4-16; amended during 11/13 supplement; Ord. 2561, 4-1-02. Code 2001 § 151.526.3.]
A. Designation of Overlay Boundary. The CC subdistrict boundary is shown on the official zoning map. To amend an established boundary, a comprehensive plan map amendment is required in accordance with NMC 15.100.050.
B. Development Permits. Procedures for processing development applications and permits for projects within the CC subdistrict will follow existing city procedures. Regulations and standards set forth in NMC 15.350.060 will apply to the development applications in the subdistrict and will supersede other development standards in this code.
C. All new and redeveloped buildings and structures within the CC subdistrict will follow the site design review criteria set forth in NMC 15.220.010 through 15.220.050. [Ord. 2561, 4-1-02. Code 2001 § 151.526.4.]
The following conditions and limitations are applicable to CC designated parcels:
A. Office and administrative facilities are allowed in residential districts within the CC subdistrict subject to the following requirements:
1. The office use is an accessory use to a permitted residential district use.
2. The conversion of existing residential housing to office uses shall not substantially change the structure or scale of the building.
B. Retail sales and services are allowed in residential districts within the CC subdistrict subject to the following requirements:
1. The retail sales and service use is an accessory use to a permitted residential district use.
2. Retail and service uses shall be conducted wholly within a completely enclosed building; a restaurant, delicatessen or coffee shop may include an outdoor eating area, provided the area consists of an all-weather surface not greater than 900 square feet in gross floor area and is screened from public rights-of-way and residential areas.
3. Drive-up windows and drive-through restaurant services shall not be permitted. [Ord. 2561, 4-1-02. Code 2001 § 151.526.5.]
In addition to the standards of NMC 15.220.080, the following development standards shall apply to new development or redevelopment within the civic corridor overlay subdistrict.
A. Elements of the Street-Facing Facade.
1. Base, Field, and Crown. For new or redeveloped buildings, all street-facing facades shall be clearly divided into three separate elements: base, field and crown. Separations shall be made by changes in material or by shifts in the depth of the facade. Merely painting the facade different colors without some other physical delineation is not sufficient. For new or redeveloped buildings, elements of the street-facing facade shall comply with the standards below:
a. Base. The base of the facade shall be a maximum of four feet for single-story buildings, a maximum of one story for two- to four-story buildings, and a maximum of two stories for buildings greater than four stories. Bases shall be expressed in heavier-appearing materials (e.g., stone or brick) and have a more horizontal emphasis.
b. Field. The field of a facade is all the floors between the base and the crown. The field element shall be expressed as a series of repetitive vertical elements that include windows, pilasters and trim.
c. Crown. The crown can be expressed as part of the top floor of the building or as a decorative cornice. Crowns shall be more elaborate than the field element of the facade and shall incorporate detailed elements that articulate the top of the building.
B. Street-Facing Facade Articulation.
1. Detail at First Floor. Buildings that have highly detailed ground floors contribute significantly to the pedestrian experience. To accomplish this desirable characteristic, ground-floor elements like window trim, pilaster ornamentation, the texture of the base material, and even whimsical sculptural pieces embedded in the facade like busts or reliefs are highly encouraged. Especially desirable are details that relate to the history or culture of the surrounding region.
2. Cornice Treatment. Flat-roof buildings shall have cornices. Cornices shall have a combined width plus depth of at least three feet. An additional one foot shall be added to this required total for every story above one.
C. Street-Facing Windows – Depth of Windows. Windows shall be recessed at least three inches from the general plane of the facade. This creates shadow lines and visual interest, giving the facade the perception of depth. Depth in the facade promotes the perception of high quality and durable construction, and contributes to the district’s historic character.
D. Street-Facing Facade Materials.
1. Dominant Material. All facades shall be comprised primarily of brick. The color of the brick shall be a reddish-brown of generally the same tonal quality as the existing brick buildings within the civic corridor. When used as a veneer material, the brick must be at least two and one-half inches thick. Additional materials are allowed as accents.
2. Allowed Accent Materials. Allowed accent materials include horizontal wood and cementitious lap siding, horizontal board and batten siding, shingles, shakes, and copper or brass. Lap siding, shingles, and shakes shall leave exposed a maximum of six inches to the weather. In board and batten siding, battens shall be spaced at most eight inches on center. In addition, rusticated concrete block, or stone masonry is allowed, but when used as a veneer material, it must be at least two and one-half inches thick. Cement-based stucco is allowed.
3. Changes in Material. Brick street-facing facades shall return at least 18 inches around exposed side walls.
E. Signage Standards. In addition to the C-3 signage requirements of NMC 15.435.010 through 15.435.120, to encourage the historic character of the civic corridor as described in NMC 15.350.010, sign lettering within the civic corridor shall not exceed 12 inches in height, and signs shall include at least one of the following elements:
1. The sign includes a frame, background or lettering in copper, bronze or brass in natural finishes, comprising at least five percent of the sign face.
2. The sign is a freestanding brick monument sign.
3. The sign lettering is in a raised relief, and is constructed of either naturally finished metal or white-painted wood (or material that appears to be wood).
4. The sign lettering is engraved in either metal or masonry.
5. The sign is attached to a mounting bracket and allowed to swing freely. [Ord. 2744 § 1 (Exh. A), 7-18-11; Ord. 2561, 4-1-02. Code 2001 § 151.526.6.]
The purpose of the riverfront overlay subdistrict is to create a unique identity based on the district’s special character as a result of its proximity to the Willamette River. The riverfront overlay subdistrict is also intended to encourage access to and enjoyment of the Willamette River and to protect and enhance views of and connections to the river. Specific building design standards for commercial, residential, and industrial buildings, streetscapes, and parking within the riverfront overlay subdistrict are included to achieve development that is consistent with the vision identified in the 2019 Riverfront Master Plan. This vision includes, but is not limited to, attractive pedestrian-oriented streets; an integrated mix of residential, commercial and industrial development; preservation of natural spaces along the riverfront; a network of off-street paths and trails; and space for large group activities such as concerts, cultural gatherings, or sporting events. [Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02. Code 2001 § 151.527.1.]
The regulations of the chapter apply to the portion of any lot or development site which is within an RD overlay subdistrict. The delineation of the RD overlay subdistrict is described by boundary lines delineated on the City of Newberg zoning map indicated with an RD symbol. [Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02. Code 2001 § 151.527.2.]
A. Report Accepted. The 2019 Newberg Riverfront Master Plan was accepted by the city council on September 16, 2019 (Resolution No. 2019-3596). The development standards listed in this chapter shall take precedence over those listed in the report. If ambiguity exists, this code shall govern.
B. Permitted Uses and Conditional Uses. The permitted and conditional uses allowed under the RD overlay subdistrict shall be the same as those uses permitted in the base zoning districts, subject to the provisions of subsection (I) of this section.
C. Street, Bike Path, and Pedestrian Walkway Standards. All development improvements shall comply with standards contained in the 2019 Newberg Riverfront Master Plan.
D. View Corridors. Key views of the Willamette River shall be protected. Key views include the view from the top of the bluff, on the south side of the intersection of E Fourteenth Street and S River Street, and the view from the top of the bluff south of E Fourteenth Street generally between S College and S River Streets. These key views shall be protected as follows:
1. Any development on the south side of the intersections of E Fourteenth Street and S River Street, E Fourteenth Street and S College Street, and NE Waterfront Street shall provide a public viewing area accessible from E Fourteenth Street and NE Waterfront Street that allows views from the top of the bluff to the river. Any viewing area at this location shall be connected to the public esplanade or the E Fourteenth Street public sidewalk.
2. Development south of E Fourteenth Street and NE Waterfront Street shall protect views of the river by providing a public esplanade with a public walkway.
3. Development on the Riverfront Mill Site shall protect views of the river from the top of the bluff along the southern edge of the site, including at the northern terminus of the waterline bridge. Developments shall provide a public viewing area accessible from the future extension of E Fourteenth Street that allows views from the top of the bluff to the river and connects to a public sidewalk.
4. Additional key views of the Willamette River may be identified through the land use approval process. Additional views identified through the land use process may be protected through conditions of approval.
E. Significant Tree Grove. Oregon White Oaks within the significant tree grove located north of E Fourteenth Street and between S College and S River Streets shall be preserved, with the exception of removal necessary for a public infrastructure project or removal of trees deemed hazardous by a certified arborist.
F. Separate Rail Traffic from Other Modes. Transportation improvements to collector and arterial streets shall be designed with considerations intended to mitigate conflicts between rail traffic and other modes such as at-grade rail crossings.
G. Esplanade Development. Prior to the development of the riverfront esplanade, a slope stability and flood study shall be performed.
H. Limits to the Floor Area of Commercial and Office Development within the M-E/RD subdistrict. Within the M-E/RD subdistrict, limits to total floor area shall be imposed in order to (a) preserve the predominantly employment-focused nature of the district east of S River Street and (b) limit traffic impacts of development within the M-E/RD subdistrict on nearby intersections, as identified in the 2019 Riverfront Master Plan and its Transportation Planning Rule (TPR) findings. The limits are as follows:
1. Commercial Retail Development. Within the M-E/RD Subdistrict, the total combined floor area for development within the categories of commercial sales and rental uses, eating and drinking establishments, commercial services, and commercial recreation shall not exceed 60,000 square feet.
2. Commercial Office Development. Within the M-E/RD subdistrict, the total combined floor area for development in the category of commercial office shall not exceed 60,000 square feet. [Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02. Code 2001 § 151.527.3.]
A. General. The commercial design standards apply to any development located within the commercial zoning district(s) within the riverfront overlay subdistrict. These standards are in addition to the standards and requirements of the Newberg development code. The development standards listed in this chapter shall take precedence over those listed elsewhere in this code.
B. Minimum Lot Size. Within the commercial zoning district(s) of the riverfront overlay subdistrict, there is no minimum lot size required, provided the other standards of this code can be met.
C. Lot Coverage. The development site is permitted to have 100 percent lot coverage.
D. Building Maximum Square Footage Requirements. Except as otherwise may be approved through a conditional use permit, the ground floor of buildings shall not exceed 15,000 square feet.
E. Setbacks.
1. Minimum. No front yard setbacks are required. No side or rear yard setbacks are required, except where adjacent to residentially zoned property. Where interior lot lines are common with residentially zoned property, setbacks of not less than 10 feet shall be required.
2. Maximum.
a. The maximum front yard setback shall be 10 feet for at least 50 percent of the length of the street-facing lot line. A building must be constructed that is located within 10 feet of the street-facing lot line for at least 50 percent of the length of the street-facing lot line. If the development is on a corner lot, this standard applies to both streets.
b. The maximum front yard setback may be increased to 20 feet if the following conditions are met:
i. Landscaping or a hard-surfaced expansion of the pedestrian path must be provided between the front of the building and the sidewalk.
ii. For each 100 square feet of hard-surfaced area between the building and the street lot line, at least one of the following amenities must be provided:
(A) A bench or other seating that will accommodate at least three people.
(B) A tree with a minimum caliper of two and one-half inches.
(C) A landscape planter not less than 20 square feet in area.
(D) A drinking fountain.
(E) Similar pedestrian-scale amenities.
F. Vision Clearance. There is no vision clearance requirement within the commercial zoning districts located within the RF overlay subdistrict.
G. Signs. Signs shall comply with sign standards for the C-3 zone under this code, NMC 15.435.040 through 15.435.120.
H. Parking.
1. Interior Lots. Within a development site, parking is not permitted between a building and a public street. Parking must be located to the side or rear of buildings.
2. Corner Lots. Parking may be located no closer than 40 feet from the intersection of two public streets.
3. Minimum Required Off-Street Parking. The minimum number of required off-street parking spaces shall be 50 percent of the number required by NMC 15.440.030, except that no reduction is permitted for residential uses.
4. Off-Site Parking. Required off-street parking is permitted to be located off-site, as long as the off-street parking is located within 400 feet of the development.
5. Shared Parking. Shared parking facilities shall be exempt from setback and building square footage requirements, provided the parking facility does not abut Fourteenth Street. An intervening building must be provided between Fourteenth Street and the parking facility, or the facility must be set back a minimum of 40 feet from Fourteenth Street. Accessways to Fourteenth Street are permitted.
6. Bicycle Parking. Two bicycle parking spaces, or one per 5,000 square feet of building area, must be provided, whichever is greater.
7. Loading. Except as permitted in this subsection, loading areas shall be set back at least 10 feet from property lines and screened from the street and neighboring properties. Loading areas that are directly visible from the street or neighboring properties shall be screened using one of the following ways:
a. The loading area shall be incorporated into the building design and located internally to the building, with a door to the exterior.
b. The loading area shall be screened by a hedge, fence, or wall at least six feet in height. A hedge must be 95 percent opaque year-round. Fences or walls must be totally sight-obscuring. Slatted chain link fencing is not permitted as a form of screening loading areas.
I. Screening.
1. Refuse and Recycling. Refuse collection containers (dumpsters) and recycling areas shall be screened from the street and neighboring properties. Trash receptacles for pedestrian use are exempt from this requirement. One of the following standards must be met for refuse collection screening:
a. Refuse collection and recycling areas may be screened by being located completely within a building.
b. If located outside of a building, refuse collection and recycling areas must be located within an enclosure at least six feet in height. The enclosure shall be a sight-obscuring masonry wall or nonflammable sight-obscuring fence. The material selected for the enclosure must be consistent with the building materials permitted on the surrounding buildings. Slatted chain link fencing is not permitted.
2. Roof-Mounted Mechanical Equipment. All roof-mounted mechanical equipment (e.g., air conditioning, heating, ventilation ducts and exhaust vents, swimming pool and spa pumps and filters, transformers and generators, communications equipment, and similar equipment, excluding solar panels) must be screened from public view in one of the following ways:
a. A parapet as tall as the tallest part of the equipment;
b. A screen around the equipment that is as tall as the tallest part of the equipment; or
c. The equipment is set back from the street-facing perimeters of the building three feet for each foot of height of the equipment.
d. The review body may allow exemptions for equipment that contributes to the architectural design of the structure, such as piping in a brewery.
3. Ground-Mounted Equipment. Mechanical equipment on the ground must be screened from view by walls, fences, or vegetation as tall as the tallest part of the equipment. Any vegetation must be 95 percent opaque year-round. Fences or walls must be totally sight-obscuring. Slatted chain link fencing is not permitted.
J. Building Design.
1. Building Height. Maximum building height in the C-4 zone in the riverfront overlay subdistrict is 45 feet. Maximum building height in the C-1 zone in the riverfront overlay subdistrict is 30 feet. Minimum building height for all commercial zones in the riverfront overlay subdistrict is 16 feet on the exterior elevation, and a parapet can be included in the measurement.
2. Street-Facing Building Facades. Street-facing facades shall be varied and articulated to provide visual interest to pedestrians.
a. Street-facing building facades shall extend no more than 30 feet without providing a variation in building material or building offsets. Building offsets must articulate at least two feet.
b. Street-facing building facades shall be articulated into planes of 500 square feet or less either by setting part of the facade back at least two feet from the rest of the facade, or by the use of fascias, canopies, arcades, windows, breaks in relief, or other similar features.
c. Buildings must include changes in relief on 10 percent (in area) of facades facing public rights-of-way. Relief changes include cornices, bases, arcades, setbacks of at least two feet, canopies, awnings, projecting window features, or porticos.
3. Building Length. Building length shall not exceed 200 feet without a pedestrian connection through the building or between buildings. This is applicable to both a single building and to a group of individual buildings connected by common walls.
4. Building Materials. Building materials for all exterior sides with a primary or secondary entrance, excluding loading zones, shall convey an impression of durability.
a. Masonry, stone, stucco, and wood are permitted as the primary material for exterior appearance. Metal is not permitted as a primary exterior building material but may be used as an accent or awning.
b. Where concrete masonry units (concrete block) are used for exterior finish, decorative patterns must be used, such as split-face concrete block or by incorporating layering or patterns.
c. Where brick, rusticated concrete block, or stone masonry is used as a veneer material, it must be at least two and one-half inches thick. Brick and stone street-facing facades shall return at least 18 inches around exposed side walls.
d. Wood or wood-look siding must be lap siding, board and batten, shingle siding or channel siding and is not permitted to be applied in a diagonal or herringbone pattern. T1-11 and all other wood-based “full sheet” or panel-type siding is prohibited. Lap siding, shingles, and shakes shall be exposed a maximum of six inches to the weather. In board and batten siding, battens shall be spaced a maximum of eight inches on center.
e. Preferred colors for exterior building finishes are earth tones, creams, and pastels of earth tones. High-intensity primary colors, metallic colors, and black may be used for trim or accent colors but are not permitted as primary wall colors.
5. Ground-Floor Windows. Exterior walls on the ground level which face a street lot line or other public right-of-way must have windows at least 50 percent of the length and 25 percent of the ground-level wall area. Ground-level wall areas include all exterior wall areas up to nine feet above the finished grade. To qualify as ground-floor windows, window sills must be no more than four feet above exterior grade. The ground-floor window requirement does not apply to the walls of residential units. Qualifying window features must be either windows or doors that allow views into working areas or lobbies, pedestrian entrances, or display windows set into the wall. See Appendix A, Figure 25.
6. Window Glazing. Any windows facing public rights-of-way on the ground floor shall have clear glazing. Restroom windows are exempt from this requirement. On any floor, tinted or reflective glass shall not be visible from public rights-of-way, other than ornamental stained glass windows.
7. Main Building Entrance. Within the riverfront commercial district, the main building entrance shall connect to adjacent public rights-of-way with a paved walkway at least six feet in width. For buildings with more than one major entrance, only one entrance is required to meet the main building entrance standard. The walkway must not be more than 120 percent or 20 feet longer than the straight line distance between the entrance and the closest improved right-of-way, whichever is less.
8. Pedestrian Access to Esplanade. Buildings on properties adjacent to the esplanade shall provide pedestrian access to and a door facing the esplanade.
K. Landscaping. Where 100 percent of a lot is covered by a building, no landscaping is required.
1. All setback areas and lands not otherwise developed shall be landscaped. Courtyards, plazas and pedestrian walkways, esplanades and natural riparian vegetation are considered to be landscaping.
2. Parking Lot Landscaping. In addition to other Newberg development code standards for interior parking lot landscaping, special screening standards shall apply to parking lots. Parking areas shall be screened from neighboring properties and public rights-of-way. Perimeter landscaping at least five feet in width shall be provided. The following standards must be met for the perimeter landscaping areas:
a. Enough low shrubs to provide a continuous screen at least three feet high and 95 percent opaque year-round.
b. One tree per 30 linear feet or enough trees to provide a tree canopy over the landscaped area.
c. Ground cover plants, perennials, or shrubs must fully cover the remainder of the landscaped area.
d. A three-foot-high masonry wall may substitute for the shrubs, but trees and ground cover at the above-cited rates are still required.
L. Outdoor Storage and Display.
1. Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage of merchandise or materials directly or indirectly related to a business is prohibited.
2. Outdoor Display. Outdoor display of merchandise is permitted during business hours only. A minimum pedestrian walkway of six-foot clear width must be maintained at all times.
M. Outdoor Seating. Outdoor seating is encouraged on public sidewalks and the esplanade. A minimum pedestrian walkway of six-foot clear width must be maintained at all times. [Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02. Code 2001 § 151.527.4.]
In addition to the development standards of the base zone and the design standards in NMC 15.415.050, the following standards shall apply:
A. Facade Design Features.
1. For single-family detached dwellings, duplex dwellings, triplex dwellings, quadplex dwellings, townhouse dwellings, and manufactured homes on individual lots, at least two of the following design features must be provided on the street-facing facade:
a. Covered front porch at least six feet in width and length.
b. Eaves (minimum 12-inch overhang).
c. Bay or bow windows.
d. Dormers.
e. Window shutters.
f. Cupolas.
g. Horizontal lap siding.
2. T1-11 and all other wood-based “full sheet” or panel-type siding is prohibited on elevations visible from public rights-of-way.
3. Townhouse dwellings shall be exempt from the unit definition standards of NMC 15.415.050(B)(3).
B. Standards for Primary Entrances, Garage Doors and Parking in Residential Zones.
1. Residential Entrances. All residential structures shall have a pedestrian entrance facing a street.
2. Garage Location. When parking is provided in a garage attached to the primary structure, and garage doors face a street, the following standards must be met:
a. The garage door, or doors if more than one door on same building elevation, must not be more than 40 percent of the length of the street-facing facade or 12 feet wide, whichever is greater.
b. The front of the garage can be no closer to the front lot line than the front facade of the primary structure.
c. Individual garage doors may be no more than 90 square feet in area for a single-car garage or 180 square feet in area for a two-car garage.
d. There may be no more than two individual garage doors located side by side without being separated by a space not less than 20 feet.
3. Surface parking areas shall be located behind or to the side of residential structures.
4. If carports are provided on surface lots, they must be of an architectural design that is compatible with the dwelling structure, and be constructed of similar materials. [Ord. 2933 § 1 (Exhs. A-1a, A-1b), 2-18-25; Ord. 2889 § 2 (Exh. B § 25), 12-6-21; Ord. 2880 § 2 (Exh. B §§ 34, 35), 6-7-21; Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20; Ord. 2747 § 1 (Exh. A § 12), 9-6-11; Ord. 2564, 4-15-02. Code 2001 § 151.527.5.]
A. General. The mixed employment (M-E) design standards for commercial development apply to any commercial uses located within the M-E zoning district within the riverfront overlay subdistrict, including retail, commercial offices, sales, and commercial services. These standards are in addition to the standards and requirements of the Newberg Development Code. The development standards listed in this chapter shall take precedence over those listed elsewhere in this code.
B. Minimum Lot Size. There is no minimum lot size required, provided the other standards of this code can be met.
C. Lot Coverage. There is no maximum lot coverage.
D. Building Ground Floor Maximum Square Footage Requirements. Except as otherwise may be approved through a conditional use permit, the ground floor of buildings shall not exceed 20,000 square feet.
E. Setbacks.
1. Minimum. No minimum setbacks are required.
2. Maximum.
a. The maximum front yard setback shall be 10 feet for at least 50 percent of the length of the street-facing lot line. A building must be constructed within 10 feet of the street-facing lot line for at least 50 percent of the length of the street-facing lot line. If the development is on a corner lot, this standard applies to both street frontages.
b. The maximum front yard setback may be increased to 20 feet if the following criteria are met:
i. Landscaping or a hard-surfaced expansion of the pedestrian path is provided between the front of the building and the sidewalk.
ii. For each 100 square feet of hard-surfaced area between the building and the street lot line, at least one of the following amenities must be provided:
(A) A bench or other seating that will accommodate at least three people.
(B) A tree with a minimum caliper of two and one-half inches.
(C) A landscape planter not less than 20 square feet in area.
(D) A drinking fountain.
(E) Similar pedestrian-scale amenities.
F. Vision Clearance. Development shall comply with NMC 15.410.060.
G. Signs. Signs shall comply with Chapter 15.435 NMC.
H. Parking.
1. Off-Street Parking Lots. Within a development site, parking is not permitted between a building and a public street. Parking must be located to the side or rear of buildings.
2. Corner Lots. Parking may be located no closer than 40 feet from the intersection of two public streets.
3. Minimum Required Off-Street Parking. The minimum number of required off-street parking spaces is described in NMC 15.440.030.
4. Off-Site Parking. Required off-street parking is permitted to be located off site, as long as the off-street parking is located within 400 feet of the development site. Off-site parking is subject the requirements to NMC 15.440.050(B).
5. Shared Parking. Shared parking facilities shall be exempt from setback and building square footage requirements, provided the parking facility does not abut E Fourteenth Street. An intervening building must be provided between E Fourteenth Street and the parking facility, or the parking facility must be set back a minimum of 40 feet from E Fourteenth Street. Accessways to E Fourteenth Street are permitted.
6. Bicycle Parking. Two bicycle parking spaces, or one per 5,000 square feet of building area, must be provided, whichever is greater.
7. Loading. Except as permitted in this subsection, loading areas shall be set back at least 10 feet from property lines and screened from the street and neighboring properties. Loading areas that are directly visible from the street or neighboring properties shall be screened using one of the following ways:
a. The loading area shall be incorporated into the building design and located internally to the building, with a door to the exterior.
b. The loading area shall be screened by a hedge, fence, or wall at least six feet in height. A hedge must be 95 percent opaque year-round. Fences or walls must be totally sight-obscuring. Slatted chain link fencing is not permitted as a form of screening loading areas.
I. Screening.
1. Refuse and Recycling. Refuse collection containers (dumpsters) and recycling areas shall be screened from the street and neighboring properties. Trash receptacles for pedestrian use are exempt from this requirement. One of the following standards must be met for refuse collection screening:
a. Refuse collection and recycling areas may be screened by being located completely within a building.
b. If located outside of a building, refuse collection and recycling areas must be located within an enclosure at least six feet in height. The enclosure shall be a sight-obscuring masonry wall or nonflammable sight-obscuring fence. The material selected for the enclosure must be consistent with the building materials permitted on the surrounding buildings. Slatted chain link fencing is not permitted.
2. Roof-Mounted Mechanical Equipment. All roof-mounted mechanical equipment (e.g., air conditioning, heating, ventilation ducts and exhaust vents, swimming pool and spa pumps and filters, transformers and generators, communications equipment, and similar equipment, excluding solar panels) must be screened from public view in one of the following ways:
a. A parapet as tall as the tallest part of the equipment;
b. A screen around the equipment that is as tall as the tallest part of the equipment; or
c. The equipment is set back from the street-facing perimeters of the building three feet for each foot of height of the equipment.
d. The review body may allow exemptions for equipment that contributes to the architectural design of the structure, such as piping in a brewery.
3. Ground-Mounted Equipment. Mechanical equipment on the ground must be screened from view by walls, fences, or vegetation as tall as the tallest part of the equipment. Any vegetation must be 95 percent opaque year-round. Fences or walls must be totally sight-obscuring. Slatted chain link fencing is not permitted.
J. Building Design.
1. Building Height. Maximum building height is 45 feet. Minimum building height is 16 feet on the exterior elevation, and a parapet can be included in the measurement.
2. Street-Facing Building Facades. Street-facing facades shall be varied and articulated to provide visual interest to pedestrians.
a. Street-facing building facades shall extend no more than 30 feet without providing a variation in building material or building offsets. Building offsets must articulate at least two feet.
b. Street-facing building facades shall be articulated into planes of 500 square feet or less either by setting part of the facade back at least two feet from the rest of the facade, or by the use of fascias, canopies, arcades, windows, breaks in relief, or other similar features.
c. Buildings must include changes in relief on a minimum of 10 percent (in area) of facades facing public rights-of-way. Relief changes include cornices, bases, arcades, setbacks of at least two feet, canopies, awnings, projecting window features, or porticos.
3. Building Length. Building length shall not exceed 400 feet without a pedestrian connection through the building or between buildings. This is applicable to both a single building and to a group of individual buildings connected by common walls.
4. Building Materials. Building materials for all exterior sides with a primary or secondary entrance, excluding loading zones, shall convey an impression of durability.
a. Masonry, stone, stucco, and wood are permitted as the primary material for exterior appearance. Metal is not permitted as a primary exterior building material but may be used as an accent or awning.
b. Where concrete masonry units (concrete block) are used for exterior finish, decorative patterns must be used, such as split-face concrete block or by incorporating layering or patterns.
c. Where brick, rusticated concrete block, or stone masonry is used as a veneer material, it must be at least two and one-half inches thick. Brick and stone street-facing facades shall return at least 18 inches around exposed side walls.
d. Wood or wood-look siding must be lap siding, board and batten, shingle siding or channel siding and is not permitted to be applied in a diagonal or herringbone pattern. T1-11 and all other wood-based “full sheet” or panel-type siding is prohibited. Lap siding, shingles, and shakes shall be exposed a maximum of six inches to the weather. In board and batten siding, battens shall be spaced a maximum of eight inches on center.
e. Preferred colors for exterior building finishes are earth tones, creams, and pastels of earth tones. High-intensity primary colors, metallic colors, and black may be used for trim or accent colors but are not permitted as primary wall colors.
5. Ground-Floor Windows. Exterior walls on the ground level which face a street or other public right-of-way must have windows at least 50 percent of the length and 25 percent of the ground-level wall area. Ground-level wall areas include all exterior wall areas up to nine feet above the finished grade. To qualify as ground-floor windows, windowsills must be no more than four feet above exterior grade. The ground-floor window requirement does not apply to the walls of residential units. Qualifying window features must be either windows or doors that allow views into working areas or lobbies, pedestrian entrances, or display windows set into the wall. See Appendix A, Figure 25.
6. Window Glazing. Any windows facing public rights-of-way on the ground floor shall have clear glazing. Restroom windows are exempt from this requirement. On any floor, tinted or reflective glass shall not be visible from public rights-of-way, other than ornamental stained-glass windows.
7. Main Building Entrance., The main building entrance shall connect to adjacent public rights-of-way with a concrete walkway at least six feet in width. For buildings with more than one major entrance, only one entrance is required to meet the main building entrance standard. The walkway must not be more than 120 percent or 20 feet longer than the straight-line distance between the entrance and the closest improved right-of-way, whichever is less.
K. Landscaping. Where 100 percent of a lot is covered by a building, no landscaping is required.
1. All setback areas and lands not otherwise developed shall be landscaped. Courtyards, plazas and pedestrian walkways, esplanades and natural riparian vegetation are considered to be landscaping.
2. Parking Lot Landscaping. In addition to other Newberg Development Code standards for interior parking lot landscaping, special screening standards shall apply to parking lots. Parking areas shall be screened from neighboring properties and public rights-of-way. Perimeter landscaping at least five feet in width shall be provided. The following standards must be met for the perimeter landscaping areas:
a. Enough low shrubs to provide a continuous screen at least three feet high and 95 percent opaque year-round.
b. One tree per 30 linear feet or enough trees to provide a tree canopy over the landscaped area.
c. Ground cover plants, perennials, or shrubs must fully cover the remainder of the landscaped area.
d. A three-foot-high masonry wall may substitute for the shrubs, but trees and ground cover at the above-cited rates are still required.
L. Outdoor Storage and Display.
1. Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage of merchandise or materials directly or indirectly related to a business is prohibited.
2. Outdoor Display. Outdoor display of merchandise is permitted during business hours only. A minimum pedestrian walkway of six-foot clear width must be maintained at all times.
M. Industrial Development. Industrial developments located in the mixed employment (M-E) zoning district within the riverfront overlay subdistrict shall comply with the standards in Chapter 15.220 NMC. [Ord. 2868 § 1 (Exh. A), 11-16-20.]
A. Zoning strives to create a list of uses that are generally compatible with one another in a single district. In limited circumstances, however, some of the uses permitted in a base zoning district are allowable or desirable in a particular location while others may not be. Circumstances might include topographic constraints on the site, differing characteristics of surrounding uses, or limits on local facilities, such as street capacity, that are not addressed in capital improvement plans.
B. The limited use overlay is designed to allow those uses that are or can be made compatible in a certain district, while prohibiting or limiting those uses that are incompatible.
C. It is the intention that limited use overlays be used sparingly and only where unusual circumstances warrant. [Ord. 2357, 11-6-00. Code 2001 § 151.530.]
A. The limited use overlay may be applied to any zoning classification. It may do any of the following:
1. Prohibit certain uses otherwise allowed under the base zoning district.
2. Require conditional use permits for uses otherwise permitted outright in the base zoning district.
3. Set special standards that uses in the overlay must meet, such as height restrictions or setbacks.
B. The limited use overlay may not be used to establish performance conditions, such as requiring installation of public facilities. The limited use overlay may not be used to prohibit uses that are required by state or federal law to be permitted within a base zoning district. [Ord. 2537, 11-6-00. Code 2001 § 151.530.1.]
A. A limited use overlay may be created in conjunction with or through the same process as a zoning map amendment.
B. An applicant for a zoning map amendment may request that a limited use overlay be placed on the subject property. The planning commission may recommend and the city council may order a limited use overlay be applied to specific properties.
C. It shall not be necessary to disclose in the public hearing notice of a zone change that a limited use overlay may be applied.
D. A decision to apply a limited use overlay shall be based on the same criteria as for zoning map amendments. The city council may, but need not, apply a limited use overlay in lieu of denying a request for a zone change that does not otherwise meet applicable criteria. [Ord. 2537, 11-6-00. Code 2001 § 151.530.2.]
A request to modify or eliminate a limited use overlay shall be processed using the same process as a zoning map amendment. [Ord. 2537, 11-6-00. Code 2001 § 151.530.4.]
Cross-reference: Zoning map amendments, see NMC 15.302.030.
The purpose of the BI overlay is to:
A. Protect the planned function and capacity of the Newberg-Dundee bypass (“bypass”) as an “expressway” as defined in the 1999 Oregon Highway Plan by supporting ODOT’s efforts and responsibility to manage access to the state highway system in accordance with the OHP and OAR 734-51 and managing land uses in the vicinity of the East Newberg and Oregon 219 interchanges.
B. Support the Newberg comprehensive plan for urban lands surrounding the East Newberg and Oregon 219 interchanges to protect the planned function of the bypass and interchanges to serve primarily longer-distance statewide and regional through trips.
C. 1. To avoid development of commercial uses within planned industrial areas near the interchanges and ensure the long-term capacity for the through traffic function of the bypass, the BI overlay will prohibit certain uses that would otherwise be permitted outright or with conditional use approval in Newberg’s industrial districts (M-1, M-2, and M-3) within the bypass interchange overlay. The industrial commercial subdistrict of the M-4 district shall not be applied within the boundaries of the BI overlay.
2. The City will coordinate with ODOT, Yamhill County and affected property owners to develop an interchange area management plan for the East Newberg and Oregon 219 interchanges as a means to help protect the function and capacity of each interchange for at least a 20- to 25-year planning period. The IAMPs must be adopted by the Oregon Transportation Commission (OTC) before construction of the respective interchange, consistent with the requirements of the 1999 Oregon Highway Plan and OAR 734-051-0155(7). The bypass interchange overlay may be refined, revised or replaced when final IAMPs are prepared prior to their adoption by the OTC. [Ord. 2734 § 1 (Exh. B), 3-7-11; Ord. 2708 § 2, 12-1-08; Ord. 2602, 9-20-04. Code 2001 § 151.531.]
A. The bypass interchange overlay shall apply to lands inside the city limits within the boundaries shown on Map VI (East Newberg Interchange) and Map VII (Oregon 219 Interchange).
B. The bypass interchange overlay applies in addition to the regulations of the underlying zoning district. All property within the bypass interchange overlay shall be subject to both the provisions of this section and to the underlying zoning district. Nothing in this section shall be construed as a waiver or suspension of the provisions of any underlying zoning district, or any other applicable overlay district.
C. The general boundaries of the bypass interchange overlay are shown on Map VI (East Newberg Interchange) and Map VII (Oregon 219 Interchange) and shall be delineated on a parcel-specific basis on the official zoning map. The width of the bypass corridor and interchanges shall be automatically narrowed to a smaller alignment-specific width as contained in the record of decision when it is issued for the Tier 2 environmental impact statement. [Ord. 2734 § 1 (Exh. B), 3-7-11; Ord. 2708 § 2, 12-1-08; Ord. 2602, 9-20-04. Code 2001 § 151.531.1.]
All uses of land and water that are permitted in the underlying zoning district(s) are also permitted in the bypass interchange overlay, with the exception of the special limitations on commercial uses in the industrial districts as outlined in NMC 15.356.050. [Ord. 2734 § 1 (Exh. B), 3-7-11; Ord. 2708 § 2, 12-1-08; Ord. 2602, 9-20-04. Code 2001 § 151.531.2.]
A. Uses of land and water that are listed as conditional uses in the underlying zoning district(s) may also be allowed in the bypass interchange overlay, with the exception of uses included in the list of prohibited uses in NMC 15.356.050.
B. Proposed conditional uses in the bypass interchange overlay are subject to the standard conditional use criteria and procedures of this code. [Ord. 2734 § 1 (Exh. B), 3-7-11; Ord. 2708 § 2, 12-1-08; Ord. 2602, 9-20-04. Code 2001 § 151.531.3.]
A. Several commercial types of uses are permitted outright or with conditional use approval in Newberg’s industrial districts (M-1, M-2, and M‑3). The area within the Newberg UGB near the Oregon 219 Interchange is generally planned for industrial use. To protect the interchange area from commercial development, the following uses are prohibited within the M-1, M-2, and M-3 districts within the boundaries of the bypass interchange overlay:
1. Automobile sales, new and used.
2. Billboards.
3. Car washes.
4. Convenience grocery stores.
5. Restaurants larger than 2,000 square feet or with drive-up service windows.
6. Service stations.
7. Drive-in theaters.
8. Auction sales.
9. Bakeries, retail.
10. Building material sales.
11. Driving ranges.
12. Feed and seed stores.
13. Miniature golf courses.
14. Skating rinks.
15. Recreational marijuana processors, producers (indoor and outdoor), retailers, wholesalers, laboratories, and research certificates in the R-2 district.
16. Recreational marijuana retailers.
17. Medical marijuana dispensaries, processors, grow sites, and wholesalers in the AI district.
18. Medical marijuana dispensaries, processors, wholesalers, laboratories, and research certificates in the R-2 district.
B. The industrial commercial subdistrict of the M-4 district shall not be applied within the boundaries of the BI overlay. [Ord. 2820 § 1 (Exh. A § 3), 9-18-17; Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 5), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 6), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 6), 4-4-16; Ord. 2734 § 1 (Exh. B), 3-7-11; Ord. 2708 § 2, 12-1-08; Ord. 2602, 9-20-04. Code 2001 § 151.531.4.]
The purpose of the interim industrial (II) overlay is to allow interim use of industrially zoned properties in areas that are planned for future acquisition for rights-of-way, such as the Newberg-Dundee bypass. The II overlay allows nonstructural uses of the land, such as parking and storage. The II overlay also reduces requirements for permanent site improvements, such as paving and landscaping, that would be removed upon acquisition of the right-of-way. [Ord. 2720 § 1(5), 11-2-09. Code 2001 § 151.532.]
The interim industrial use overlay may be applied on a parcel-by-parcel basis through the zone change process. Properties generally must be in a manufacturing zone in order to have this interim industrial overlay. The overlay may be applied to properties in other zoning districts where the review body determines the interim uses would be compatible with uses on surrounding properties. [Ord. 2720 § 1(5), 11-2-09. Code 2001 § 151.532.1.]
All uses of land and water that are permitted in the underlying zoning district(s) are also permitted in the interim industrial overlay, with the exception of those uses listed in NMC 15.358.050. In addition, the following are permitted:
A. Contractor’s equipment or storage.
B. Construction material storage.
C. Recreational marijuana producer (indoor).
D. Recreational marijuana wholesalers, laboratories, research certificates.
E. Medical marijuana wholesalers. [Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 6), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 7), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 7), 4-4-16; Ord. 2720 § 1(5), 11-2-09. Code 2001 § 151.532.2.]
A. Use of land and water that are listed as conditional uses in the underlying zoning district(s) may also be allowed in the interim industrial overlay, with the exception of uses included in the list of prohibited uses in NMC 15.358.050.
B. Proposed conditional uses in the interim industrial overlay are subject to the standard conditional use criteria and procedures of this code.
C. Recreational marijuana producer (outdoor). [Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 8), 4-4-16; Ord. 2720 § 1(5), 11-2-09. Code 2001 § 151.532.3.]
The following uses are prohibited in the interim industrial overlay:
A. Cemeteries.
B. Garbage dumps, sanitary landfills.
C. Parks.
D. Permanent buildings.
E. Wrecking yards for motor vehicles, building materials, and other similar items.
F. Recreational marijuana processor.
G. Recreational marijuana retailers.
H. Medical marijuana dispensaries. [Ord. 2809 § 1 (Exh. A § 7), 9-19-16; Ord. 2801 § 1 (Exh. A § 8), 6-6-16; Ord. 2798 § 1 (Exh. A § 9), 4-4-16; Ord. 2720 § 1(5), 11-2-09. Code 2001 § 151.532.4.]
Parking and landscaping design shall either be done in accordance with NMC 15.420.010 and 15.440.010 through 15.440.080 or by using the following standards:
A. Parking and maneuvering areas need not be paved, with the exception of areas within 50 feet driving distance of the drive approach.
B. The site shall be landscaped according to the following standards:
1. A six-foot-high solid wood or masonry fence or wall shall be installed around the perimeter of the site and be located a minimum of five feet from the right-of-way.
2. A hedge shall be planted between the right-of-way and the fence or wall. The hedge shall be planted to reach a minimum height of five feet and continuous horizontal coverage upon maturity. [Ord. 2720 § 1(5), 11-2-09. Code 2001 § 151.532.5.]